User login
Evaluating teen self-injury: Comorbidities and suicide risk
Alysha, age 15, is an “A” student and top athlete who feels her parents push her to be perfect. After getting a B on a test, she feels overwhelmed by shame and guilt. She locks herself in the bathroom and begins cutting her arm with a razor blade.
Self-injurious behavior (SIB) in adolescents can be associated with internalizing, externalizing, and substance abuse disorders (Table 1). For most practitioners, such as Alysha, a major goal of SIB is to relieve intolerable stress and negative affect.1
Although this secretive, highly addictive, learned behavior can be difficult to control, some clinical approaches can help these distressed teens and their parents. This article examines the dynamics of SIB, the association between suicidal ideation and SIB, and recommended treatments such as substitute behaviors and dialectic behavioral therapy.
Table 1
Common Axis I disorders among teens with SIB
| Axis I disorder | Prevalence* |
|---|---|
| Any internalizing disorder | 52% |
| Major depressive disorder | 42 |
| Posttraumatic stress disorder | 24 |
| Generalized anxiety disorder | 16 |
| Any externalizing disorder | 63 |
| Conduct disorder | 49 |
| Oppositional defiant disorder | 45 |
| Any substance use disorder | 60 |
| Alcohol abuse | 18 |
| Alcohol dependence | 17 |
| Nicotine dependence | 39 |
| Marijuana abuse | 13 |
| Marijuana dependence | 30 |
| Other substance abuse | 3 |
| Other substance dependence | 6 |
| *Among a sample of 89 adolescents who engaged in SIB | |
| Source: Nock MD, Joiner TE Jr, Gordon KL, et al. Non-suicidal self-injury among adolescents: diagnostic correlates and relationship to suicide attempts. Psychiatry Res 2006;144(1):68. | |
| Reprinted with permission from Elsevier. | |
Growing problem in adolescents
SIB is the deliberate infliction of harm to oneself, either internally or externally, without suicidal intent.1 This behavior is also known as impulsive self-injury, non-suicidal self-injury, self-mutilation, cutting, and self-harm. Once reported primarily in adults with borderline personality disorder, SIB is becoming common among adolescents:
- Among 663 teens in community-sample survey, 46% engaged in some form of SIB in the past year, and 28% engaged in serious, repetitive behaviors.2
- 13% to 23% of teenagers have engaged in SIB, according to literature review.3
- Children as young as 9 have presented with SIB.
- burning
- swallowing objects or substances
- hitting oneself with the fist or against an object
- cutting circulation to a digit
- picking at skin
- pulling out hair.
Socially sanctioned behaviors, such as body piercing and tattoos, usually are not considered SIB. They can be used as SIB, however, by teens who impulsively self-pierce or tattoo without appropriate hygiene or anesthetic agents. Their purpose is not to make a fashion statement but to produce pain or discomfort. Cultural behaviors that cause scarring as a rite of passage, such as the Native American Sun Dance, are not considered SIB.1
Despite increasing prevalence among adolescents, SIB remains a solitary behavior. Based on my clinical experience, teens may share ideas about SIB, but they generally don’t practice it in groups.
SIB psychodynamics
Adults and adolescents with SIB frequently have:
- difficulty regulating emotions
- unstable interpersonal relations
- limited coping strategies.1
Shame is also common and can be a major barrier to diagnosing SIB. Adolescents who are ashamed of the behavior will go to great lengths to hide it from others, including clinicians. Despite the shame, many adolescents feel unable to stop engaging in SIB because it fulfills a powerful need.
Adults and adolescents who practice SIB most often report their behavior is motivated by affect regulation and tension release.4 Some adolescents engage in a different, manipulative form of SIB not to relieve tension but as a threat to prevent loss (Box).4
Behavioral reinforcement. An acute stressor—such as parental limits on behavior, feelings of rejection or abandonment by peers, or failing to achieve an unrealistic goal—triggers an escalating, intolerable affect. By experimentation or accident, an adolescent discovers that SIB provides rapid relief of the intolerable state—a calmness that may last for minutes, hours, or days. This relief reinforces the behavior, and the adolescent repeats SIB when faced with the next stressor.
Most individuals with SIB report a similar sequence of events. There is a trigger event, usually involving a real or perceived feeling of loss, rejection, or abandonment. The adolescent tries to resist the impulse to self-harm, feels escalating emotional distress, engages in SIB, and feels immediate relief.5
Inducing pain or bleeding as a means of relieving intolerable stress may be an attempt to:
- turn emotional pain into more manageable physical pain
- direct anger that cannot be expressed at others onto oneself
- punish oneself for perceived misdeeds.4
Peter, age 17, is fighting with his girlfriend, who threatens to leave. He grabs a knife and threatens to cut his arm. The girlfriend tries to take the knife. In their struggle, Peter accidentally cuts a tendon in his arm, which results in a permanent loss of function in his hand.
Unlike SIB for affective or tension release, manipulative or “in your face” SIB is not secretive. Adolescents who engage in manipulative SIB do so as a threat to control or induce guilt in others.4 This behavior is triggered primarily by attempts to change another person’s behavior or decision. Unlike the dynamics of impulsive SIB, this type of SIB does not seem to relieve tension; in fact, tension may increase. Manipulative SIB can be particularly dangerous because adolescents may accidentally cause injuries more severe than they intended.
CASE 2: Lingering effects of trauma
Melissa, age 13, has been sexually abused by her foster brother. She briefly returns to the home where her foster brother still resides. He has torn up her room, and her mother—who supports the foster brother—has left the room that way for her to find. Melissa returns to her current residence, cuts her arm 15 times, and pierces her tongue.
In therapy, she denies being angry or upset and does not know why she cut her arm or pierced her tongue.
Even an adolescent who experienced neglect or loss of attachment object without overt physical or sexual abuse might have trouble establishing a therapeutic alliance because of difficulty with trust.6 He or she may have little or no capacity to identify emotional states, which limits insight into the behavior.5
Dissociation. Some adolescents use SIB to try to feel something or to bring themselves back from a dissociative state. They report feeling lost, alone, and disconnected from others and themselves. Some report seeing blood as a way of reconnecting with being alive.
Dissociation may occur in adolescents with a history of trauma, particularly in childhood. Abused individuals who engage in SIB may be identifying with the aggressor, attempting to cut away internalized negative images of the abuser or to control anger they are unable to acknowledge.6
Clues prompt further assessment
SIB assessment begins with screening for the behavior. If you find any indicators that suggest SIB (Table 2), question the adolescent about self-injury. Many adolescents want help—and will respond accurately to questions about self-injury—but need to be asked. They usually won’t volunteer the information during an initial evaluation.
- number, location, and age of injuries
- depth of cuts (if applicable)
- signs of infection.
Suicide screening. By definition, SIB does not include an intention to die, and most teenagers with SIB will deny suicidal intent. However, because the line between SIB and passive suicide can be thin, careful screening and ongoing monitoring for suicidal ideation and behavior in teens with SIB is essential. In one study:
- 70% of adolescents who engaged in SIB had made one suicide attempt
- 55% had made multiple attempts.7
Address the parents’ concerns. During your assessment, also focus on the adolescent’s parents. They often are highly distressed, confused, and angry. They typically learn about the SIB from their child’s school counselors or peers and feel betrayed and guilty. They may want to be excessively intrusive and punitive and need support, information, and guidance to address their child’s safety.
Table 2
SIB: Spotting behavioral clues
Adolescents
|
Parents
|
Treatment recommendations
Always take SIB in adolescents seriously, and not as something they will “outgrow.” Adolescents with SIB need help modulating affect, stabilizing interpersonal relationships, and developing more adaptive coping strategies and problem-solving skills. Underlying dynamics—especially childhood trauma—must be explored and resolved.
Few evidence-based studies have evaluated SIB treatment in adolescents. Clinicians have extrapolated suggested interventions from the adult literature; however, much of this data was obtained from treating adult women with borderline personality disorder.
No medications are FDA-approved for treating SIB. Use pharmacologic interventions to treat underlying disorders, such as depression or anxiety, so that patients are better able to participate in other therapeutic interventions.
Dialectical behavioral therapy (DBT) is the only therapeutic entity shown in controlled trials to successfully treat SIB. Weekly individual psychotherapy and skills training groups focus on:
- regulating emotions
- tolerating distress
- improving interpersonal relationships
- reducing identity confusion and maladaptive cognitions.9
Substitute behaviors. The treatment goal is for patients to substitute less destructive behaviors in response to intense emotional states. Some can use techniques such as snapping a rubber band or rubbing ice against the skin, both of which cause discomfort without injury. Patients can listen to music, create art, write in journals, or engage in other physical activities. Each patient has to find a different behavior that works.
Prevention. Although SIB can be done with any object, most adolescents have a preferred method for causing self-injury and may have a “kit” of equipment. Identify and remove any tools the adolescent uses for self-injury. Because SIB is a highly ritualistic behavior, denying access to the preferred tools can help reduce self-injury frequency and convey that the behavior is unacceptable.
One individual should be designated to monitor the adolescent for SIB. Adolescents are seeking trust and do not respond well to constant questions about their behavior. Because some parents can become intrusive, monitoring may be best assigned to the adolescent’s therapist or a less emotional parent.
CASE 3: Scars provoke relapse
Claudia, a musically talented teen with SIB, withdraws from her choir when they choose costumes with short sleeves. She had not engaged in SIB in >1 year but has scarring and cheloid from the cuts. Years later she starts cutting again after laser treatments fail to remove the scars. She is frustrated because she will always have to wear long sleeves.
Treatment is essential, however, because this behavior can last for decades and leave scars that might interfere with future goals. The longer the adolescent has been dependent on the behavior, the more difficult it is to treat.
Related resources
- Levenkron S. Cutting: understanding and overcoming self-mutilation. New York: W.W. Norton & Company; 1998.
- Favazza AR. Bodies under siege: self-mutilation and body modification in culture and psychiatry. 2nd ed. Baltimore: The Johns Hopkins University Press; 1996.
The author reports no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.
1. Simeon D, Favazza AR. Self-injurious behaviors: phenomenology and assessment. In: Simeon D, Hollander E, eds. Self-injurious behaviors: assessment and treatment. Washington, D.C: American Psychiatric Publishing; 2001:1-28.
2. Lloyd-Richardson EE, Perrine N, Dierker L, Kelley ML. Characteristics and functions of non-suicidal self-injury in a community sample of adolescents. Psychol Med 2007;37(8):1183-92.
3. Jacobson CM, Gould M. The epidemiology and phenomenology of non-suicidal self-injurious behavior among adolescents: a critical review of the literature. Arch Suicide Res 2007;11(2):129-47.
4. Klonsky ED. The functions of deliberate self-injury: a review of the evidence. Clin Psychol Rev 2007;27(2):226-39.
5. Leibenluft E, Gardner DL, Cowdry RW. The inner experience of the borderline self-mutilator. J Personal Disord 1987;1:317-24.
6. Guralnik O, Simeon D. Psychodynamic theory and treatment of impulsive self-injurious behaviors. In: Simeon D, Hollander E, eds. Self-injurious behaviors: assessment and treatment. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Publishing; 2001:175-97.
7. Nock MD, Joiner TE, Jr, Gordon KL, et al. Non-suicidal self-injury among adolescents: diagnostic correlates and relationship to suicide attempts. Psychiatry Res 2006;144(1):65-72.
8. Muehlenkamp JJ, Gutierrez PM. Risk for suicide attempts among adolescents who engage in non-suicidal self-injury. Arch Suicide Res 2007;11(1):69-82.
9. Linehan MM, Armstrong HE, Suarez A, et al. Cognitive-behavioral treatment of chronically parasuicidal borderline patients. Arch Gen Psychiatry 1991;48:1060-4.
Alysha, age 15, is an “A” student and top athlete who feels her parents push her to be perfect. After getting a B on a test, she feels overwhelmed by shame and guilt. She locks herself in the bathroom and begins cutting her arm with a razor blade.
Self-injurious behavior (SIB) in adolescents can be associated with internalizing, externalizing, and substance abuse disorders (Table 1). For most practitioners, such as Alysha, a major goal of SIB is to relieve intolerable stress and negative affect.1
Although this secretive, highly addictive, learned behavior can be difficult to control, some clinical approaches can help these distressed teens and their parents. This article examines the dynamics of SIB, the association between suicidal ideation and SIB, and recommended treatments such as substitute behaviors and dialectic behavioral therapy.
Table 1
Common Axis I disorders among teens with SIB
| Axis I disorder | Prevalence* |
|---|---|
| Any internalizing disorder | 52% |
| Major depressive disorder | 42 |
| Posttraumatic stress disorder | 24 |
| Generalized anxiety disorder | 16 |
| Any externalizing disorder | 63 |
| Conduct disorder | 49 |
| Oppositional defiant disorder | 45 |
| Any substance use disorder | 60 |
| Alcohol abuse | 18 |
| Alcohol dependence | 17 |
| Nicotine dependence | 39 |
| Marijuana abuse | 13 |
| Marijuana dependence | 30 |
| Other substance abuse | 3 |
| Other substance dependence | 6 |
| *Among a sample of 89 adolescents who engaged in SIB | |
| Source: Nock MD, Joiner TE Jr, Gordon KL, et al. Non-suicidal self-injury among adolescents: diagnostic correlates and relationship to suicide attempts. Psychiatry Res 2006;144(1):68. | |
| Reprinted with permission from Elsevier. | |
Growing problem in adolescents
SIB is the deliberate infliction of harm to oneself, either internally or externally, without suicidal intent.1 This behavior is also known as impulsive self-injury, non-suicidal self-injury, self-mutilation, cutting, and self-harm. Once reported primarily in adults with borderline personality disorder, SIB is becoming common among adolescents:
- Among 663 teens in community-sample survey, 46% engaged in some form of SIB in the past year, and 28% engaged in serious, repetitive behaviors.2
- 13% to 23% of teenagers have engaged in SIB, according to literature review.3
- Children as young as 9 have presented with SIB.
- burning
- swallowing objects or substances
- hitting oneself with the fist or against an object
- cutting circulation to a digit
- picking at skin
- pulling out hair.
Socially sanctioned behaviors, such as body piercing and tattoos, usually are not considered SIB. They can be used as SIB, however, by teens who impulsively self-pierce or tattoo without appropriate hygiene or anesthetic agents. Their purpose is not to make a fashion statement but to produce pain or discomfort. Cultural behaviors that cause scarring as a rite of passage, such as the Native American Sun Dance, are not considered SIB.1
Despite increasing prevalence among adolescents, SIB remains a solitary behavior. Based on my clinical experience, teens may share ideas about SIB, but they generally don’t practice it in groups.
SIB psychodynamics
Adults and adolescents with SIB frequently have:
- difficulty regulating emotions
- unstable interpersonal relations
- limited coping strategies.1
Shame is also common and can be a major barrier to diagnosing SIB. Adolescents who are ashamed of the behavior will go to great lengths to hide it from others, including clinicians. Despite the shame, many adolescents feel unable to stop engaging in SIB because it fulfills a powerful need.
Adults and adolescents who practice SIB most often report their behavior is motivated by affect regulation and tension release.4 Some adolescents engage in a different, manipulative form of SIB not to relieve tension but as a threat to prevent loss (Box).4
Behavioral reinforcement. An acute stressor—such as parental limits on behavior, feelings of rejection or abandonment by peers, or failing to achieve an unrealistic goal—triggers an escalating, intolerable affect. By experimentation or accident, an adolescent discovers that SIB provides rapid relief of the intolerable state—a calmness that may last for minutes, hours, or days. This relief reinforces the behavior, and the adolescent repeats SIB when faced with the next stressor.
Most individuals with SIB report a similar sequence of events. There is a trigger event, usually involving a real or perceived feeling of loss, rejection, or abandonment. The adolescent tries to resist the impulse to self-harm, feels escalating emotional distress, engages in SIB, and feels immediate relief.5
Inducing pain or bleeding as a means of relieving intolerable stress may be an attempt to:
- turn emotional pain into more manageable physical pain
- direct anger that cannot be expressed at others onto oneself
- punish oneself for perceived misdeeds.4
Peter, age 17, is fighting with his girlfriend, who threatens to leave. He grabs a knife and threatens to cut his arm. The girlfriend tries to take the knife. In their struggle, Peter accidentally cuts a tendon in his arm, which results in a permanent loss of function in his hand.
Unlike SIB for affective or tension release, manipulative or “in your face” SIB is not secretive. Adolescents who engage in manipulative SIB do so as a threat to control or induce guilt in others.4 This behavior is triggered primarily by attempts to change another person’s behavior or decision. Unlike the dynamics of impulsive SIB, this type of SIB does not seem to relieve tension; in fact, tension may increase. Manipulative SIB can be particularly dangerous because adolescents may accidentally cause injuries more severe than they intended.
CASE 2: Lingering effects of trauma
Melissa, age 13, has been sexually abused by her foster brother. She briefly returns to the home where her foster brother still resides. He has torn up her room, and her mother—who supports the foster brother—has left the room that way for her to find. Melissa returns to her current residence, cuts her arm 15 times, and pierces her tongue.
In therapy, she denies being angry or upset and does not know why she cut her arm or pierced her tongue.
Even an adolescent who experienced neglect or loss of attachment object without overt physical or sexual abuse might have trouble establishing a therapeutic alliance because of difficulty with trust.6 He or she may have little or no capacity to identify emotional states, which limits insight into the behavior.5
Dissociation. Some adolescents use SIB to try to feel something or to bring themselves back from a dissociative state. They report feeling lost, alone, and disconnected from others and themselves. Some report seeing blood as a way of reconnecting with being alive.
Dissociation may occur in adolescents with a history of trauma, particularly in childhood. Abused individuals who engage in SIB may be identifying with the aggressor, attempting to cut away internalized negative images of the abuser or to control anger they are unable to acknowledge.6
Clues prompt further assessment
SIB assessment begins with screening for the behavior. If you find any indicators that suggest SIB (Table 2), question the adolescent about self-injury. Many adolescents want help—and will respond accurately to questions about self-injury—but need to be asked. They usually won’t volunteer the information during an initial evaluation.
- number, location, and age of injuries
- depth of cuts (if applicable)
- signs of infection.
Suicide screening. By definition, SIB does not include an intention to die, and most teenagers with SIB will deny suicidal intent. However, because the line between SIB and passive suicide can be thin, careful screening and ongoing monitoring for suicidal ideation and behavior in teens with SIB is essential. In one study:
- 70% of adolescents who engaged in SIB had made one suicide attempt
- 55% had made multiple attempts.7
Address the parents’ concerns. During your assessment, also focus on the adolescent’s parents. They often are highly distressed, confused, and angry. They typically learn about the SIB from their child’s school counselors or peers and feel betrayed and guilty. They may want to be excessively intrusive and punitive and need support, information, and guidance to address their child’s safety.
Table 2
SIB: Spotting behavioral clues
Adolescents
|
Parents
|
Treatment recommendations
Always take SIB in adolescents seriously, and not as something they will “outgrow.” Adolescents with SIB need help modulating affect, stabilizing interpersonal relationships, and developing more adaptive coping strategies and problem-solving skills. Underlying dynamics—especially childhood trauma—must be explored and resolved.
Few evidence-based studies have evaluated SIB treatment in adolescents. Clinicians have extrapolated suggested interventions from the adult literature; however, much of this data was obtained from treating adult women with borderline personality disorder.
No medications are FDA-approved for treating SIB. Use pharmacologic interventions to treat underlying disorders, such as depression or anxiety, so that patients are better able to participate in other therapeutic interventions.
Dialectical behavioral therapy (DBT) is the only therapeutic entity shown in controlled trials to successfully treat SIB. Weekly individual psychotherapy and skills training groups focus on:
- regulating emotions
- tolerating distress
- improving interpersonal relationships
- reducing identity confusion and maladaptive cognitions.9
Substitute behaviors. The treatment goal is for patients to substitute less destructive behaviors in response to intense emotional states. Some can use techniques such as snapping a rubber band or rubbing ice against the skin, both of which cause discomfort without injury. Patients can listen to music, create art, write in journals, or engage in other physical activities. Each patient has to find a different behavior that works.
Prevention. Although SIB can be done with any object, most adolescents have a preferred method for causing self-injury and may have a “kit” of equipment. Identify and remove any tools the adolescent uses for self-injury. Because SIB is a highly ritualistic behavior, denying access to the preferred tools can help reduce self-injury frequency and convey that the behavior is unacceptable.
One individual should be designated to monitor the adolescent for SIB. Adolescents are seeking trust and do not respond well to constant questions about their behavior. Because some parents can become intrusive, monitoring may be best assigned to the adolescent’s therapist or a less emotional parent.
CASE 3: Scars provoke relapse
Claudia, a musically talented teen with SIB, withdraws from her choir when they choose costumes with short sleeves. She had not engaged in SIB in >1 year but has scarring and cheloid from the cuts. Years later she starts cutting again after laser treatments fail to remove the scars. She is frustrated because she will always have to wear long sleeves.
Treatment is essential, however, because this behavior can last for decades and leave scars that might interfere with future goals. The longer the adolescent has been dependent on the behavior, the more difficult it is to treat.
Related resources
- Levenkron S. Cutting: understanding and overcoming self-mutilation. New York: W.W. Norton & Company; 1998.
- Favazza AR. Bodies under siege: self-mutilation and body modification in culture and psychiatry. 2nd ed. Baltimore: The Johns Hopkins University Press; 1996.
The author reports no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.
Alysha, age 15, is an “A” student and top athlete who feels her parents push her to be perfect. After getting a B on a test, she feels overwhelmed by shame and guilt. She locks herself in the bathroom and begins cutting her arm with a razor blade.
Self-injurious behavior (SIB) in adolescents can be associated with internalizing, externalizing, and substance abuse disorders (Table 1). For most practitioners, such as Alysha, a major goal of SIB is to relieve intolerable stress and negative affect.1
Although this secretive, highly addictive, learned behavior can be difficult to control, some clinical approaches can help these distressed teens and their parents. This article examines the dynamics of SIB, the association between suicidal ideation and SIB, and recommended treatments such as substitute behaviors and dialectic behavioral therapy.
Table 1
Common Axis I disorders among teens with SIB
| Axis I disorder | Prevalence* |
|---|---|
| Any internalizing disorder | 52% |
| Major depressive disorder | 42 |
| Posttraumatic stress disorder | 24 |
| Generalized anxiety disorder | 16 |
| Any externalizing disorder | 63 |
| Conduct disorder | 49 |
| Oppositional defiant disorder | 45 |
| Any substance use disorder | 60 |
| Alcohol abuse | 18 |
| Alcohol dependence | 17 |
| Nicotine dependence | 39 |
| Marijuana abuse | 13 |
| Marijuana dependence | 30 |
| Other substance abuse | 3 |
| Other substance dependence | 6 |
| *Among a sample of 89 adolescents who engaged in SIB | |
| Source: Nock MD, Joiner TE Jr, Gordon KL, et al. Non-suicidal self-injury among adolescents: diagnostic correlates and relationship to suicide attempts. Psychiatry Res 2006;144(1):68. | |
| Reprinted with permission from Elsevier. | |
Growing problem in adolescents
SIB is the deliberate infliction of harm to oneself, either internally or externally, without suicidal intent.1 This behavior is also known as impulsive self-injury, non-suicidal self-injury, self-mutilation, cutting, and self-harm. Once reported primarily in adults with borderline personality disorder, SIB is becoming common among adolescents:
- Among 663 teens in community-sample survey, 46% engaged in some form of SIB in the past year, and 28% engaged in serious, repetitive behaviors.2
- 13% to 23% of teenagers have engaged in SIB, according to literature review.3
- Children as young as 9 have presented with SIB.
- burning
- swallowing objects or substances
- hitting oneself with the fist or against an object
- cutting circulation to a digit
- picking at skin
- pulling out hair.
Socially sanctioned behaviors, such as body piercing and tattoos, usually are not considered SIB. They can be used as SIB, however, by teens who impulsively self-pierce or tattoo without appropriate hygiene or anesthetic agents. Their purpose is not to make a fashion statement but to produce pain or discomfort. Cultural behaviors that cause scarring as a rite of passage, such as the Native American Sun Dance, are not considered SIB.1
Despite increasing prevalence among adolescents, SIB remains a solitary behavior. Based on my clinical experience, teens may share ideas about SIB, but they generally don’t practice it in groups.
SIB psychodynamics
Adults and adolescents with SIB frequently have:
- difficulty regulating emotions
- unstable interpersonal relations
- limited coping strategies.1
Shame is also common and can be a major barrier to diagnosing SIB. Adolescents who are ashamed of the behavior will go to great lengths to hide it from others, including clinicians. Despite the shame, many adolescents feel unable to stop engaging in SIB because it fulfills a powerful need.
Adults and adolescents who practice SIB most often report their behavior is motivated by affect regulation and tension release.4 Some adolescents engage in a different, manipulative form of SIB not to relieve tension but as a threat to prevent loss (Box).4
Behavioral reinforcement. An acute stressor—such as parental limits on behavior, feelings of rejection or abandonment by peers, or failing to achieve an unrealistic goal—triggers an escalating, intolerable affect. By experimentation or accident, an adolescent discovers that SIB provides rapid relief of the intolerable state—a calmness that may last for minutes, hours, or days. This relief reinforces the behavior, and the adolescent repeats SIB when faced with the next stressor.
Most individuals with SIB report a similar sequence of events. There is a trigger event, usually involving a real or perceived feeling of loss, rejection, or abandonment. The adolescent tries to resist the impulse to self-harm, feels escalating emotional distress, engages in SIB, and feels immediate relief.5
Inducing pain or bleeding as a means of relieving intolerable stress may be an attempt to:
- turn emotional pain into more manageable physical pain
- direct anger that cannot be expressed at others onto oneself
- punish oneself for perceived misdeeds.4
Peter, age 17, is fighting with his girlfriend, who threatens to leave. He grabs a knife and threatens to cut his arm. The girlfriend tries to take the knife. In their struggle, Peter accidentally cuts a tendon in his arm, which results in a permanent loss of function in his hand.
Unlike SIB for affective or tension release, manipulative or “in your face” SIB is not secretive. Adolescents who engage in manipulative SIB do so as a threat to control or induce guilt in others.4 This behavior is triggered primarily by attempts to change another person’s behavior or decision. Unlike the dynamics of impulsive SIB, this type of SIB does not seem to relieve tension; in fact, tension may increase. Manipulative SIB can be particularly dangerous because adolescents may accidentally cause injuries more severe than they intended.
CASE 2: Lingering effects of trauma
Melissa, age 13, has been sexually abused by her foster brother. She briefly returns to the home where her foster brother still resides. He has torn up her room, and her mother—who supports the foster brother—has left the room that way for her to find. Melissa returns to her current residence, cuts her arm 15 times, and pierces her tongue.
In therapy, she denies being angry or upset and does not know why she cut her arm or pierced her tongue.
Even an adolescent who experienced neglect or loss of attachment object without overt physical or sexual abuse might have trouble establishing a therapeutic alliance because of difficulty with trust.6 He or she may have little or no capacity to identify emotional states, which limits insight into the behavior.5
Dissociation. Some adolescents use SIB to try to feel something or to bring themselves back from a dissociative state. They report feeling lost, alone, and disconnected from others and themselves. Some report seeing blood as a way of reconnecting with being alive.
Dissociation may occur in adolescents with a history of trauma, particularly in childhood. Abused individuals who engage in SIB may be identifying with the aggressor, attempting to cut away internalized negative images of the abuser or to control anger they are unable to acknowledge.6
Clues prompt further assessment
SIB assessment begins with screening for the behavior. If you find any indicators that suggest SIB (Table 2), question the adolescent about self-injury. Many adolescents want help—and will respond accurately to questions about self-injury—but need to be asked. They usually won’t volunteer the information during an initial evaluation.
- number, location, and age of injuries
- depth of cuts (if applicable)
- signs of infection.
Suicide screening. By definition, SIB does not include an intention to die, and most teenagers with SIB will deny suicidal intent. However, because the line between SIB and passive suicide can be thin, careful screening and ongoing monitoring for suicidal ideation and behavior in teens with SIB is essential. In one study:
- 70% of adolescents who engaged in SIB had made one suicide attempt
- 55% had made multiple attempts.7
Address the parents’ concerns. During your assessment, also focus on the adolescent’s parents. They often are highly distressed, confused, and angry. They typically learn about the SIB from their child’s school counselors or peers and feel betrayed and guilty. They may want to be excessively intrusive and punitive and need support, information, and guidance to address their child’s safety.
Table 2
SIB: Spotting behavioral clues
Adolescents
|
Parents
|
Treatment recommendations
Always take SIB in adolescents seriously, and not as something they will “outgrow.” Adolescents with SIB need help modulating affect, stabilizing interpersonal relationships, and developing more adaptive coping strategies and problem-solving skills. Underlying dynamics—especially childhood trauma—must be explored and resolved.
Few evidence-based studies have evaluated SIB treatment in adolescents. Clinicians have extrapolated suggested interventions from the adult literature; however, much of this data was obtained from treating adult women with borderline personality disorder.
No medications are FDA-approved for treating SIB. Use pharmacologic interventions to treat underlying disorders, such as depression or anxiety, so that patients are better able to participate in other therapeutic interventions.
Dialectical behavioral therapy (DBT) is the only therapeutic entity shown in controlled trials to successfully treat SIB. Weekly individual psychotherapy and skills training groups focus on:
- regulating emotions
- tolerating distress
- improving interpersonal relationships
- reducing identity confusion and maladaptive cognitions.9
Substitute behaviors. The treatment goal is for patients to substitute less destructive behaviors in response to intense emotional states. Some can use techniques such as snapping a rubber band or rubbing ice against the skin, both of which cause discomfort without injury. Patients can listen to music, create art, write in journals, or engage in other physical activities. Each patient has to find a different behavior that works.
Prevention. Although SIB can be done with any object, most adolescents have a preferred method for causing self-injury and may have a “kit” of equipment. Identify and remove any tools the adolescent uses for self-injury. Because SIB is a highly ritualistic behavior, denying access to the preferred tools can help reduce self-injury frequency and convey that the behavior is unacceptable.
One individual should be designated to monitor the adolescent for SIB. Adolescents are seeking trust and do not respond well to constant questions about their behavior. Because some parents can become intrusive, monitoring may be best assigned to the adolescent’s therapist or a less emotional parent.
CASE 3: Scars provoke relapse
Claudia, a musically talented teen with SIB, withdraws from her choir when they choose costumes with short sleeves. She had not engaged in SIB in >1 year but has scarring and cheloid from the cuts. Years later she starts cutting again after laser treatments fail to remove the scars. She is frustrated because she will always have to wear long sleeves.
Treatment is essential, however, because this behavior can last for decades and leave scars that might interfere with future goals. The longer the adolescent has been dependent on the behavior, the more difficult it is to treat.
Related resources
- Levenkron S. Cutting: understanding and overcoming self-mutilation. New York: W.W. Norton & Company; 1998.
- Favazza AR. Bodies under siege: self-mutilation and body modification in culture and psychiatry. 2nd ed. Baltimore: The Johns Hopkins University Press; 1996.
The author reports no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.
1. Simeon D, Favazza AR. Self-injurious behaviors: phenomenology and assessment. In: Simeon D, Hollander E, eds. Self-injurious behaviors: assessment and treatment. Washington, D.C: American Psychiatric Publishing; 2001:1-28.
2. Lloyd-Richardson EE, Perrine N, Dierker L, Kelley ML. Characteristics and functions of non-suicidal self-injury in a community sample of adolescents. Psychol Med 2007;37(8):1183-92.
3. Jacobson CM, Gould M. The epidemiology and phenomenology of non-suicidal self-injurious behavior among adolescents: a critical review of the literature. Arch Suicide Res 2007;11(2):129-47.
4. Klonsky ED. The functions of deliberate self-injury: a review of the evidence. Clin Psychol Rev 2007;27(2):226-39.
5. Leibenluft E, Gardner DL, Cowdry RW. The inner experience of the borderline self-mutilator. J Personal Disord 1987;1:317-24.
6. Guralnik O, Simeon D. Psychodynamic theory and treatment of impulsive self-injurious behaviors. In: Simeon D, Hollander E, eds. Self-injurious behaviors: assessment and treatment. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Publishing; 2001:175-97.
7. Nock MD, Joiner TE, Jr, Gordon KL, et al. Non-suicidal self-injury among adolescents: diagnostic correlates and relationship to suicide attempts. Psychiatry Res 2006;144(1):65-72.
8. Muehlenkamp JJ, Gutierrez PM. Risk for suicide attempts among adolescents who engage in non-suicidal self-injury. Arch Suicide Res 2007;11(1):69-82.
9. Linehan MM, Armstrong HE, Suarez A, et al. Cognitive-behavioral treatment of chronically parasuicidal borderline patients. Arch Gen Psychiatry 1991;48:1060-4.
1. Simeon D, Favazza AR. Self-injurious behaviors: phenomenology and assessment. In: Simeon D, Hollander E, eds. Self-injurious behaviors: assessment and treatment. Washington, D.C: American Psychiatric Publishing; 2001:1-28.
2. Lloyd-Richardson EE, Perrine N, Dierker L, Kelley ML. Characteristics and functions of non-suicidal self-injury in a community sample of adolescents. Psychol Med 2007;37(8):1183-92.
3. Jacobson CM, Gould M. The epidemiology and phenomenology of non-suicidal self-injurious behavior among adolescents: a critical review of the literature. Arch Suicide Res 2007;11(2):129-47.
4. Klonsky ED. The functions of deliberate self-injury: a review of the evidence. Clin Psychol Rev 2007;27(2):226-39.
5. Leibenluft E, Gardner DL, Cowdry RW. The inner experience of the borderline self-mutilator. J Personal Disord 1987;1:317-24.
6. Guralnik O, Simeon D. Psychodynamic theory and treatment of impulsive self-injurious behaviors. In: Simeon D, Hollander E, eds. Self-injurious behaviors: assessment and treatment. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Publishing; 2001:175-97.
7. Nock MD, Joiner TE, Jr, Gordon KL, et al. Non-suicidal self-injury among adolescents: diagnostic correlates and relationship to suicide attempts. Psychiatry Res 2006;144(1):65-72.
8. Muehlenkamp JJ, Gutierrez PM. Risk for suicide attempts among adolescents who engage in non-suicidal self-injury. Arch Suicide Res 2007;11(1):69-82.
9. Linehan MM, Armstrong HE, Suarez A, et al. Cognitive-behavioral treatment of chronically parasuicidal borderline patients. Arch Gen Psychiatry 1991;48:1060-4.
Treating anxiety during pregnancy: Just how safe are SSRIs?
Ms. K, age 25, is 6 weeks pregnant and is taking medications for generalized anxiety disorder (GAD). When she was diagnosed with GAD at age 19, her symptoms included 6 months of excessive anxiety—insomnia, fatigue, difficulty with concentration, and psychomotor agitation—without mood symptoms. These symptoms interfered greatly with her schoolwork and other daily activities.
For 6 years Ms. K has been taking the selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor (SSRI) paroxetine, 15 mg/d, and the benzodiazepine clonazepam, 0.5 mg as needed, with good symptom control. Now that she is pregnant and her primary care doctor has refused to continue these medications, she is seeking treatment and advice.
Not enough is known about how to safely treat anxiety disorders during pregnancy, and physicians are not sure what to do with patients such as Ms. K. Without evidence-based guidelines, we feel anxious about potential risks to mother and fetus as we try to provide appropriate drug therapy.
To help you and your patients weigh the risks and benefits of perinatal treatments for anxiety disorders, this article briefly summarizes the evidence on:
- anxiety disorders’ natural history during pregnancy
- how untreated maternal anxiety affects the fetus
- nonpharmacologic therapies for anxiety disorders
- a plan to manage fetal risks by staggering SSRI and benzodiazepine use during the first and third trimesters.
Anxiety during pregnancy
Nearly one-third of women experience an anxiety disorder during their lives, with peak onset during childbearing years.1,2 Compared with research on perinatal depression, far fewer studies have examined anxiety disorders’ onset, presentation, prevalence, and treatment.1
The literature includes no studies of the course of preexisting GAD or posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and no evidence that symptoms of preexisting obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD) change during pregnancy. Some studies of panic disorder show symptoms improving during pregnancy, whereas others do not (Table 1).1
One small study done in late pregnancy found a significant association between the prevalence of an anxiety disorder, maternal primiparity, and comorbid medical conditions. Thus, a woman in her first pregnancy may be at increased risk to develop an anxiety disorder if she has a comorbid medical condition.3 As in the case of Ms. K, however, continuation of preexisting anxiety appears more likely than onset of a new anxiety disorder during pregnancy.
Table 1
How pregnancy affects the course of 4 anxiety disorders
| Disorder | Prevalence | Effect |
|---|---|---|
| Generalized anxiety disorder (GAD) | 8.5% of women experience GAD during the third trimester, compared with a 5% prevalence in the general population | No studies have reported on the course of GAD in pregnant women with preexisting disorder |
| Obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD) | 2% to 12% of OCD outpatients of childbearing age report onset during pregnancy | Preexisting OCD usually shows no change during pregnancy but may worsen postpartum |
| Panic disorder (PD) | 1.3% to 2% in pregnant women, compared with 1.5% to 3.5% in the general population | Panic symptoms in women with preexisting PD may improve during pregnancy and worsen postpartum |
| Posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) | 2.3% to 7.7% in pregnant women and 0% to 6.9% postpartum, compared with 1% to 14% in the community | No studies have reported on the course of PTSD in pregnant women with preexisting disorder |
| Source: References 1,2 | ||
Fetal risks from maternal anxiety
Fetal risk from severe maternal anxiety is not zero. Offspring born to high-anxiety mothers exhibit neurobehavioral differences compared with offspring of calmer mothers. Changes in high-anxiety mothers’ offspring include:
- altered EEG activation and vagal tone
- increased time in deep sleep and less time in active alert states
- lower performance on the Brazelton Neonatal Behavior Assessment Scale.4
Exposure to maternal high anxiety has been associated with mental developmental delays in infants and increased risk for behavioral and emotional problems in young children.7-10 Anxiety may not directly cause intrauterine growth retardation and preterm delivery, but it is significantly associated with prenatal tobacco, alcohol, and narcotics use—which predicts these and other negative neonatal outcomes.11
7,13
CASE CONTINUED: ‘Stay the course’
Ms. K worries that she could not tolerate recurrence of her anxiety symptoms and wishes to continue both medications. Her husband concurs, but they want to minimize potential risks to their baby. You discuss the options for treating anxiety symptoms during pregnancy, including medications, psychotherapy, and behavioral treatments.
Treatment decisions
Ideally you’ll begin treating anxiety disorders in women of childbearing age with preconception psychoeducation. Explaining the risks of medications if she were to become pregnant and asking about the contraception she is using are de rigueur. Psychotherapy is low risk to the fetus and is considered first choice for treating mild to moderate anxiety in women of childbearing age who plan to become pregnant (Box).1,14-17
No studies directly address the efficacy or outcome of any psychotherapy for anxiety in pregnancy. Even so:
- For mild to moderate anxiety, psychotherapy is the first-line treatment for pregnant women.
- Interpersonal psychotherapy (IPT) without medications can reduce depressive symptoms in pregnant women with depression.14
- Cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) without medications has shown efficacy for anxiety disorders in psychiatric populations.15,16
Because no evidence suggests that pregnant women require different psychotherapeutic recommendations than other psychiatric patients, consider a course of CBT that targets anxiety symptoms or IPT for a pregnant patient with an anxiety disorder.
Relaxation therapy also has shown efficacy in treating anxiety disorders. In a randomized controlled trial of 110 pregnant women with high-level anxiety, 7 weeks of applied relaxation training sessions was associated with significant reductions in low-weight births, cesarean sections, and instrumental extractions.16,17
Because poor marital relationships are consistent psychosocial predictors of anxiety during pregnancy and postpartum depression,1 recommend family or marital therapy when appropriate.
Because Ms. K wishes to continue taking paroxetine and clonazepam, what can you tell her about the risks and benefits of SSRIs and benzodiazepines during pregnancy?
SSRIs in pregnancy
Teratogenicity. Compared with benzodiazepines, SSRIs have been considered agents of choice for use during pregnancy because of a lower risk of teratogenic effects.15 Paroxetine, however, appears to pose a greater risk for teratogenicity than other SSRIs.
The overall rate of fetal malformations from SSRIs appears to be low, although most studies have examined only fluoxetine or paroxetine. Some studies have reported various malformations with fluoxetine or sertraline, but others have not. In Finland, a population-based study found no increase in rate of major congenital malformations in offspring of 1,782 women who filled prescriptions for SSRIs during pregnancy, compared with the general population rate of 1% to 3%.21
Neurobehavioral effects. SSRI exposure during fetal life has shown no long-term neurobehavioral effects. A blinded prospective study by Nulman et al22 found no differences in global IQ scores, language development, or behavioral development among children age ≤5 who were exposed in utero to fluoxetine (n=40) or a tricyclic antidepressant (n=46), compared with unexposed children of nondepressed mothers (n=36). Similarly, using reports from teachers and clinical measures of internalizing behaviors, Misri et al10 found no increase in depression, anxiety, or withdrawal in 4-year-olds with prenatal exposure to SSRIs (n=22), compared with nonexposed children (n=14).
Pulmonary hypertension. SSRI exposure in later pregnancy may increase the rate of persistent pulmonary hypertension of the newborn (PPHN), which occurs in 1 to 2 infants per 1,000 live births. PPHN showed a statistically significant association with late prenatal SSRI exposure (OR 6.1) in a study that controlled for maternal smoking, body mass index, and diabetes.23 PPHN occurred in approximately 1% of infants exposed to SSRIs in late pregnancy. PPHN rates were not affected by maternal depression/anxiety, non-SSRI antidepressant exposure throughout pregnancy, or SSRI exposure during early pregnancy only.
Toxicity and withdrawal syndromes. Infants of women who continue to take SSRIs just before delivery can develop toxicity or withdrawal syndromes. Occurrence of either syndrome depends on SSRI half-life, serum concentration, and the pharmacodynamics of other medications given during pregnancy and labor.24
Discontinuation syndromes can occur in SSRI-exposed neonates within a few hours or days after birth and last up to 1 month after delivery, depending on the infant’s susceptibility.25 Nearly two-thirds of suspected SSRI-induced neonatal withdrawal syndromes have been associated with paroxetine, although all SSRIs appear be associated with some risk.26 Several trials, including a recent prospective study, found prenatal antidepressant use associated with lower gestational age at birth and increased risk of preterm birth.27
- greater tremulousness
- less flexible and dampened state regulation
- more time in uninterrupted REM sleep
- more frequent startles or sudden arousals
- greater generalized motor activity
- greater autonomic dysregulation.28
- tremor (37/60)
- GI disturbances (34/60)—including exaggerated sucking, poor feeding, regurgitation, vomiting, and loose stools
- sleep disturbance (21/60).
Recommendations. The perception that SSRIs have low fetal toxicity has guided prescribing practices in recent years. Newer evidence shows, however, that fetal exposure to SSRIs may have some adverse effects, including lower birth weight and early delivery. First-trimester paroxetine use has been associated with increased risk for fetal ventricular and/or atrial septal defects.
Discuss these risks with the patient when you consider starting or continuing SSRI use during pregnancy.24 If you prescribe an SSRI, use the minimum effective dosage and avoid paroxetine during pregnancy.18
To reduce the risk for PPHN, early delivery, and neonatal withdrawal syndromes, taper and discontinue the SSRI during the third trimester. Restarting the SSRI soon after delivery is the most effective way to prevent recurrence of anxiety symptoms or postpartum depression.
Benzodiazepines
Teratogenicity. Like SSRIs, benzodiazepines cross the placenta to the fetus.29 Benzodiazepine teratogenicity remains controversial.8 Some—but not all—data show a small but significant increased risk for major malformations/oral cleft malformations with first-trimester benzodiazepine exposure.
A Medline literature search from 1966 to 2000 found not enough information to determine whether potential benefits of benzodiazepines to the mother outweigh risks to the fetus.29 An ambitious meta-analysis of >1,400 studies by Dolovich et al30 found a small association between fetal exposure to benzodiazepines and major malformations/cleft palate, but only in pooled data from case-controlled studies. No association was found between fetal exposure to benzodiazepines and malformations/cleft palate in pooled data from cohort studies.
A 32-month, hospital-based surveillance program of 28,565 births found no increase in the rate of major malformations in 43 infants exposed to clonazepam monotherapy—33 (77%) in the first trimester.31 Thus, the risk of major malformations/cleft palate with the use of benzodiazepines in the first trimester appears to be low.
- Neonatal toxicity (“floppy infant syndrome”)—characterized by hypothermia, lethargy, poor respiratory effort, and feeding difficulties—occurs after maternal benzodiazepine use just before delivery.8
- Neonatal withdrawal may be caused by very late, third trimester exposure to benzodiazepines. Symptoms—which can persist ≤3 months after delivery—include restlessness, irritability, abnormal sleep patterns, suckling difficulties, growth retardation, hypertonia, hyperreflexia, tremulousness, apnea, diarrhea, and vomiting.8,29
To minimize neonatal withdrawal, gradually taper the mother’s benzodiazepine before delivery.29 Because the baby’s due date is calculated to be ±2 weeks before delivery, begin this taper 3 to 4 weeks before the due date and discontinue at least 1 week before delivery. Breastfeeding while taking benzodiazepines is not recommended because of the risk of over-sedating the infant.
A rational approach
Both benzodiazepines and SSRIs are associated with low but demonstrated risks to the fetus when used during pregnancy (Table 2).19,20,23,25,30,33 Use these medications to manage a patient’s anxiety only if the clinical benefit to the mother justifies the potential risks to the fetus.29
A staggered combination of SSRIs during the first 2 trimesters and benzodiazepines during the last 2 trimesters can help balance the risks and benefits of pharmacotherapy of anxiety disorders during pregnancy (Table 3).
Frankly discuss with your patient the risks and benefits in the context of her perceived need for symptom control to sustain her level of functioning. You could document this discussion in the progress note as “R, B, A, and pt C,” signifying that risks, benefits, and alternatives were discussed, and the patient consented. If possible, include the patient’s husband, partner, or parent in this discussion.
Table 2
Risks of SSRIs vs benzodiazepines during pregnancy stages
| Pregnancy stage when given | Fetal risk | SSRIs | Benzodiazepines |
|---|---|---|---|
| First trimester* | Teratogenicity | Paroxetine use associated with 2-fold increased risk of major congenital anomalies and 3-fold increased risk of major cardiac anomalies;19 meta-analysis calculated significant risk of cardiac malformations (odds ratio 1.72; population prevalence = 13.4/1,000 births)20,33 | Meta-analysis of case control studies showed increased risk of major malformations/cleft palate (odds ratio 3.01; population prevalence = 10 to 20/1,000 births); no association seen in cohort studies30 |
| Third trimester | PPHN | Case control study showed 3.7% of infants with PPHN were exposed to SSRIs vs 0.7% of controls; adjusted odds ratio 6.1, absolute risk to exposed population = 6 to 12/1,000 births)23 | |
| Perinatal and long-term effects | Toxicity/withdrawal syndromes | Cohort study of 60 infants concluded prevalence of discontinuation syndromes is 30% in neonates with third trimester SSRI exposure25 | Neonatal toxicity (“floppy infant syndrome”) and neonatal withdrawal reported with maternal benzodiazepine use in late third trimester; prevalence unknown† |
| Preterm birth, serotonin withdrawal syndromes, CNS effects, long-term neurobehavioral effects | Unknown† | Unknown† | |
| PPHN: persistent pulmonary hypertension of the newborn; SSRIs: selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors | |||
| * Available data indicate that first-trimester exposure to SSRIs (other than paroxetine) and benzodiazepines may increase the relative risk for congenital anomalies, but the absolute risk of having a child with an anomaly is small. | |||
| † Some case reports, but published literature is insufficient to determine prevalence or magnitude of risk. | |||
Staggered, combination therapy for anxiety disorders during pregnancy
| Pregnancy stage | Recommended to manage risks to mother and fetus |
|---|---|
| First trimester |
|
| Second trimester |
|
| Third trimester |
|
| SSRI: selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor | |
| * Nondrug therapies can include prenatal exercise, sleep hygiene, relaxation, and psychotherapy (cognitive-behavioral therapy, interpersonal therapy, supportive therapy, family/couples therapy) | |
CASE CONTINUED: CBT plus medication
Ms. K and her husband are open to adding weekly cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) for anxiety as long as she can continue her medications. You discuss the evidence regarding potential neonatal risks with paroxetine and clonazepam treatment. Because Ms. K is 6 weeks pregnant, you outline a plan for a rapid cross-taper off paroxetine and onto fluoxetine, 10 to 30 mg/d, explaining that paroxetine might pose a greater first-trimester risk of major congenital malformations and cardiac malformations. You discuss possible side effects of fluoxetine and explain a plan to taper off fluoxetine during the third trimester to reduce the risk of PPHN, early delivery, and withdrawal in the newborn.
Because Ms. K has been taking clonazepam at only 0.5 mg 1 to 2 times per week, you instruct her to stop taking the benzodiazepine for the next 6 weeks until she is through her first trimester. You also reassure her that she can use clonazepam after the first trimester, if necessary, as long as she agrees to taper off completely 1 to 2 weeks before to her due date.
You refer her to a CBT therapist and emphasize the importance of CBT, relaxation, and sleep hygiene—as well as support from her husband, family, and friends—to reduce her stress and facilitate the medication taper during her third trimester. You plan to see her monthly and co-manage her care with the CBT therapist and Ob/Gyn. You document this discussion in her medical record as evidence of informed consent.
Related resources
- Baby Center. Managing stress and anxiety during pregnancy. Patient information. www.babycenter.com/0_managing-stress-and-anxiety-during-pregnancy_1683.bc.
- Organization of Teratology Information Specialists (OTIS). www.otispregnancy.org.
Drug brand names
- Clonazepam • Klonopin
- Paroxetine • Paxil
- Fluoxetine • Prozac
- Sertraline • Zoloft
Disclosures
The authors report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.
1. Ross LE, McLean LM. Anxiety disorders during pregnancy and the postpartum period: a systematic review. J Clin Psychiatry 2006;67(8):1285-98.
2. Labad J, Menchon JM, Alonso P, et al. Female reproductive cycle and obsessive-compulsive disorder. J Clin Psychiatry 2005;66(4):428-35.
3. Adewuya AO, Ola BA, Aloba OO, Mapayi BM. Anxiety disorders among Nigerian women in late pregnancy: a controlled study. Arch Womens Ment Health 2006;9(6):325-8.
4. Field T, Hernandez-Reif M, Diego M, et al. Stability of mood states and biochemistry across pregnancy. Infant Behav Dev 2006;29(2):262-7.
5. Teixeira JM, Fisk NM, Glover V. Association between maternal anxiety in pregnancy and increased uterine artery resistance index: cohort based study. BMJ 1999;318(7177):153-7.
6. Monk C, Myers MM, Sloan RP, et al. Effects of women’s stress-elicited physiological activity and chronic anxiety on fetal heart rate. J Dev Behav Pediatr 2003;24(1):32-8.
7. Egliston KA, McMahon C, Austin MP. Stress in pregnancy and infant HPA axis function: conceptual and methodological issues relating to the use of salivary cortisol as an outcome measure. Psychoneuroendocrinology 2007;32(1):1-13.
8. Levey L, Ragan K, Hower-Hartley A, et al. Psychiatric disorders in pregnancy. Neurol Clin 2004;22(4):863-93.
9. Oberlander TF, Reebye P, Misri S, et al. Externalizing and attentional behaviors in children of depressed mothers treated with a selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor antidepressant during pregnancy. Arch Pediatr Adolesc Med 2007;161(1):22-9.
10. Misri S, Reebye P, Kendrick K, et al. Internalizing behaviors in 4-year-old children exposed in utero to psychotropic medications. Am J Psychiatry 2006;163(6):1026-32.
11. Copper RL, Goldenberg RL, Das A, et al. The Preterm Prediction Study: maternal stress is associated with spontaneous preterm birth at less than thirty-five weeks’ gestation. Am J Obstet Gynecol 1996;175(5):1286-92.
12. Sutter-Dallay AL, Giaconne-Marcesche V, Glatigny-Dallay E, Verdoux H. Women with anxiety disorders during pregnancy are at increased risk of intense postnatal depressive symptoms: a prospective survey of the MATQUID cohort. Eur Psychiatry 2004;19(8):459-63.
13. Nierop A, Bratsikas A, Zimmermann R, Ehlert U. Are stress-induced cortisol changes during pregnancy associated with postpartum depressive symptoms? Psychosom Med 2006;68(6):931-7.
14. Weissman MM. Recent non-medication trials of interpersonal psychotherapy for depression. Int J Neuropsychopharmacology 2007;10(1):117-22.
15. Ward RK, Zamorski MA. Benefits and risks of psychiatric medications during pregnancy. Am Fam Physician 2002;66(4):629-36.
16. Bastani F, Hidarnia A, Montgomery KS, et al. Does relaxation education in anxious primigravid Iranian women influence adverse pregnancy outcomes? A randomized controlled trial. J Perinat Neonatal Nurs 2006;20(2):138-46.
17. Fricchione G. Generalized anxiety disorder. N Engl J Med 2004;351(7):675-82.
18. Källén BA, Otterblad Olausson P. Maternal use of selective serotonin re-uptake inhibitors in early pregnancy and infant congenital malformations. Birth Defects Res A Clin Mol Teratol 2007;79(4):301-8.
19. Berard A, Ramos E, Rey E, et al. First trimester exposure to paroxetine and risk of cardiac malformations in infants: the importance of dosage. Birth Defects Res B Dev Reprod Toxicol 2007;80(1):18-27.
20. Bar-Oz B, Einarson T, Einarson A, et al. Paroxetine and congenital malformations: meta-analysis and consideration of potential confounding factors. Clin Ther 2005;29(5):918-26.
21. Malm H, Klaukka T, Neuvonen PJ. Risks associated with selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors in pregnancy. Obstet Gynecol 2005;106(6):1289-96.
22. Nulman I, Rovet J, Stewart DE, et al. Child development following exposure to tricyclic antidepressants or fluoxetine throughout fetal life: a prospective, controlled study. Am J Psychiatry 2002;159(11):1889-95.
23. Chambers CD, Hernandez-Diaz S, Van Marter LJ, et al. Selective serotonin-reuptake inhibitors and risk of persistent pulmonary hypertension of the newborn. N Engl J Med 2006;354(6):579-87.
24. Haddad PM, Pal BR, Clarke P, et al. Neonatal symptoms following maternal paroxetine treatment: serotonin toxicity or paroxetine discontinuation syndrome? J Psychopharmacology 2005;19(5):554-7.
25. Levinson-Castiel R, Merlob P, Linder N, et al. Neonatal abstinence syndrome after in utero exposure to selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors in term infants. Arch Pediatr Adolesc Med 2006;160(2):173-6.
26. Sanz EJ, De-las-Cuevas C, Kiuru A, et al. Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors in pregnant women and neonatal withdrawal syndrome: a database analysis. Lancet 2005;365(9458):482-7.
27. Suri R, Altshuler L, Hellemann G, et al. Effects of antenatal depression and antidepressant treatment on gestational age at birth and risk of preterm birth. Am J Psychiatry 2007;164(8):1206-13.
28. Zeskind PS, Stephens LE. Maternal selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor use during pregnancy and newborn neurobehavior. Pediatrics 2004;113(2):368-75.
29. Iqbal MM, Sobhan T, Ryals T. Effects of commonly used benzodiazepines on the fetus, the neonate, and the nursing infant. Psychiatr Serv 2002;53(1):39-49.
30. Dolovich LR, Addis A, Vaillancourt JM, et al. Benzodiazepine use in pregnancy and major malformations or oral cleft: meta-analysis of cohort and case-control studies. BMJ 1998;317(7162):839-43.
31. McElhatton PR. The effects of benzodiazepine use during pregnancy. Reprod Toxicol 1994;8(6):461-75.
32. Lin AE, Peller AJ, Westgate MN, et al. Clonazepam use in pregnancy and the risk of malformations. Birth Defects Res A Clin Mol Teratol 2004;70(8):534-6.
33. Levy M, James MS, Erickson JD, McClearn AB. Prevalence of birth defects. Birth outcomes Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Available at: http://www.cdc.gov/reproductivehealth/Products&Pubs/DatatoAction/pdf/birout4.pdf. Accessed January 9, 2008.
Ms. K, age 25, is 6 weeks pregnant and is taking medications for generalized anxiety disorder (GAD). When she was diagnosed with GAD at age 19, her symptoms included 6 months of excessive anxiety—insomnia, fatigue, difficulty with concentration, and psychomotor agitation—without mood symptoms. These symptoms interfered greatly with her schoolwork and other daily activities.
For 6 years Ms. K has been taking the selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor (SSRI) paroxetine, 15 mg/d, and the benzodiazepine clonazepam, 0.5 mg as needed, with good symptom control. Now that she is pregnant and her primary care doctor has refused to continue these medications, she is seeking treatment and advice.
Not enough is known about how to safely treat anxiety disorders during pregnancy, and physicians are not sure what to do with patients such as Ms. K. Without evidence-based guidelines, we feel anxious about potential risks to mother and fetus as we try to provide appropriate drug therapy.
To help you and your patients weigh the risks and benefits of perinatal treatments for anxiety disorders, this article briefly summarizes the evidence on:
- anxiety disorders’ natural history during pregnancy
- how untreated maternal anxiety affects the fetus
- nonpharmacologic therapies for anxiety disorders
- a plan to manage fetal risks by staggering SSRI and benzodiazepine use during the first and third trimesters.
Anxiety during pregnancy
Nearly one-third of women experience an anxiety disorder during their lives, with peak onset during childbearing years.1,2 Compared with research on perinatal depression, far fewer studies have examined anxiety disorders’ onset, presentation, prevalence, and treatment.1
The literature includes no studies of the course of preexisting GAD or posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and no evidence that symptoms of preexisting obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD) change during pregnancy. Some studies of panic disorder show symptoms improving during pregnancy, whereas others do not (Table 1).1
One small study done in late pregnancy found a significant association between the prevalence of an anxiety disorder, maternal primiparity, and comorbid medical conditions. Thus, a woman in her first pregnancy may be at increased risk to develop an anxiety disorder if she has a comorbid medical condition.3 As in the case of Ms. K, however, continuation of preexisting anxiety appears more likely than onset of a new anxiety disorder during pregnancy.
Table 1
How pregnancy affects the course of 4 anxiety disorders
| Disorder | Prevalence | Effect |
|---|---|---|
| Generalized anxiety disorder (GAD) | 8.5% of women experience GAD during the third trimester, compared with a 5% prevalence in the general population | No studies have reported on the course of GAD in pregnant women with preexisting disorder |
| Obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD) | 2% to 12% of OCD outpatients of childbearing age report onset during pregnancy | Preexisting OCD usually shows no change during pregnancy but may worsen postpartum |
| Panic disorder (PD) | 1.3% to 2% in pregnant women, compared with 1.5% to 3.5% in the general population | Panic symptoms in women with preexisting PD may improve during pregnancy and worsen postpartum |
| Posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) | 2.3% to 7.7% in pregnant women and 0% to 6.9% postpartum, compared with 1% to 14% in the community | No studies have reported on the course of PTSD in pregnant women with preexisting disorder |
| Source: References 1,2 | ||
Fetal risks from maternal anxiety
Fetal risk from severe maternal anxiety is not zero. Offspring born to high-anxiety mothers exhibit neurobehavioral differences compared with offspring of calmer mothers. Changes in high-anxiety mothers’ offspring include:
- altered EEG activation and vagal tone
- increased time in deep sleep and less time in active alert states
- lower performance on the Brazelton Neonatal Behavior Assessment Scale.4
Exposure to maternal high anxiety has been associated with mental developmental delays in infants and increased risk for behavioral and emotional problems in young children.7-10 Anxiety may not directly cause intrauterine growth retardation and preterm delivery, but it is significantly associated with prenatal tobacco, alcohol, and narcotics use—which predicts these and other negative neonatal outcomes.11
7,13
CASE CONTINUED: ‘Stay the course’
Ms. K worries that she could not tolerate recurrence of her anxiety symptoms and wishes to continue both medications. Her husband concurs, but they want to minimize potential risks to their baby. You discuss the options for treating anxiety symptoms during pregnancy, including medications, psychotherapy, and behavioral treatments.
Treatment decisions
Ideally you’ll begin treating anxiety disorders in women of childbearing age with preconception psychoeducation. Explaining the risks of medications if she were to become pregnant and asking about the contraception she is using are de rigueur. Psychotherapy is low risk to the fetus and is considered first choice for treating mild to moderate anxiety in women of childbearing age who plan to become pregnant (Box).1,14-17
No studies directly address the efficacy or outcome of any psychotherapy for anxiety in pregnancy. Even so:
- For mild to moderate anxiety, psychotherapy is the first-line treatment for pregnant women.
- Interpersonal psychotherapy (IPT) without medications can reduce depressive symptoms in pregnant women with depression.14
- Cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) without medications has shown efficacy for anxiety disorders in psychiatric populations.15,16
Because no evidence suggests that pregnant women require different psychotherapeutic recommendations than other psychiatric patients, consider a course of CBT that targets anxiety symptoms or IPT for a pregnant patient with an anxiety disorder.
Relaxation therapy also has shown efficacy in treating anxiety disorders. In a randomized controlled trial of 110 pregnant women with high-level anxiety, 7 weeks of applied relaxation training sessions was associated with significant reductions in low-weight births, cesarean sections, and instrumental extractions.16,17
Because poor marital relationships are consistent psychosocial predictors of anxiety during pregnancy and postpartum depression,1 recommend family or marital therapy when appropriate.
Because Ms. K wishes to continue taking paroxetine and clonazepam, what can you tell her about the risks and benefits of SSRIs and benzodiazepines during pregnancy?
SSRIs in pregnancy
Teratogenicity. Compared with benzodiazepines, SSRIs have been considered agents of choice for use during pregnancy because of a lower risk of teratogenic effects.15 Paroxetine, however, appears to pose a greater risk for teratogenicity than other SSRIs.
The overall rate of fetal malformations from SSRIs appears to be low, although most studies have examined only fluoxetine or paroxetine. Some studies have reported various malformations with fluoxetine or sertraline, but others have not. In Finland, a population-based study found no increase in rate of major congenital malformations in offspring of 1,782 women who filled prescriptions for SSRIs during pregnancy, compared with the general population rate of 1% to 3%.21
Neurobehavioral effects. SSRI exposure during fetal life has shown no long-term neurobehavioral effects. A blinded prospective study by Nulman et al22 found no differences in global IQ scores, language development, or behavioral development among children age ≤5 who were exposed in utero to fluoxetine (n=40) or a tricyclic antidepressant (n=46), compared with unexposed children of nondepressed mothers (n=36). Similarly, using reports from teachers and clinical measures of internalizing behaviors, Misri et al10 found no increase in depression, anxiety, or withdrawal in 4-year-olds with prenatal exposure to SSRIs (n=22), compared with nonexposed children (n=14).
Pulmonary hypertension. SSRI exposure in later pregnancy may increase the rate of persistent pulmonary hypertension of the newborn (PPHN), which occurs in 1 to 2 infants per 1,000 live births. PPHN showed a statistically significant association with late prenatal SSRI exposure (OR 6.1) in a study that controlled for maternal smoking, body mass index, and diabetes.23 PPHN occurred in approximately 1% of infants exposed to SSRIs in late pregnancy. PPHN rates were not affected by maternal depression/anxiety, non-SSRI antidepressant exposure throughout pregnancy, or SSRI exposure during early pregnancy only.
Toxicity and withdrawal syndromes. Infants of women who continue to take SSRIs just before delivery can develop toxicity or withdrawal syndromes. Occurrence of either syndrome depends on SSRI half-life, serum concentration, and the pharmacodynamics of other medications given during pregnancy and labor.24
Discontinuation syndromes can occur in SSRI-exposed neonates within a few hours or days after birth and last up to 1 month after delivery, depending on the infant’s susceptibility.25 Nearly two-thirds of suspected SSRI-induced neonatal withdrawal syndromes have been associated with paroxetine, although all SSRIs appear be associated with some risk.26 Several trials, including a recent prospective study, found prenatal antidepressant use associated with lower gestational age at birth and increased risk of preterm birth.27
- greater tremulousness
- less flexible and dampened state regulation
- more time in uninterrupted REM sleep
- more frequent startles or sudden arousals
- greater generalized motor activity
- greater autonomic dysregulation.28
- tremor (37/60)
- GI disturbances (34/60)—including exaggerated sucking, poor feeding, regurgitation, vomiting, and loose stools
- sleep disturbance (21/60).
Recommendations. The perception that SSRIs have low fetal toxicity has guided prescribing practices in recent years. Newer evidence shows, however, that fetal exposure to SSRIs may have some adverse effects, including lower birth weight and early delivery. First-trimester paroxetine use has been associated with increased risk for fetal ventricular and/or atrial septal defects.
Discuss these risks with the patient when you consider starting or continuing SSRI use during pregnancy.24 If you prescribe an SSRI, use the minimum effective dosage and avoid paroxetine during pregnancy.18
To reduce the risk for PPHN, early delivery, and neonatal withdrawal syndromes, taper and discontinue the SSRI during the third trimester. Restarting the SSRI soon after delivery is the most effective way to prevent recurrence of anxiety symptoms or postpartum depression.
Benzodiazepines
Teratogenicity. Like SSRIs, benzodiazepines cross the placenta to the fetus.29 Benzodiazepine teratogenicity remains controversial.8 Some—but not all—data show a small but significant increased risk for major malformations/oral cleft malformations with first-trimester benzodiazepine exposure.
A Medline literature search from 1966 to 2000 found not enough information to determine whether potential benefits of benzodiazepines to the mother outweigh risks to the fetus.29 An ambitious meta-analysis of >1,400 studies by Dolovich et al30 found a small association between fetal exposure to benzodiazepines and major malformations/cleft palate, but only in pooled data from case-controlled studies. No association was found between fetal exposure to benzodiazepines and malformations/cleft palate in pooled data from cohort studies.
A 32-month, hospital-based surveillance program of 28,565 births found no increase in the rate of major malformations in 43 infants exposed to clonazepam monotherapy—33 (77%) in the first trimester.31 Thus, the risk of major malformations/cleft palate with the use of benzodiazepines in the first trimester appears to be low.
- Neonatal toxicity (“floppy infant syndrome”)—characterized by hypothermia, lethargy, poor respiratory effort, and feeding difficulties—occurs after maternal benzodiazepine use just before delivery.8
- Neonatal withdrawal may be caused by very late, third trimester exposure to benzodiazepines. Symptoms—which can persist ≤3 months after delivery—include restlessness, irritability, abnormal sleep patterns, suckling difficulties, growth retardation, hypertonia, hyperreflexia, tremulousness, apnea, diarrhea, and vomiting.8,29
To minimize neonatal withdrawal, gradually taper the mother’s benzodiazepine before delivery.29 Because the baby’s due date is calculated to be ±2 weeks before delivery, begin this taper 3 to 4 weeks before the due date and discontinue at least 1 week before delivery. Breastfeeding while taking benzodiazepines is not recommended because of the risk of over-sedating the infant.
A rational approach
Both benzodiazepines and SSRIs are associated with low but demonstrated risks to the fetus when used during pregnancy (Table 2).19,20,23,25,30,33 Use these medications to manage a patient’s anxiety only if the clinical benefit to the mother justifies the potential risks to the fetus.29
A staggered combination of SSRIs during the first 2 trimesters and benzodiazepines during the last 2 trimesters can help balance the risks and benefits of pharmacotherapy of anxiety disorders during pregnancy (Table 3).
Frankly discuss with your patient the risks and benefits in the context of her perceived need for symptom control to sustain her level of functioning. You could document this discussion in the progress note as “R, B, A, and pt C,” signifying that risks, benefits, and alternatives were discussed, and the patient consented. If possible, include the patient’s husband, partner, or parent in this discussion.
Table 2
Risks of SSRIs vs benzodiazepines during pregnancy stages
| Pregnancy stage when given | Fetal risk | SSRIs | Benzodiazepines |
|---|---|---|---|
| First trimester* | Teratogenicity | Paroxetine use associated with 2-fold increased risk of major congenital anomalies and 3-fold increased risk of major cardiac anomalies;19 meta-analysis calculated significant risk of cardiac malformations (odds ratio 1.72; population prevalence = 13.4/1,000 births)20,33 | Meta-analysis of case control studies showed increased risk of major malformations/cleft palate (odds ratio 3.01; population prevalence = 10 to 20/1,000 births); no association seen in cohort studies30 |
| Third trimester | PPHN | Case control study showed 3.7% of infants with PPHN were exposed to SSRIs vs 0.7% of controls; adjusted odds ratio 6.1, absolute risk to exposed population = 6 to 12/1,000 births)23 | |
| Perinatal and long-term effects | Toxicity/withdrawal syndromes | Cohort study of 60 infants concluded prevalence of discontinuation syndromes is 30% in neonates with third trimester SSRI exposure25 | Neonatal toxicity (“floppy infant syndrome”) and neonatal withdrawal reported with maternal benzodiazepine use in late third trimester; prevalence unknown† |
| Preterm birth, serotonin withdrawal syndromes, CNS effects, long-term neurobehavioral effects | Unknown† | Unknown† | |
| PPHN: persistent pulmonary hypertension of the newborn; SSRIs: selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors | |||
| * Available data indicate that first-trimester exposure to SSRIs (other than paroxetine) and benzodiazepines may increase the relative risk for congenital anomalies, but the absolute risk of having a child with an anomaly is small. | |||
| † Some case reports, but published literature is insufficient to determine prevalence or magnitude of risk. | |||
Staggered, combination therapy for anxiety disorders during pregnancy
| Pregnancy stage | Recommended to manage risks to mother and fetus |
|---|---|
| First trimester |
|
| Second trimester |
|
| Third trimester |
|
| SSRI: selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor | |
| * Nondrug therapies can include prenatal exercise, sleep hygiene, relaxation, and psychotherapy (cognitive-behavioral therapy, interpersonal therapy, supportive therapy, family/couples therapy) | |
CASE CONTINUED: CBT plus medication
Ms. K and her husband are open to adding weekly cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) for anxiety as long as she can continue her medications. You discuss the evidence regarding potential neonatal risks with paroxetine and clonazepam treatment. Because Ms. K is 6 weeks pregnant, you outline a plan for a rapid cross-taper off paroxetine and onto fluoxetine, 10 to 30 mg/d, explaining that paroxetine might pose a greater first-trimester risk of major congenital malformations and cardiac malformations. You discuss possible side effects of fluoxetine and explain a plan to taper off fluoxetine during the third trimester to reduce the risk of PPHN, early delivery, and withdrawal in the newborn.
Because Ms. K has been taking clonazepam at only 0.5 mg 1 to 2 times per week, you instruct her to stop taking the benzodiazepine for the next 6 weeks until she is through her first trimester. You also reassure her that she can use clonazepam after the first trimester, if necessary, as long as she agrees to taper off completely 1 to 2 weeks before to her due date.
You refer her to a CBT therapist and emphasize the importance of CBT, relaxation, and sleep hygiene—as well as support from her husband, family, and friends—to reduce her stress and facilitate the medication taper during her third trimester. You plan to see her monthly and co-manage her care with the CBT therapist and Ob/Gyn. You document this discussion in her medical record as evidence of informed consent.
Related resources
- Baby Center. Managing stress and anxiety during pregnancy. Patient information. www.babycenter.com/0_managing-stress-and-anxiety-during-pregnancy_1683.bc.
- Organization of Teratology Information Specialists (OTIS). www.otispregnancy.org.
Drug brand names
- Clonazepam • Klonopin
- Paroxetine • Paxil
- Fluoxetine • Prozac
- Sertraline • Zoloft
Disclosures
The authors report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.
Ms. K, age 25, is 6 weeks pregnant and is taking medications for generalized anxiety disorder (GAD). When she was diagnosed with GAD at age 19, her symptoms included 6 months of excessive anxiety—insomnia, fatigue, difficulty with concentration, and psychomotor agitation—without mood symptoms. These symptoms interfered greatly with her schoolwork and other daily activities.
For 6 years Ms. K has been taking the selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor (SSRI) paroxetine, 15 mg/d, and the benzodiazepine clonazepam, 0.5 mg as needed, with good symptom control. Now that she is pregnant and her primary care doctor has refused to continue these medications, she is seeking treatment and advice.
Not enough is known about how to safely treat anxiety disorders during pregnancy, and physicians are not sure what to do with patients such as Ms. K. Without evidence-based guidelines, we feel anxious about potential risks to mother and fetus as we try to provide appropriate drug therapy.
To help you and your patients weigh the risks and benefits of perinatal treatments for anxiety disorders, this article briefly summarizes the evidence on:
- anxiety disorders’ natural history during pregnancy
- how untreated maternal anxiety affects the fetus
- nonpharmacologic therapies for anxiety disorders
- a plan to manage fetal risks by staggering SSRI and benzodiazepine use during the first and third trimesters.
Anxiety during pregnancy
Nearly one-third of women experience an anxiety disorder during their lives, with peak onset during childbearing years.1,2 Compared with research on perinatal depression, far fewer studies have examined anxiety disorders’ onset, presentation, prevalence, and treatment.1
The literature includes no studies of the course of preexisting GAD or posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and no evidence that symptoms of preexisting obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD) change during pregnancy. Some studies of panic disorder show symptoms improving during pregnancy, whereas others do not (Table 1).1
One small study done in late pregnancy found a significant association between the prevalence of an anxiety disorder, maternal primiparity, and comorbid medical conditions. Thus, a woman in her first pregnancy may be at increased risk to develop an anxiety disorder if she has a comorbid medical condition.3 As in the case of Ms. K, however, continuation of preexisting anxiety appears more likely than onset of a new anxiety disorder during pregnancy.
Table 1
How pregnancy affects the course of 4 anxiety disorders
| Disorder | Prevalence | Effect |
|---|---|---|
| Generalized anxiety disorder (GAD) | 8.5% of women experience GAD during the third trimester, compared with a 5% prevalence in the general population | No studies have reported on the course of GAD in pregnant women with preexisting disorder |
| Obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD) | 2% to 12% of OCD outpatients of childbearing age report onset during pregnancy | Preexisting OCD usually shows no change during pregnancy but may worsen postpartum |
| Panic disorder (PD) | 1.3% to 2% in pregnant women, compared with 1.5% to 3.5% in the general population | Panic symptoms in women with preexisting PD may improve during pregnancy and worsen postpartum |
| Posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) | 2.3% to 7.7% in pregnant women and 0% to 6.9% postpartum, compared with 1% to 14% in the community | No studies have reported on the course of PTSD in pregnant women with preexisting disorder |
| Source: References 1,2 | ||
Fetal risks from maternal anxiety
Fetal risk from severe maternal anxiety is not zero. Offspring born to high-anxiety mothers exhibit neurobehavioral differences compared with offspring of calmer mothers. Changes in high-anxiety mothers’ offspring include:
- altered EEG activation and vagal tone
- increased time in deep sleep and less time in active alert states
- lower performance on the Brazelton Neonatal Behavior Assessment Scale.4
Exposure to maternal high anxiety has been associated with mental developmental delays in infants and increased risk for behavioral and emotional problems in young children.7-10 Anxiety may not directly cause intrauterine growth retardation and preterm delivery, but it is significantly associated with prenatal tobacco, alcohol, and narcotics use—which predicts these and other negative neonatal outcomes.11
7,13
CASE CONTINUED: ‘Stay the course’
Ms. K worries that she could not tolerate recurrence of her anxiety symptoms and wishes to continue both medications. Her husband concurs, but they want to minimize potential risks to their baby. You discuss the options for treating anxiety symptoms during pregnancy, including medications, psychotherapy, and behavioral treatments.
Treatment decisions
Ideally you’ll begin treating anxiety disorders in women of childbearing age with preconception psychoeducation. Explaining the risks of medications if she were to become pregnant and asking about the contraception she is using are de rigueur. Psychotherapy is low risk to the fetus and is considered first choice for treating mild to moderate anxiety in women of childbearing age who plan to become pregnant (Box).1,14-17
No studies directly address the efficacy or outcome of any psychotherapy for anxiety in pregnancy. Even so:
- For mild to moderate anxiety, psychotherapy is the first-line treatment for pregnant women.
- Interpersonal psychotherapy (IPT) without medications can reduce depressive symptoms in pregnant women with depression.14
- Cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) without medications has shown efficacy for anxiety disorders in psychiatric populations.15,16
Because no evidence suggests that pregnant women require different psychotherapeutic recommendations than other psychiatric patients, consider a course of CBT that targets anxiety symptoms or IPT for a pregnant patient with an anxiety disorder.
Relaxation therapy also has shown efficacy in treating anxiety disorders. In a randomized controlled trial of 110 pregnant women with high-level anxiety, 7 weeks of applied relaxation training sessions was associated with significant reductions in low-weight births, cesarean sections, and instrumental extractions.16,17
Because poor marital relationships are consistent psychosocial predictors of anxiety during pregnancy and postpartum depression,1 recommend family or marital therapy when appropriate.
Because Ms. K wishes to continue taking paroxetine and clonazepam, what can you tell her about the risks and benefits of SSRIs and benzodiazepines during pregnancy?
SSRIs in pregnancy
Teratogenicity. Compared with benzodiazepines, SSRIs have been considered agents of choice for use during pregnancy because of a lower risk of teratogenic effects.15 Paroxetine, however, appears to pose a greater risk for teratogenicity than other SSRIs.
The overall rate of fetal malformations from SSRIs appears to be low, although most studies have examined only fluoxetine or paroxetine. Some studies have reported various malformations with fluoxetine or sertraline, but others have not. In Finland, a population-based study found no increase in rate of major congenital malformations in offspring of 1,782 women who filled prescriptions for SSRIs during pregnancy, compared with the general population rate of 1% to 3%.21
Neurobehavioral effects. SSRI exposure during fetal life has shown no long-term neurobehavioral effects. A blinded prospective study by Nulman et al22 found no differences in global IQ scores, language development, or behavioral development among children age ≤5 who were exposed in utero to fluoxetine (n=40) or a tricyclic antidepressant (n=46), compared with unexposed children of nondepressed mothers (n=36). Similarly, using reports from teachers and clinical measures of internalizing behaviors, Misri et al10 found no increase in depression, anxiety, or withdrawal in 4-year-olds with prenatal exposure to SSRIs (n=22), compared with nonexposed children (n=14).
Pulmonary hypertension. SSRI exposure in later pregnancy may increase the rate of persistent pulmonary hypertension of the newborn (PPHN), which occurs in 1 to 2 infants per 1,000 live births. PPHN showed a statistically significant association with late prenatal SSRI exposure (OR 6.1) in a study that controlled for maternal smoking, body mass index, and diabetes.23 PPHN occurred in approximately 1% of infants exposed to SSRIs in late pregnancy. PPHN rates were not affected by maternal depression/anxiety, non-SSRI antidepressant exposure throughout pregnancy, or SSRI exposure during early pregnancy only.
Toxicity and withdrawal syndromes. Infants of women who continue to take SSRIs just before delivery can develop toxicity or withdrawal syndromes. Occurrence of either syndrome depends on SSRI half-life, serum concentration, and the pharmacodynamics of other medications given during pregnancy and labor.24
Discontinuation syndromes can occur in SSRI-exposed neonates within a few hours or days after birth and last up to 1 month after delivery, depending on the infant’s susceptibility.25 Nearly two-thirds of suspected SSRI-induced neonatal withdrawal syndromes have been associated with paroxetine, although all SSRIs appear be associated with some risk.26 Several trials, including a recent prospective study, found prenatal antidepressant use associated with lower gestational age at birth and increased risk of preterm birth.27
- greater tremulousness
- less flexible and dampened state regulation
- more time in uninterrupted REM sleep
- more frequent startles or sudden arousals
- greater generalized motor activity
- greater autonomic dysregulation.28
- tremor (37/60)
- GI disturbances (34/60)—including exaggerated sucking, poor feeding, regurgitation, vomiting, and loose stools
- sleep disturbance (21/60).
Recommendations. The perception that SSRIs have low fetal toxicity has guided prescribing practices in recent years. Newer evidence shows, however, that fetal exposure to SSRIs may have some adverse effects, including lower birth weight and early delivery. First-trimester paroxetine use has been associated with increased risk for fetal ventricular and/or atrial septal defects.
Discuss these risks with the patient when you consider starting or continuing SSRI use during pregnancy.24 If you prescribe an SSRI, use the minimum effective dosage and avoid paroxetine during pregnancy.18
To reduce the risk for PPHN, early delivery, and neonatal withdrawal syndromes, taper and discontinue the SSRI during the third trimester. Restarting the SSRI soon after delivery is the most effective way to prevent recurrence of anxiety symptoms or postpartum depression.
Benzodiazepines
Teratogenicity. Like SSRIs, benzodiazepines cross the placenta to the fetus.29 Benzodiazepine teratogenicity remains controversial.8 Some—but not all—data show a small but significant increased risk for major malformations/oral cleft malformations with first-trimester benzodiazepine exposure.
A Medline literature search from 1966 to 2000 found not enough information to determine whether potential benefits of benzodiazepines to the mother outweigh risks to the fetus.29 An ambitious meta-analysis of >1,400 studies by Dolovich et al30 found a small association between fetal exposure to benzodiazepines and major malformations/cleft palate, but only in pooled data from case-controlled studies. No association was found between fetal exposure to benzodiazepines and malformations/cleft palate in pooled data from cohort studies.
A 32-month, hospital-based surveillance program of 28,565 births found no increase in the rate of major malformations in 43 infants exposed to clonazepam monotherapy—33 (77%) in the first trimester.31 Thus, the risk of major malformations/cleft palate with the use of benzodiazepines in the first trimester appears to be low.
- Neonatal toxicity (“floppy infant syndrome”)—characterized by hypothermia, lethargy, poor respiratory effort, and feeding difficulties—occurs after maternal benzodiazepine use just before delivery.8
- Neonatal withdrawal may be caused by very late, third trimester exposure to benzodiazepines. Symptoms—which can persist ≤3 months after delivery—include restlessness, irritability, abnormal sleep patterns, suckling difficulties, growth retardation, hypertonia, hyperreflexia, tremulousness, apnea, diarrhea, and vomiting.8,29
To minimize neonatal withdrawal, gradually taper the mother’s benzodiazepine before delivery.29 Because the baby’s due date is calculated to be ±2 weeks before delivery, begin this taper 3 to 4 weeks before the due date and discontinue at least 1 week before delivery. Breastfeeding while taking benzodiazepines is not recommended because of the risk of over-sedating the infant.
A rational approach
Both benzodiazepines and SSRIs are associated with low but demonstrated risks to the fetus when used during pregnancy (Table 2).19,20,23,25,30,33 Use these medications to manage a patient’s anxiety only if the clinical benefit to the mother justifies the potential risks to the fetus.29
A staggered combination of SSRIs during the first 2 trimesters and benzodiazepines during the last 2 trimesters can help balance the risks and benefits of pharmacotherapy of anxiety disorders during pregnancy (Table 3).
Frankly discuss with your patient the risks and benefits in the context of her perceived need for symptom control to sustain her level of functioning. You could document this discussion in the progress note as “R, B, A, and pt C,” signifying that risks, benefits, and alternatives were discussed, and the patient consented. If possible, include the patient’s husband, partner, or parent in this discussion.
Table 2
Risks of SSRIs vs benzodiazepines during pregnancy stages
| Pregnancy stage when given | Fetal risk | SSRIs | Benzodiazepines |
|---|---|---|---|
| First trimester* | Teratogenicity | Paroxetine use associated with 2-fold increased risk of major congenital anomalies and 3-fold increased risk of major cardiac anomalies;19 meta-analysis calculated significant risk of cardiac malformations (odds ratio 1.72; population prevalence = 13.4/1,000 births)20,33 | Meta-analysis of case control studies showed increased risk of major malformations/cleft palate (odds ratio 3.01; population prevalence = 10 to 20/1,000 births); no association seen in cohort studies30 |
| Third trimester | PPHN | Case control study showed 3.7% of infants with PPHN were exposed to SSRIs vs 0.7% of controls; adjusted odds ratio 6.1, absolute risk to exposed population = 6 to 12/1,000 births)23 | |
| Perinatal and long-term effects | Toxicity/withdrawal syndromes | Cohort study of 60 infants concluded prevalence of discontinuation syndromes is 30% in neonates with third trimester SSRI exposure25 | Neonatal toxicity (“floppy infant syndrome”) and neonatal withdrawal reported with maternal benzodiazepine use in late third trimester; prevalence unknown† |
| Preterm birth, serotonin withdrawal syndromes, CNS effects, long-term neurobehavioral effects | Unknown† | Unknown† | |
| PPHN: persistent pulmonary hypertension of the newborn; SSRIs: selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors | |||
| * Available data indicate that first-trimester exposure to SSRIs (other than paroxetine) and benzodiazepines may increase the relative risk for congenital anomalies, but the absolute risk of having a child with an anomaly is small. | |||
| † Some case reports, but published literature is insufficient to determine prevalence or magnitude of risk. | |||
Staggered, combination therapy for anxiety disorders during pregnancy
| Pregnancy stage | Recommended to manage risks to mother and fetus |
|---|---|
| First trimester |
|
| Second trimester |
|
| Third trimester |
|
| SSRI: selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor | |
| * Nondrug therapies can include prenatal exercise, sleep hygiene, relaxation, and psychotherapy (cognitive-behavioral therapy, interpersonal therapy, supportive therapy, family/couples therapy) | |
CASE CONTINUED: CBT plus medication
Ms. K and her husband are open to adding weekly cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) for anxiety as long as she can continue her medications. You discuss the evidence regarding potential neonatal risks with paroxetine and clonazepam treatment. Because Ms. K is 6 weeks pregnant, you outline a plan for a rapid cross-taper off paroxetine and onto fluoxetine, 10 to 30 mg/d, explaining that paroxetine might pose a greater first-trimester risk of major congenital malformations and cardiac malformations. You discuss possible side effects of fluoxetine and explain a plan to taper off fluoxetine during the third trimester to reduce the risk of PPHN, early delivery, and withdrawal in the newborn.
Because Ms. K has been taking clonazepam at only 0.5 mg 1 to 2 times per week, you instruct her to stop taking the benzodiazepine for the next 6 weeks until she is through her first trimester. You also reassure her that she can use clonazepam after the first trimester, if necessary, as long as she agrees to taper off completely 1 to 2 weeks before to her due date.
You refer her to a CBT therapist and emphasize the importance of CBT, relaxation, and sleep hygiene—as well as support from her husband, family, and friends—to reduce her stress and facilitate the medication taper during her third trimester. You plan to see her monthly and co-manage her care with the CBT therapist and Ob/Gyn. You document this discussion in her medical record as evidence of informed consent.
Related resources
- Baby Center. Managing stress and anxiety during pregnancy. Patient information. www.babycenter.com/0_managing-stress-and-anxiety-during-pregnancy_1683.bc.
- Organization of Teratology Information Specialists (OTIS). www.otispregnancy.org.
Drug brand names
- Clonazepam • Klonopin
- Paroxetine • Paxil
- Fluoxetine • Prozac
- Sertraline • Zoloft
Disclosures
The authors report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.
1. Ross LE, McLean LM. Anxiety disorders during pregnancy and the postpartum period: a systematic review. J Clin Psychiatry 2006;67(8):1285-98.
2. Labad J, Menchon JM, Alonso P, et al. Female reproductive cycle and obsessive-compulsive disorder. J Clin Psychiatry 2005;66(4):428-35.
3. Adewuya AO, Ola BA, Aloba OO, Mapayi BM. Anxiety disorders among Nigerian women in late pregnancy: a controlled study. Arch Womens Ment Health 2006;9(6):325-8.
4. Field T, Hernandez-Reif M, Diego M, et al. Stability of mood states and biochemistry across pregnancy. Infant Behav Dev 2006;29(2):262-7.
5. Teixeira JM, Fisk NM, Glover V. Association between maternal anxiety in pregnancy and increased uterine artery resistance index: cohort based study. BMJ 1999;318(7177):153-7.
6. Monk C, Myers MM, Sloan RP, et al. Effects of women’s stress-elicited physiological activity and chronic anxiety on fetal heart rate. J Dev Behav Pediatr 2003;24(1):32-8.
7. Egliston KA, McMahon C, Austin MP. Stress in pregnancy and infant HPA axis function: conceptual and methodological issues relating to the use of salivary cortisol as an outcome measure. Psychoneuroendocrinology 2007;32(1):1-13.
8. Levey L, Ragan K, Hower-Hartley A, et al. Psychiatric disorders in pregnancy. Neurol Clin 2004;22(4):863-93.
9. Oberlander TF, Reebye P, Misri S, et al. Externalizing and attentional behaviors in children of depressed mothers treated with a selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor antidepressant during pregnancy. Arch Pediatr Adolesc Med 2007;161(1):22-9.
10. Misri S, Reebye P, Kendrick K, et al. Internalizing behaviors in 4-year-old children exposed in utero to psychotropic medications. Am J Psychiatry 2006;163(6):1026-32.
11. Copper RL, Goldenberg RL, Das A, et al. The Preterm Prediction Study: maternal stress is associated with spontaneous preterm birth at less than thirty-five weeks’ gestation. Am J Obstet Gynecol 1996;175(5):1286-92.
12. Sutter-Dallay AL, Giaconne-Marcesche V, Glatigny-Dallay E, Verdoux H. Women with anxiety disorders during pregnancy are at increased risk of intense postnatal depressive symptoms: a prospective survey of the MATQUID cohort. Eur Psychiatry 2004;19(8):459-63.
13. Nierop A, Bratsikas A, Zimmermann R, Ehlert U. Are stress-induced cortisol changes during pregnancy associated with postpartum depressive symptoms? Psychosom Med 2006;68(6):931-7.
14. Weissman MM. Recent non-medication trials of interpersonal psychotherapy for depression. Int J Neuropsychopharmacology 2007;10(1):117-22.
15. Ward RK, Zamorski MA. Benefits and risks of psychiatric medications during pregnancy. Am Fam Physician 2002;66(4):629-36.
16. Bastani F, Hidarnia A, Montgomery KS, et al. Does relaxation education in anxious primigravid Iranian women influence adverse pregnancy outcomes? A randomized controlled trial. J Perinat Neonatal Nurs 2006;20(2):138-46.
17. Fricchione G. Generalized anxiety disorder. N Engl J Med 2004;351(7):675-82.
18. Källén BA, Otterblad Olausson P. Maternal use of selective serotonin re-uptake inhibitors in early pregnancy and infant congenital malformations. Birth Defects Res A Clin Mol Teratol 2007;79(4):301-8.
19. Berard A, Ramos E, Rey E, et al. First trimester exposure to paroxetine and risk of cardiac malformations in infants: the importance of dosage. Birth Defects Res B Dev Reprod Toxicol 2007;80(1):18-27.
20. Bar-Oz B, Einarson T, Einarson A, et al. Paroxetine and congenital malformations: meta-analysis and consideration of potential confounding factors. Clin Ther 2005;29(5):918-26.
21. Malm H, Klaukka T, Neuvonen PJ. Risks associated with selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors in pregnancy. Obstet Gynecol 2005;106(6):1289-96.
22. Nulman I, Rovet J, Stewart DE, et al. Child development following exposure to tricyclic antidepressants or fluoxetine throughout fetal life: a prospective, controlled study. Am J Psychiatry 2002;159(11):1889-95.
23. Chambers CD, Hernandez-Diaz S, Van Marter LJ, et al. Selective serotonin-reuptake inhibitors and risk of persistent pulmonary hypertension of the newborn. N Engl J Med 2006;354(6):579-87.
24. Haddad PM, Pal BR, Clarke P, et al. Neonatal symptoms following maternal paroxetine treatment: serotonin toxicity or paroxetine discontinuation syndrome? J Psychopharmacology 2005;19(5):554-7.
25. Levinson-Castiel R, Merlob P, Linder N, et al. Neonatal abstinence syndrome after in utero exposure to selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors in term infants. Arch Pediatr Adolesc Med 2006;160(2):173-6.
26. Sanz EJ, De-las-Cuevas C, Kiuru A, et al. Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors in pregnant women and neonatal withdrawal syndrome: a database analysis. Lancet 2005;365(9458):482-7.
27. Suri R, Altshuler L, Hellemann G, et al. Effects of antenatal depression and antidepressant treatment on gestational age at birth and risk of preterm birth. Am J Psychiatry 2007;164(8):1206-13.
28. Zeskind PS, Stephens LE. Maternal selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor use during pregnancy and newborn neurobehavior. Pediatrics 2004;113(2):368-75.
29. Iqbal MM, Sobhan T, Ryals T. Effects of commonly used benzodiazepines on the fetus, the neonate, and the nursing infant. Psychiatr Serv 2002;53(1):39-49.
30. Dolovich LR, Addis A, Vaillancourt JM, et al. Benzodiazepine use in pregnancy and major malformations or oral cleft: meta-analysis of cohort and case-control studies. BMJ 1998;317(7162):839-43.
31. McElhatton PR. The effects of benzodiazepine use during pregnancy. Reprod Toxicol 1994;8(6):461-75.
32. Lin AE, Peller AJ, Westgate MN, et al. Clonazepam use in pregnancy and the risk of malformations. Birth Defects Res A Clin Mol Teratol 2004;70(8):534-6.
33. Levy M, James MS, Erickson JD, McClearn AB. Prevalence of birth defects. Birth outcomes Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Available at: http://www.cdc.gov/reproductivehealth/Products&Pubs/DatatoAction/pdf/birout4.pdf. Accessed January 9, 2008.
1. Ross LE, McLean LM. Anxiety disorders during pregnancy and the postpartum period: a systematic review. J Clin Psychiatry 2006;67(8):1285-98.
2. Labad J, Menchon JM, Alonso P, et al. Female reproductive cycle and obsessive-compulsive disorder. J Clin Psychiatry 2005;66(4):428-35.
3. Adewuya AO, Ola BA, Aloba OO, Mapayi BM. Anxiety disorders among Nigerian women in late pregnancy: a controlled study. Arch Womens Ment Health 2006;9(6):325-8.
4. Field T, Hernandez-Reif M, Diego M, et al. Stability of mood states and biochemistry across pregnancy. Infant Behav Dev 2006;29(2):262-7.
5. Teixeira JM, Fisk NM, Glover V. Association between maternal anxiety in pregnancy and increased uterine artery resistance index: cohort based study. BMJ 1999;318(7177):153-7.
6. Monk C, Myers MM, Sloan RP, et al. Effects of women’s stress-elicited physiological activity and chronic anxiety on fetal heart rate. J Dev Behav Pediatr 2003;24(1):32-8.
7. Egliston KA, McMahon C, Austin MP. Stress in pregnancy and infant HPA axis function: conceptual and methodological issues relating to the use of salivary cortisol as an outcome measure. Psychoneuroendocrinology 2007;32(1):1-13.
8. Levey L, Ragan K, Hower-Hartley A, et al. Psychiatric disorders in pregnancy. Neurol Clin 2004;22(4):863-93.
9. Oberlander TF, Reebye P, Misri S, et al. Externalizing and attentional behaviors in children of depressed mothers treated with a selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor antidepressant during pregnancy. Arch Pediatr Adolesc Med 2007;161(1):22-9.
10. Misri S, Reebye P, Kendrick K, et al. Internalizing behaviors in 4-year-old children exposed in utero to psychotropic medications. Am J Psychiatry 2006;163(6):1026-32.
11. Copper RL, Goldenberg RL, Das A, et al. The Preterm Prediction Study: maternal stress is associated with spontaneous preterm birth at less than thirty-five weeks’ gestation. Am J Obstet Gynecol 1996;175(5):1286-92.
12. Sutter-Dallay AL, Giaconne-Marcesche V, Glatigny-Dallay E, Verdoux H. Women with anxiety disorders during pregnancy are at increased risk of intense postnatal depressive symptoms: a prospective survey of the MATQUID cohort. Eur Psychiatry 2004;19(8):459-63.
13. Nierop A, Bratsikas A, Zimmermann R, Ehlert U. Are stress-induced cortisol changes during pregnancy associated with postpartum depressive symptoms? Psychosom Med 2006;68(6):931-7.
14. Weissman MM. Recent non-medication trials of interpersonal psychotherapy for depression. Int J Neuropsychopharmacology 2007;10(1):117-22.
15. Ward RK, Zamorski MA. Benefits and risks of psychiatric medications during pregnancy. Am Fam Physician 2002;66(4):629-36.
16. Bastani F, Hidarnia A, Montgomery KS, et al. Does relaxation education in anxious primigravid Iranian women influence adverse pregnancy outcomes? A randomized controlled trial. J Perinat Neonatal Nurs 2006;20(2):138-46.
17. Fricchione G. Generalized anxiety disorder. N Engl J Med 2004;351(7):675-82.
18. Källén BA, Otterblad Olausson P. Maternal use of selective serotonin re-uptake inhibitors in early pregnancy and infant congenital malformations. Birth Defects Res A Clin Mol Teratol 2007;79(4):301-8.
19. Berard A, Ramos E, Rey E, et al. First trimester exposure to paroxetine and risk of cardiac malformations in infants: the importance of dosage. Birth Defects Res B Dev Reprod Toxicol 2007;80(1):18-27.
20. Bar-Oz B, Einarson T, Einarson A, et al. Paroxetine and congenital malformations: meta-analysis and consideration of potential confounding factors. Clin Ther 2005;29(5):918-26.
21. Malm H, Klaukka T, Neuvonen PJ. Risks associated with selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors in pregnancy. Obstet Gynecol 2005;106(6):1289-96.
22. Nulman I, Rovet J, Stewart DE, et al. Child development following exposure to tricyclic antidepressants or fluoxetine throughout fetal life: a prospective, controlled study. Am J Psychiatry 2002;159(11):1889-95.
23. Chambers CD, Hernandez-Diaz S, Van Marter LJ, et al. Selective serotonin-reuptake inhibitors and risk of persistent pulmonary hypertension of the newborn. N Engl J Med 2006;354(6):579-87.
24. Haddad PM, Pal BR, Clarke P, et al. Neonatal symptoms following maternal paroxetine treatment: serotonin toxicity or paroxetine discontinuation syndrome? J Psychopharmacology 2005;19(5):554-7.
25. Levinson-Castiel R, Merlob P, Linder N, et al. Neonatal abstinence syndrome after in utero exposure to selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors in term infants. Arch Pediatr Adolesc Med 2006;160(2):173-6.
26. Sanz EJ, De-las-Cuevas C, Kiuru A, et al. Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors in pregnant women and neonatal withdrawal syndrome: a database analysis. Lancet 2005;365(9458):482-7.
27. Suri R, Altshuler L, Hellemann G, et al. Effects of antenatal depression and antidepressant treatment on gestational age at birth and risk of preterm birth. Am J Psychiatry 2007;164(8):1206-13.
28. Zeskind PS, Stephens LE. Maternal selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor use during pregnancy and newborn neurobehavior. Pediatrics 2004;113(2):368-75.
29. Iqbal MM, Sobhan T, Ryals T. Effects of commonly used benzodiazepines on the fetus, the neonate, and the nursing infant. Psychiatr Serv 2002;53(1):39-49.
30. Dolovich LR, Addis A, Vaillancourt JM, et al. Benzodiazepine use in pregnancy and major malformations or oral cleft: meta-analysis of cohort and case-control studies. BMJ 1998;317(7162):839-43.
31. McElhatton PR. The effects of benzodiazepine use during pregnancy. Reprod Toxicol 1994;8(6):461-75.
32. Lin AE, Peller AJ, Westgate MN, et al. Clonazepam use in pregnancy and the risk of malformations. Birth Defects Res A Clin Mol Teratol 2004;70(8):534-6.
33. Levy M, James MS, Erickson JD, McClearn AB. Prevalence of birth defects. Birth outcomes Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Available at: http://www.cdc.gov/reproductivehealth/Products&Pubs/DatatoAction/pdf/birout4.pdf. Accessed January 9, 2008.
Treating alcohol dependence: When and how to use 4 medications
Mr. G, age 38, is an investment banker referred for evaluation of an alcohol use disorder. Three years ago his internist diagnosed Mr. G with major depression and prescribed a selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor. Mr. G’s mood has improved, but his drinking is out of control and is affecting his work and marriage.
Mr. G describes his father as an alcoholic and says he has noticed worrisome similarities in himself. Since his teenage years, he recalls always being able to drink more than his peers. Amnesia episodes began in college during heavy drinking days and now occur almost weekly. Most recently his driver’s license was suspended after he was arrested for driving while impaired by alcohol.
He has attempted to stop drinking 3 times in the last 6 months and feels frustrated because he continues to relapse. During his last quit attempt, he remained abstinent for 3 months and believes his mood was unchanged during that time.
For motivated patients such as Mr. G, National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism (NIAAA) guidelines (updated in 2007) consider medications first-line treatment for alcohol dependence, along with psychotherapies and mutual-help groups such as Alcoholics Anonymous.1 Medications with evidence of efficacy include FDA-approved disulfiram, naltrexone, and acamprosate, and off-label topiramate.
Each drug’s pharmacology is different; some may be beneficial during early abstinence, whereas others are more effective for maintaining abstinence. Because many physicians have had little or no experience using these medications,2,3 we discuss dosing recommendations and side effect profiles—important clinical differences to guide drug selection and administration.
Alcohol use disorders describe a maladaptive pattern of alcohol use that causes clinically significant impairment or distress. Alcohol dependence is manifested by ≥3 of the following symptoms in a 12-month period:
- Tolerance
- Withdrawal
- Often drinking alcohol in larger amounts or over a longer time period than intended
- Persistent desire or unsuccessful efforts to cut down or control alcohol use
- Spending a great deal of time in activities necessary to obtain, use, or recover from alcohol’s effects
- Giving up or reducing important social, occupational, or recreational activities because of alcohol use
- Continuing alcohol use despite knowing you have a persistent or recurrent physical or psychological problem that is likely to have been caused or exacerbated by alcohol.
Source: Adapted from DSM-IV-TR
CASE CONTINUED: Which came first?
When Mr. G presented with depressive symptoms, his internist informed him that alcohol’s effects can mimic depression and advised him to cut back his consumption. Mr. G temporarily reduced his drinking but continued to experience depressed mood, sleep disturbances, difficulty concentrating, fatigue, and poor appetite. The internist then prescribed escitalopram, 10 mg/d, and Mr. G says his depressive symptoms improved. He has not attempted suicide or required psychiatric hospitalization.
Mr. G’s diagnosis of alcohol dependence is based on evidence in the last 12 months of tolerance, repeated loss of control over the amount he drinks, multiple failed attempts to stop drinking, repeated negative consequences to his work productivity and personal relationships, and continued drinking despite knowing that alcohol consumption sometimes intensifies his mood symptoms (Box). Physiological dependence is unlikely because he did not experience withdrawal during a recent period of abstinence.
The mood component. Particularly in psychiatric patients, alcohol dependence often coexists with and affects the treatment of other psychopathologies:
- 1 in 3 adults experience an alcohol use disorder during their lifetimes.4
- 1 in 3 adults with an alcohol use disorder have a comorbid psychiatric disorder.5
- Alcohol dependence doubles the risk of major depression and triples the lifetime risk of any mood disorder.4
- Mood symptoms appear after the onset of a substance use disorder.
- Mood symptoms are absent during abstinence.
- Mood symptoms are consistent with the effects of the drug being used.6
In evaluating Mr. G’s drinking history, you determined that his mood symptoms began before he started consuming alcohol regularly and have persisted during periods of abstinence. Thus, primary MDD is a more likely diagnosis than substance-induced MDD.
CASE CONTINUED: Planning treatment
A combination of behavioral therapy and pharmacotherapy is appropriate for treating Mr. G’s alcohol dependence. When you discuss the diagnosis with him, he endorses a goal of abstinence. For behavioral therapy, he says he would like to try Alcoholics Anonymous, which helped a friend “turn his life around.”
He has become accustomed to taking escitalopram once daily but is hesitant to take any medication that requires more frequent dosing. He also worries that medication might impair his work performance, which requires extensive periods of concentration. Your goal—as you consider available medications—is to develop a treatment plan that incorporates Mr. G’s preferences and addresses his concerns.
Disulfiram
Disulfiram, an irreversible aldehyde dehydrogenase inhibitor, is indicated for maintaining enforced sobriety in patients with chronic alcohol dependence (Table 1). Aldehyde dehydrogenase inhibition disrupts alcohol-to-acetate metabolism, which leads to acetaldehyde accumulation. If a disulfiram-treated patient ingests alcohol, increased acetaldehyde levels lead to the unpleasant “disulfiram-ethanol reaction,” with diaphoresis, flushing, nausea, vomiting, headache, tachycardia, and hypotension. The reaction’s severity is proportional to the disulfiram dose and amount of alcohol consumed.
Patients taking disulfiram must abstain from all alcohol, including over-the-counter cold remedies and mouthwashes containing alcohol. Advise patients that ingesting small amounts of alcohol can induce symptoms, even days after taking disulfiram.
Efficacy. Clinical trial results with disulfiram have been mixed. In the largest controlled study to date, Fuller et al7 found no significant difference in rates of total abstinence, time to first drink, employment, or social stability measures at 1 year among 605 men who received counseling plus disulfiram, 250 mg/d, or placebo. Other disulfiram studies have found a modest decrease in the frequency of drinking but no effect on abstinence rates.8,9
Because medication adherence is the strongest predictor of outcome with disulfiram,10 monitoring for adherence and stressing its importance to patients may increase the drug’s efficacy. Disulfiram may be most effective in highly motivated patients with stable social support or as an adjuvant to an outpatient treatment program.
Side effects. Drowsiness is a common complaint with disulfiram; this adverse effect is frequently self-limited and can be reduced by evening dosing.
Subclinical liver enzyme elevations have been reported in 25% of patients taking disulfiram.11 Although rare, potentially fatal hepatotoxicity has been reported12,13 (with a dose as low as 200 mg/d12), typically occurring early in treatment and associated with jaundice and fever. One study estimated the risk of dying of hepatotoxicity caused by disulfiram to be 1 in 30,000 patients/year.14
A recent Swedish study13 reviewed data from 1966 through 2002 and found 82 cases of drug-induced liver injury associated with disulfiram. By comparing these findings with sales figures from 1972 to 2002, the authors report an incidence of disulfiram-induced liver injury of about 1 case per 1.3 million estimated average daily doses.
Order liver function tests at baseline, then retest 10 to 14 days after starting disulfiram and again approximately 4 weeks later. Thereafter, monitoring once every 3 to 6 months is generally sufficient in patients without liver disease symptoms.
Disulfiram-related inhibition of cytochrome P-450 can increase serum levels and toxicity risk of medications metabolized in the liver, such as warfarin, phenytoin, and isoniazid. Patients taking concomitant warfarin and disulfiram require close monitoring for increases in the international normalized ratio (INR).
Contraindications. Disulfiram is contraindicated in patients with ischemic heart disease and those who are pregnant. Also avoid disulfiram in patients with cerebrovascular disease, diabetes mellitus, psychosis, or cognitive impairment.
Recommendation. Disulfiram is a valid option for treating alcohol dependence in a select group of highly motivated patients who are medically and psychiatrically stable and in whom adherence can be closely monitored.
Table 1
Disulfiram: Fast facts
| Mechanism: Acetaldehyde accumulates when aldehyde dehydrogenase is inhibited |
| FDA-approved for alcohol dependence: Yes |
| Dosing: 125 to 500 mg once daily |
| Effect: Aversive reaction to alcohol |
| Potential side effects: Liver toxicity, seizures, arrhythmia, peripheral neuropathy, psychosis |
| Contraindications: Concurrent alcohol consumption, severe cardiac disease, psychosis, pregnancy |
| Comments: Many drug interactions, including warfarin, metronidazole, and phenytoin; monitor liver function for toxicity |
Naltrexone
Naltrexone is a μ-opioid receptor antagonist thought to reduce alcohol’s reinforcing effects by interfering with β-endorphin pathways. It is indicated for treating alcohol dependence and has been shown to reduce relapse and number of drinking days in alcohol-dependent patients (Table 2).15
Naltrexone also has reduced alcohol consumption in healthy volunteers, social drinkers, and other nondependent drinkers.16 Its effect may have a genetic component, as suggested by greater benefit in persons with a family history of alcoholism.17
Efficacy. Most studies investigated naltrexone as part of a comprehensive treatment program that included behavioral therapies.18 Recently, the randomized, placebo-controlled Combining Medications and Behavioral Interventions (COMBINE) study found that using either naltrexone or behavioral therapy improved abstinence, and combing naltrexone with behavioral therapy was not more effective than either treatment alone.19
Administration. Oral naltrexone is usually started at 25 mg and increased over 2 to 3 days to 50 or 100 mg/d. The standard dose is 50 mg/d, although the COMBINE study reported efficacy at 100 mg/d.19
Oral naltrexone is most helpful for patients who adhere to 70% to 90% of the medication.20 The extended-release form (a 380-mg IM dose given every 4 weeks) provides an option to monitor adherence.21
Side effects. Naltrexone toxicity can cause hepatocellular injury. Do not administer this drug to patients with acute hepatitis or end-stage liver disease. When prescribing naltrexone, check patients’ liver function monthly for the first 3 months, then once every 3 months thereafter.22 Less serious, common side effects include nausea, myalgia, and headache.
Naltrexone antagonizes opioid receptors and causes withdrawal symptoms in patients who are physically dependent on opioids. Therefore, do not give naltrexone to patients who require opioids for chronic pain. If your patient is using an opioid but could switch to other pain medication, discontinue the opioid for at least 7 days and consider a urine toxicology or naltrexone challenge before starting naltrexone.
Urine drug tests are inexpensive and easy to use but have limitations. Many standard “dipsticks” will detect heroin, morphine, and codeine but not oxycodone, hydrocodone, or other synthetic opioids. Specific tests are available to detect oxycodone, hydrocodone, hydromorphone, buprenorphine, and methadone. Some synthetic opioids (such as fentanyl) remain difficult to detect, however, because of their low concentration and rapid metabolism.
Table 2
Naltrexone: Fast facts
| Mechanism: Opioid receptor antagonism interferes with β-endorphin pathways |
| FDA-approved for alcohol dependence: Yes |
| Dosing: Oral 50 mg once daily (recent evidence suggests safety and efficacy at 100 mg once daily); IM 380 mg once every 4 weeks |
| Effect: Decreases frequency and severity of relapse |
| Potential side effects: Nausea, myalgia, headache, dizziness |
| Contraindications: Opioid use, acute hepatitis, liver failure |
| Comments: Monitor liver function; once-monthly dosing may improve adherence |
Acamprosate
Acamprosate is structurally similar to gamma-aminobutyric acid (GABA) and is thought to inhibit the glutamatergic system. This attenuation by acamprosate reduces the glutamatergic hyperactivity normally seen after chronic alcohol exposure.
Acamprosate is indicated for relapse prevention in patients with alcohol dependence who have stopped drinking (Table 3). Multiple randomized studies have demonstrated its efficacy in improving abstinence rates as compared with placebo.23,24 Other studies, however, failed to show improved abstinence with acamprosate.25 Some of the negative studies included patients who recently relapsed or had only a few days of abstinence before starting acamprosate.19,26 Therefore, acamprosate might be most effective when used to maintain abstinence and less effective—if at all—to initiate abstinence.
Administration. Acamprosate is available in 333-mg tablets, with a recommended dosage of 666 mg tid. Side effects tend to be transient and mild. Reduce the dose to 333 mg tid for patients with moderate renal insufficiency (creatinine clearance [CrCl] 30 to 50 mL/min), and do not use acamprosate in patients with severe renal insufficiency (CrCl
Side effects. Acamprosate was well-tolerated in clinical trials; diarrhea and other GI side effects were the most commonly reported adverse events.In some placebo-controlled studies, patients taking acamprosate reported more frequent suicidal thoughts and attempts compared with patients taking placebo.27 These events were extremely rare, and no direct relationship with acamprosate therapy has been established. Nonetheless, monitor patients for depression and suicidal thoughts during acamprosate therapy.
Table 3
Acamprosate: Fast facts
| Mechanism: Structurally similar to GABA; thought to inhibit the glutamatergic system |
| FDA-approved for alcohol dependence: Yes |
| Dosing: 666 mg tid |
| Effect: Increases abstinence |
| Potential side effects: Nausea, diarrhea, suicidal thoughts |
| Contraindications: Severe renal disease |
| Comments: Monitor patients for suicidal thoughts and depression |
Topiramate
Topiramate potentiates GABA and inhibits excitatory glutamate transmission—properties believed to lead to decreased dopamine release at the nucleus accumbens in response to alcohol consumption. Although topiramate is not FDA-approved for alcohol dependence, limited data comparing this anticonvulsant with placebo have shown a reduction in drinking and increased abstinence (Table 4).28,29
Administration. Start with 25 mg/d and increase over several weeks to 300 mg/d, given in divided doses.
Side effects include dizziness, paresthesia, somnolence, difficulty concentrating, and weight loss. Because topiramate is excreted renally, reduce doses by 50% in patients with CrCl
Other renal side effects include an elevated risk of nephrolithiasis. Topiramate’s inhibition of carbonic anhydrase can reduce bicarbonate levels, leading to a nonanion gap metabolic acidosis.
Table 4
Topiramate: Fast facts
| Mechanism: Potentiates GABA and inhibits glutamate receptor subtypes |
| FDA-approved for alcohol dependence: No |
| Dosing: 300 mg/d in divided doses |
| Effect: Decreases craving and drinking |
| Potential side effects: Metabolic acidosis, psychomotor slowing, dizziness, difficulty concentrating, paresthesia, weight loss, nephrolithiasis, hyperammonemia with concomitant use of valproic acid |
| Contraindications: None known other than hypersensitivity (as with all drugs) |
| Comments: Dose titration requires several weeks; avoid abrupt withdrawal; may reduce effectiveness of oral contraceptives |
CASE CONTINUED: Implementing a treatment plan
You start Mr. G on oral naltrexone, 25 mg/d, and titrate to 100 mg/d. Although no optimum treatment duration has been established, you plan to follow NIAAA recommendations that Mr. G use naltrexone at least 3 months, with the possibility of continuing 1 year or longer if he responds well.1
You schedule weekly visits for the first month to monitor for side effects and to make any necessary modifications in behavioral and pharmacologic treatment. You also continue escitalopram, 10 mg, which has successfully controlled Mr. G’s MDD symptoms.
When choosing medications, consider the agents’ clinically relevant differences:
- Naltrexone and—less conclusively—topiramate have shown benefit for alcoholdependent patients starting treatment and for relapse prevention.
- Acamprosate may help prevent relapse in abstinent patients.
- Disulfiram remains a valid option in highly motivated patients with social support available to ensure medication adherence.
Hypersensitivity is considered a contraindication for any medication. Mr. G tolerates well an initial dose of 25 mg/d, followed by increases to 50 mg and then 100 mg over several days. You titrate oral naltrexone to 100 mg/d—even though it is commonly prescribed at 50 mg/d—because recent evidence suggests efficacy and safety at the higher dosage.19
Related resources
- National Institutes of Health. Helping patients who drink too much: a clinician’s guide. Bethesda, MD: National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism; 2007. NIH Publication 07-3769. www.niaaa.nih.gov/Publications/EducationTrainingMaterials/guide.htm.
- American Society of Addiction Medicine. www.asam.org.
- American Academy of Addiction Psychiatry. www.aaap.org.
- Acamprosate • Campral
- Disulfiram • Antabuse
- Escitalopram • Lexapro
- Naltrexone, oral • ReVia
- Naltrexone, extended-release • Vivitrol
- Topiramate • Topamax
- Valproic acid • Depakote
The authors report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.
1. National Institutes of Health. Helping patients who drink too much: a clinician’s guide. Bethesda, MD: National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism; 2007. NIH Publication 07-3769. Available at: http://www.niaaa.nih.gov/Publications/EducationTrainingMaterials/guide.htm. Accessed January 3, 2008.
2. Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration. National Survey of Substance Abuse Treatment Services: 2005. Data on substance abuse treatment facilities, (DASIS Series: S-34). Rockville, MD: Office of Applied Studies, 2006. DHHS Publication (SMA) 06-4206.
3. Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration. Treatment episode data set (TEDS) highlights 2005: National admissions to substance abuse treatment services. Rockville, MD: Office of Applied Studies. 2006. DHHS Publication (SMA) 07-4229.
4. Hasin DS, Stinson FS, Ogburn EO, Grant BF. Prevalence, correlates, disability, and comorbidity of DSM-IV alcohol abuse and dependence in the United States. Arch Gen Psychiatry 2007;64(7):830-42.
5. Regier DA, Farmer ME, Rae DS, et al. Comorbidity of mental disorders with alcohol and other drug abuse. Results from the Epidemiologic Catchment Area (ECA) study. JAMA. 1990;264(19):2511-8.
6. Mariani JJ, Levin FR. Treatment of comorbid conditions of substance abuse. Directions in Psychiatry 2005;25(2):129-39.
7. Fuller RK, Branchey L, Brightwell DR, et al. Disulfiram treatment of alcoholism. A Veteran’s Administration cooperative study. JAMA. 1986;256:1449-55.
8. Fuller RK, Roth HP. Disulfiram for the treatment of alcoholism. An evaluation of 128 men. Ann Intern Med. 1979;90:901-4.
9. Schuckit MA. A one-year follow-up of men alcoholics given disulfiram. J Stud Alcohol 1985;46:191-5.
10. Collins GB, McAllister MS, Adury K. Drug adjuncts for treating alcohol dependence. Cleve Clin J Med 2006;73(7):641-4.
11. Goyer PF, Major LF. Hepatotoxicty in disulfiram treated patients. J Stud Alcohol 1979;40:133-7.
12. Ranek L, Buch Andreasen P. Disulfiram hepatotoxicity. Br Med J 1977;2(6079):94-6.
13. Björnsson E, Nordlinder H, Olsson R. Clinical characteristics and prognostic markers in disulfiram-induced liver injury. J Hepatol 2006;44(4):791-7.
14. Enghusen PH, Loft S, Anderson JR, et al. Disulfiram therapy—adverse drug reactions and interactions. Acta Psychiatr Scand 1992;86(369):59-66.
15. Volpicelli JR, Volpicelli LA, O’Brien CP. Medical management of alcohol dependence: clinical use and limitations of naltrexone treatment. Alcohol Alcohol 1995;30:789.-
16. de Wit H, Svenson J, York A. Non-specific effect of naltrexone on ethanol consumption in social drinkers. Psychopharmacology (Berl) 1999;146:33.-
17. Monterosso JR, Flannery BA, Pettinati HM, et al. Predicting treatment response to naltrexone: the influence of craving and family history. Am J Addict 2001;10:258-68.
18. Srisurapanont M, Jarusuraisin N. Opioid antagonists for alcohol dependence. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2005;(1):CD001867.-
19. Anton RF, O’Malley SS, Ciraulo DA, et al. Combined pharmacotherapies and behavioral interventions for alcohol dependence: the COMBINE study: a randomized controlled trial. JAMA. 2006;295:2003-17.
20. Monti PM, Rohsenow DJ, Swift RM, et al. Naltrexone and cue exposure with coping and communication skills training for alcoholics: treatment process and 1-year outcomes. Alcol Clin Exp Res 2001;25:1634-47.
21. Garbutt JC, Kranzler HR, O’Malley SS, et al. Efficacy and tolerability of long-acting injectable naltrexone for alcohol dependence: a randomized controlled trial. JAMA. 2005;293(13):1617-25.
22. Doering PL. Substance-related disorders: alcohol, nicotine, and caffeine. In: DiPiro JT, Talbert RL, Yee GC, et al, eds. Pharmacotherapy: a pathophysiologic approach. 4th ed. Stamford, CT: Appleton & Lange; 1999.
23. Mann K, Lehert P, Morgan MY. The efficacy of acamprosate in the maintenance of abstinence in alcohol-dependent individuals: results of a meta-analysis. Alcohol Clin Exp Res 2004;28(1):51-63.
24. Paille FM, Guelfi JD, Perkins AC, et al. Double-blind randomized multicentre trial of acamprosate in maintaining abstinence from alcohol. Alcohol Alcohol 1995;30:239-47.
25. Chick J, Howlett H, Morgan MY, Ritson B. United Kingdom Multicentre Acamprosate Study (UKMAS): a 6-month prospective study of acamprosate versus placebo in preventing relapse after withdrawal from alcohol. Alcohol Alcohol 2000;35(2):176-87.
26. Mason BJ, Goodman AM, Chabac S, Lehert P. Effect of oral acamprosate on abstinence in patients with alcohol dependence in a double-blind, placebo-controlled trial: the role of patient motivation. J Psychiatr Res 2006;40(5):383-93.
27. Mason BJ. Treatment of alcohol-dependent outpatients with acamprosate: a clinical review. J Clin Psychiatry 2001;62(suppl 20):42-8.
28. Johnson BA, Ait-Daoud N, Bowden CL, et al. Oral topiramate for treatment of alcohol dependence: a randomized controlled trial. Lancet 2003;361(9370):1677-85.
29. Johnson BA, Rosenthal N, Capece JA, et al. Topiramate for treating alcohol dependence: a randomized controlled trial. JAMA 2007;298(14):1641-51.
30. COMBINE Study Research Group. Testing combined pharmacotherapies and behavioral interventions in alcohol dependence: rationale and methods. Alcohol Clin Exp Res 2003;27:1107-22.
Mr. G, age 38, is an investment banker referred for evaluation of an alcohol use disorder. Three years ago his internist diagnosed Mr. G with major depression and prescribed a selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor. Mr. G’s mood has improved, but his drinking is out of control and is affecting his work and marriage.
Mr. G describes his father as an alcoholic and says he has noticed worrisome similarities in himself. Since his teenage years, he recalls always being able to drink more than his peers. Amnesia episodes began in college during heavy drinking days and now occur almost weekly. Most recently his driver’s license was suspended after he was arrested for driving while impaired by alcohol.
He has attempted to stop drinking 3 times in the last 6 months and feels frustrated because he continues to relapse. During his last quit attempt, he remained abstinent for 3 months and believes his mood was unchanged during that time.
For motivated patients such as Mr. G, National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism (NIAAA) guidelines (updated in 2007) consider medications first-line treatment for alcohol dependence, along with psychotherapies and mutual-help groups such as Alcoholics Anonymous.1 Medications with evidence of efficacy include FDA-approved disulfiram, naltrexone, and acamprosate, and off-label topiramate.
Each drug’s pharmacology is different; some may be beneficial during early abstinence, whereas others are more effective for maintaining abstinence. Because many physicians have had little or no experience using these medications,2,3 we discuss dosing recommendations and side effect profiles—important clinical differences to guide drug selection and administration.
Alcohol use disorders describe a maladaptive pattern of alcohol use that causes clinically significant impairment or distress. Alcohol dependence is manifested by ≥3 of the following symptoms in a 12-month period:
- Tolerance
- Withdrawal
- Often drinking alcohol in larger amounts or over a longer time period than intended
- Persistent desire or unsuccessful efforts to cut down or control alcohol use
- Spending a great deal of time in activities necessary to obtain, use, or recover from alcohol’s effects
- Giving up or reducing important social, occupational, or recreational activities because of alcohol use
- Continuing alcohol use despite knowing you have a persistent or recurrent physical or psychological problem that is likely to have been caused or exacerbated by alcohol.
Source: Adapted from DSM-IV-TR
CASE CONTINUED: Which came first?
When Mr. G presented with depressive symptoms, his internist informed him that alcohol’s effects can mimic depression and advised him to cut back his consumption. Mr. G temporarily reduced his drinking but continued to experience depressed mood, sleep disturbances, difficulty concentrating, fatigue, and poor appetite. The internist then prescribed escitalopram, 10 mg/d, and Mr. G says his depressive symptoms improved. He has not attempted suicide or required psychiatric hospitalization.
Mr. G’s diagnosis of alcohol dependence is based on evidence in the last 12 months of tolerance, repeated loss of control over the amount he drinks, multiple failed attempts to stop drinking, repeated negative consequences to his work productivity and personal relationships, and continued drinking despite knowing that alcohol consumption sometimes intensifies his mood symptoms (Box). Physiological dependence is unlikely because he did not experience withdrawal during a recent period of abstinence.
The mood component. Particularly in psychiatric patients, alcohol dependence often coexists with and affects the treatment of other psychopathologies:
- 1 in 3 adults experience an alcohol use disorder during their lifetimes.4
- 1 in 3 adults with an alcohol use disorder have a comorbid psychiatric disorder.5
- Alcohol dependence doubles the risk of major depression and triples the lifetime risk of any mood disorder.4
- Mood symptoms appear after the onset of a substance use disorder.
- Mood symptoms are absent during abstinence.
- Mood symptoms are consistent with the effects of the drug being used.6
In evaluating Mr. G’s drinking history, you determined that his mood symptoms began before he started consuming alcohol regularly and have persisted during periods of abstinence. Thus, primary MDD is a more likely diagnosis than substance-induced MDD.
CASE CONTINUED: Planning treatment
A combination of behavioral therapy and pharmacotherapy is appropriate for treating Mr. G’s alcohol dependence. When you discuss the diagnosis with him, he endorses a goal of abstinence. For behavioral therapy, he says he would like to try Alcoholics Anonymous, which helped a friend “turn his life around.”
He has become accustomed to taking escitalopram once daily but is hesitant to take any medication that requires more frequent dosing. He also worries that medication might impair his work performance, which requires extensive periods of concentration. Your goal—as you consider available medications—is to develop a treatment plan that incorporates Mr. G’s preferences and addresses his concerns.
Disulfiram
Disulfiram, an irreversible aldehyde dehydrogenase inhibitor, is indicated for maintaining enforced sobriety in patients with chronic alcohol dependence (Table 1). Aldehyde dehydrogenase inhibition disrupts alcohol-to-acetate metabolism, which leads to acetaldehyde accumulation. If a disulfiram-treated patient ingests alcohol, increased acetaldehyde levels lead to the unpleasant “disulfiram-ethanol reaction,” with diaphoresis, flushing, nausea, vomiting, headache, tachycardia, and hypotension. The reaction’s severity is proportional to the disulfiram dose and amount of alcohol consumed.
Patients taking disulfiram must abstain from all alcohol, including over-the-counter cold remedies and mouthwashes containing alcohol. Advise patients that ingesting small amounts of alcohol can induce symptoms, even days after taking disulfiram.
Efficacy. Clinical trial results with disulfiram have been mixed. In the largest controlled study to date, Fuller et al7 found no significant difference in rates of total abstinence, time to first drink, employment, or social stability measures at 1 year among 605 men who received counseling plus disulfiram, 250 mg/d, or placebo. Other disulfiram studies have found a modest decrease in the frequency of drinking but no effect on abstinence rates.8,9
Because medication adherence is the strongest predictor of outcome with disulfiram,10 monitoring for adherence and stressing its importance to patients may increase the drug’s efficacy. Disulfiram may be most effective in highly motivated patients with stable social support or as an adjuvant to an outpatient treatment program.
Side effects. Drowsiness is a common complaint with disulfiram; this adverse effect is frequently self-limited and can be reduced by evening dosing.
Subclinical liver enzyme elevations have been reported in 25% of patients taking disulfiram.11 Although rare, potentially fatal hepatotoxicity has been reported12,13 (with a dose as low as 200 mg/d12), typically occurring early in treatment and associated with jaundice and fever. One study estimated the risk of dying of hepatotoxicity caused by disulfiram to be 1 in 30,000 patients/year.14
A recent Swedish study13 reviewed data from 1966 through 2002 and found 82 cases of drug-induced liver injury associated with disulfiram. By comparing these findings with sales figures from 1972 to 2002, the authors report an incidence of disulfiram-induced liver injury of about 1 case per 1.3 million estimated average daily doses.
Order liver function tests at baseline, then retest 10 to 14 days after starting disulfiram and again approximately 4 weeks later. Thereafter, monitoring once every 3 to 6 months is generally sufficient in patients without liver disease symptoms.
Disulfiram-related inhibition of cytochrome P-450 can increase serum levels and toxicity risk of medications metabolized in the liver, such as warfarin, phenytoin, and isoniazid. Patients taking concomitant warfarin and disulfiram require close monitoring for increases in the international normalized ratio (INR).
Contraindications. Disulfiram is contraindicated in patients with ischemic heart disease and those who are pregnant. Also avoid disulfiram in patients with cerebrovascular disease, diabetes mellitus, psychosis, or cognitive impairment.
Recommendation. Disulfiram is a valid option for treating alcohol dependence in a select group of highly motivated patients who are medically and psychiatrically stable and in whom adherence can be closely monitored.
Table 1
Disulfiram: Fast facts
| Mechanism: Acetaldehyde accumulates when aldehyde dehydrogenase is inhibited |
| FDA-approved for alcohol dependence: Yes |
| Dosing: 125 to 500 mg once daily |
| Effect: Aversive reaction to alcohol |
| Potential side effects: Liver toxicity, seizures, arrhythmia, peripheral neuropathy, psychosis |
| Contraindications: Concurrent alcohol consumption, severe cardiac disease, psychosis, pregnancy |
| Comments: Many drug interactions, including warfarin, metronidazole, and phenytoin; monitor liver function for toxicity |
Naltrexone
Naltrexone is a μ-opioid receptor antagonist thought to reduce alcohol’s reinforcing effects by interfering with β-endorphin pathways. It is indicated for treating alcohol dependence and has been shown to reduce relapse and number of drinking days in alcohol-dependent patients (Table 2).15
Naltrexone also has reduced alcohol consumption in healthy volunteers, social drinkers, and other nondependent drinkers.16 Its effect may have a genetic component, as suggested by greater benefit in persons with a family history of alcoholism.17
Efficacy. Most studies investigated naltrexone as part of a comprehensive treatment program that included behavioral therapies.18 Recently, the randomized, placebo-controlled Combining Medications and Behavioral Interventions (COMBINE) study found that using either naltrexone or behavioral therapy improved abstinence, and combing naltrexone with behavioral therapy was not more effective than either treatment alone.19
Administration. Oral naltrexone is usually started at 25 mg and increased over 2 to 3 days to 50 or 100 mg/d. The standard dose is 50 mg/d, although the COMBINE study reported efficacy at 100 mg/d.19
Oral naltrexone is most helpful for patients who adhere to 70% to 90% of the medication.20 The extended-release form (a 380-mg IM dose given every 4 weeks) provides an option to monitor adherence.21
Side effects. Naltrexone toxicity can cause hepatocellular injury. Do not administer this drug to patients with acute hepatitis or end-stage liver disease. When prescribing naltrexone, check patients’ liver function monthly for the first 3 months, then once every 3 months thereafter.22 Less serious, common side effects include nausea, myalgia, and headache.
Naltrexone antagonizes opioid receptors and causes withdrawal symptoms in patients who are physically dependent on opioids. Therefore, do not give naltrexone to patients who require opioids for chronic pain. If your patient is using an opioid but could switch to other pain medication, discontinue the opioid for at least 7 days and consider a urine toxicology or naltrexone challenge before starting naltrexone.
Urine drug tests are inexpensive and easy to use but have limitations. Many standard “dipsticks” will detect heroin, morphine, and codeine but not oxycodone, hydrocodone, or other synthetic opioids. Specific tests are available to detect oxycodone, hydrocodone, hydromorphone, buprenorphine, and methadone. Some synthetic opioids (such as fentanyl) remain difficult to detect, however, because of their low concentration and rapid metabolism.
Table 2
Naltrexone: Fast facts
| Mechanism: Opioid receptor antagonism interferes with β-endorphin pathways |
| FDA-approved for alcohol dependence: Yes |
| Dosing: Oral 50 mg once daily (recent evidence suggests safety and efficacy at 100 mg once daily); IM 380 mg once every 4 weeks |
| Effect: Decreases frequency and severity of relapse |
| Potential side effects: Nausea, myalgia, headache, dizziness |
| Contraindications: Opioid use, acute hepatitis, liver failure |
| Comments: Monitor liver function; once-monthly dosing may improve adherence |
Acamprosate
Acamprosate is structurally similar to gamma-aminobutyric acid (GABA) and is thought to inhibit the glutamatergic system. This attenuation by acamprosate reduces the glutamatergic hyperactivity normally seen after chronic alcohol exposure.
Acamprosate is indicated for relapse prevention in patients with alcohol dependence who have stopped drinking (Table 3). Multiple randomized studies have demonstrated its efficacy in improving abstinence rates as compared with placebo.23,24 Other studies, however, failed to show improved abstinence with acamprosate.25 Some of the negative studies included patients who recently relapsed or had only a few days of abstinence before starting acamprosate.19,26 Therefore, acamprosate might be most effective when used to maintain abstinence and less effective—if at all—to initiate abstinence.
Administration. Acamprosate is available in 333-mg tablets, with a recommended dosage of 666 mg tid. Side effects tend to be transient and mild. Reduce the dose to 333 mg tid for patients with moderate renal insufficiency (creatinine clearance [CrCl] 30 to 50 mL/min), and do not use acamprosate in patients with severe renal insufficiency (CrCl
Side effects. Acamprosate was well-tolerated in clinical trials; diarrhea and other GI side effects were the most commonly reported adverse events.In some placebo-controlled studies, patients taking acamprosate reported more frequent suicidal thoughts and attempts compared with patients taking placebo.27 These events were extremely rare, and no direct relationship with acamprosate therapy has been established. Nonetheless, monitor patients for depression and suicidal thoughts during acamprosate therapy.
Table 3
Acamprosate: Fast facts
| Mechanism: Structurally similar to GABA; thought to inhibit the glutamatergic system |
| FDA-approved for alcohol dependence: Yes |
| Dosing: 666 mg tid |
| Effect: Increases abstinence |
| Potential side effects: Nausea, diarrhea, suicidal thoughts |
| Contraindications: Severe renal disease |
| Comments: Monitor patients for suicidal thoughts and depression |
Topiramate
Topiramate potentiates GABA and inhibits excitatory glutamate transmission—properties believed to lead to decreased dopamine release at the nucleus accumbens in response to alcohol consumption. Although topiramate is not FDA-approved for alcohol dependence, limited data comparing this anticonvulsant with placebo have shown a reduction in drinking and increased abstinence (Table 4).28,29
Administration. Start with 25 mg/d and increase over several weeks to 300 mg/d, given in divided doses.
Side effects include dizziness, paresthesia, somnolence, difficulty concentrating, and weight loss. Because topiramate is excreted renally, reduce doses by 50% in patients with CrCl
Other renal side effects include an elevated risk of nephrolithiasis. Topiramate’s inhibition of carbonic anhydrase can reduce bicarbonate levels, leading to a nonanion gap metabolic acidosis.
Table 4
Topiramate: Fast facts
| Mechanism: Potentiates GABA and inhibits glutamate receptor subtypes |
| FDA-approved for alcohol dependence: No |
| Dosing: 300 mg/d in divided doses |
| Effect: Decreases craving and drinking |
| Potential side effects: Metabolic acidosis, psychomotor slowing, dizziness, difficulty concentrating, paresthesia, weight loss, nephrolithiasis, hyperammonemia with concomitant use of valproic acid |
| Contraindications: None known other than hypersensitivity (as with all drugs) |
| Comments: Dose titration requires several weeks; avoid abrupt withdrawal; may reduce effectiveness of oral contraceptives |
CASE CONTINUED: Implementing a treatment plan
You start Mr. G on oral naltrexone, 25 mg/d, and titrate to 100 mg/d. Although no optimum treatment duration has been established, you plan to follow NIAAA recommendations that Mr. G use naltrexone at least 3 months, with the possibility of continuing 1 year or longer if he responds well.1
You schedule weekly visits for the first month to monitor for side effects and to make any necessary modifications in behavioral and pharmacologic treatment. You also continue escitalopram, 10 mg, which has successfully controlled Mr. G’s MDD symptoms.
When choosing medications, consider the agents’ clinically relevant differences:
- Naltrexone and—less conclusively—topiramate have shown benefit for alcoholdependent patients starting treatment and for relapse prevention.
- Acamprosate may help prevent relapse in abstinent patients.
- Disulfiram remains a valid option in highly motivated patients with social support available to ensure medication adherence.
Hypersensitivity is considered a contraindication for any medication. Mr. G tolerates well an initial dose of 25 mg/d, followed by increases to 50 mg and then 100 mg over several days. You titrate oral naltrexone to 100 mg/d—even though it is commonly prescribed at 50 mg/d—because recent evidence suggests efficacy and safety at the higher dosage.19
Related resources
- National Institutes of Health. Helping patients who drink too much: a clinician’s guide. Bethesda, MD: National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism; 2007. NIH Publication 07-3769. www.niaaa.nih.gov/Publications/EducationTrainingMaterials/guide.htm.
- American Society of Addiction Medicine. www.asam.org.
- American Academy of Addiction Psychiatry. www.aaap.org.
- Acamprosate • Campral
- Disulfiram • Antabuse
- Escitalopram • Lexapro
- Naltrexone, oral • ReVia
- Naltrexone, extended-release • Vivitrol
- Topiramate • Topamax
- Valproic acid • Depakote
The authors report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.
Mr. G, age 38, is an investment banker referred for evaluation of an alcohol use disorder. Three years ago his internist diagnosed Mr. G with major depression and prescribed a selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor. Mr. G’s mood has improved, but his drinking is out of control and is affecting his work and marriage.
Mr. G describes his father as an alcoholic and says he has noticed worrisome similarities in himself. Since his teenage years, he recalls always being able to drink more than his peers. Amnesia episodes began in college during heavy drinking days and now occur almost weekly. Most recently his driver’s license was suspended after he was arrested for driving while impaired by alcohol.
He has attempted to stop drinking 3 times in the last 6 months and feels frustrated because he continues to relapse. During his last quit attempt, he remained abstinent for 3 months and believes his mood was unchanged during that time.
For motivated patients such as Mr. G, National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism (NIAAA) guidelines (updated in 2007) consider medications first-line treatment for alcohol dependence, along with psychotherapies and mutual-help groups such as Alcoholics Anonymous.1 Medications with evidence of efficacy include FDA-approved disulfiram, naltrexone, and acamprosate, and off-label topiramate.
Each drug’s pharmacology is different; some may be beneficial during early abstinence, whereas others are more effective for maintaining abstinence. Because many physicians have had little or no experience using these medications,2,3 we discuss dosing recommendations and side effect profiles—important clinical differences to guide drug selection and administration.
Alcohol use disorders describe a maladaptive pattern of alcohol use that causes clinically significant impairment or distress. Alcohol dependence is manifested by ≥3 of the following symptoms in a 12-month period:
- Tolerance
- Withdrawal
- Often drinking alcohol in larger amounts or over a longer time period than intended
- Persistent desire or unsuccessful efforts to cut down or control alcohol use
- Spending a great deal of time in activities necessary to obtain, use, or recover from alcohol’s effects
- Giving up or reducing important social, occupational, or recreational activities because of alcohol use
- Continuing alcohol use despite knowing you have a persistent or recurrent physical or psychological problem that is likely to have been caused or exacerbated by alcohol.
Source: Adapted from DSM-IV-TR
CASE CONTINUED: Which came first?
When Mr. G presented with depressive symptoms, his internist informed him that alcohol’s effects can mimic depression and advised him to cut back his consumption. Mr. G temporarily reduced his drinking but continued to experience depressed mood, sleep disturbances, difficulty concentrating, fatigue, and poor appetite. The internist then prescribed escitalopram, 10 mg/d, and Mr. G says his depressive symptoms improved. He has not attempted suicide or required psychiatric hospitalization.
Mr. G’s diagnosis of alcohol dependence is based on evidence in the last 12 months of tolerance, repeated loss of control over the amount he drinks, multiple failed attempts to stop drinking, repeated negative consequences to his work productivity and personal relationships, and continued drinking despite knowing that alcohol consumption sometimes intensifies his mood symptoms (Box). Physiological dependence is unlikely because he did not experience withdrawal during a recent period of abstinence.
The mood component. Particularly in psychiatric patients, alcohol dependence often coexists with and affects the treatment of other psychopathologies:
- 1 in 3 adults experience an alcohol use disorder during their lifetimes.4
- 1 in 3 adults with an alcohol use disorder have a comorbid psychiatric disorder.5
- Alcohol dependence doubles the risk of major depression and triples the lifetime risk of any mood disorder.4
- Mood symptoms appear after the onset of a substance use disorder.
- Mood symptoms are absent during abstinence.
- Mood symptoms are consistent with the effects of the drug being used.6
In evaluating Mr. G’s drinking history, you determined that his mood symptoms began before he started consuming alcohol regularly and have persisted during periods of abstinence. Thus, primary MDD is a more likely diagnosis than substance-induced MDD.
CASE CONTINUED: Planning treatment
A combination of behavioral therapy and pharmacotherapy is appropriate for treating Mr. G’s alcohol dependence. When you discuss the diagnosis with him, he endorses a goal of abstinence. For behavioral therapy, he says he would like to try Alcoholics Anonymous, which helped a friend “turn his life around.”
He has become accustomed to taking escitalopram once daily but is hesitant to take any medication that requires more frequent dosing. He also worries that medication might impair his work performance, which requires extensive periods of concentration. Your goal—as you consider available medications—is to develop a treatment plan that incorporates Mr. G’s preferences and addresses his concerns.
Disulfiram
Disulfiram, an irreversible aldehyde dehydrogenase inhibitor, is indicated for maintaining enforced sobriety in patients with chronic alcohol dependence (Table 1). Aldehyde dehydrogenase inhibition disrupts alcohol-to-acetate metabolism, which leads to acetaldehyde accumulation. If a disulfiram-treated patient ingests alcohol, increased acetaldehyde levels lead to the unpleasant “disulfiram-ethanol reaction,” with diaphoresis, flushing, nausea, vomiting, headache, tachycardia, and hypotension. The reaction’s severity is proportional to the disulfiram dose and amount of alcohol consumed.
Patients taking disulfiram must abstain from all alcohol, including over-the-counter cold remedies and mouthwashes containing alcohol. Advise patients that ingesting small amounts of alcohol can induce symptoms, even days after taking disulfiram.
Efficacy. Clinical trial results with disulfiram have been mixed. In the largest controlled study to date, Fuller et al7 found no significant difference in rates of total abstinence, time to first drink, employment, or social stability measures at 1 year among 605 men who received counseling plus disulfiram, 250 mg/d, or placebo. Other disulfiram studies have found a modest decrease in the frequency of drinking but no effect on abstinence rates.8,9
Because medication adherence is the strongest predictor of outcome with disulfiram,10 monitoring for adherence and stressing its importance to patients may increase the drug’s efficacy. Disulfiram may be most effective in highly motivated patients with stable social support or as an adjuvant to an outpatient treatment program.
Side effects. Drowsiness is a common complaint with disulfiram; this adverse effect is frequently self-limited and can be reduced by evening dosing.
Subclinical liver enzyme elevations have been reported in 25% of patients taking disulfiram.11 Although rare, potentially fatal hepatotoxicity has been reported12,13 (with a dose as low as 200 mg/d12), typically occurring early in treatment and associated with jaundice and fever. One study estimated the risk of dying of hepatotoxicity caused by disulfiram to be 1 in 30,000 patients/year.14
A recent Swedish study13 reviewed data from 1966 through 2002 and found 82 cases of drug-induced liver injury associated with disulfiram. By comparing these findings with sales figures from 1972 to 2002, the authors report an incidence of disulfiram-induced liver injury of about 1 case per 1.3 million estimated average daily doses.
Order liver function tests at baseline, then retest 10 to 14 days after starting disulfiram and again approximately 4 weeks later. Thereafter, monitoring once every 3 to 6 months is generally sufficient in patients without liver disease symptoms.
Disulfiram-related inhibition of cytochrome P-450 can increase serum levels and toxicity risk of medications metabolized in the liver, such as warfarin, phenytoin, and isoniazid. Patients taking concomitant warfarin and disulfiram require close monitoring for increases in the international normalized ratio (INR).
Contraindications. Disulfiram is contraindicated in patients with ischemic heart disease and those who are pregnant. Also avoid disulfiram in patients with cerebrovascular disease, diabetes mellitus, psychosis, or cognitive impairment.
Recommendation. Disulfiram is a valid option for treating alcohol dependence in a select group of highly motivated patients who are medically and psychiatrically stable and in whom adherence can be closely monitored.
Table 1
Disulfiram: Fast facts
| Mechanism: Acetaldehyde accumulates when aldehyde dehydrogenase is inhibited |
| FDA-approved for alcohol dependence: Yes |
| Dosing: 125 to 500 mg once daily |
| Effect: Aversive reaction to alcohol |
| Potential side effects: Liver toxicity, seizures, arrhythmia, peripheral neuropathy, psychosis |
| Contraindications: Concurrent alcohol consumption, severe cardiac disease, psychosis, pregnancy |
| Comments: Many drug interactions, including warfarin, metronidazole, and phenytoin; monitor liver function for toxicity |
Naltrexone
Naltrexone is a μ-opioid receptor antagonist thought to reduce alcohol’s reinforcing effects by interfering with β-endorphin pathways. It is indicated for treating alcohol dependence and has been shown to reduce relapse and number of drinking days in alcohol-dependent patients (Table 2).15
Naltrexone also has reduced alcohol consumption in healthy volunteers, social drinkers, and other nondependent drinkers.16 Its effect may have a genetic component, as suggested by greater benefit in persons with a family history of alcoholism.17
Efficacy. Most studies investigated naltrexone as part of a comprehensive treatment program that included behavioral therapies.18 Recently, the randomized, placebo-controlled Combining Medications and Behavioral Interventions (COMBINE) study found that using either naltrexone or behavioral therapy improved abstinence, and combing naltrexone with behavioral therapy was not more effective than either treatment alone.19
Administration. Oral naltrexone is usually started at 25 mg and increased over 2 to 3 days to 50 or 100 mg/d. The standard dose is 50 mg/d, although the COMBINE study reported efficacy at 100 mg/d.19
Oral naltrexone is most helpful for patients who adhere to 70% to 90% of the medication.20 The extended-release form (a 380-mg IM dose given every 4 weeks) provides an option to monitor adherence.21
Side effects. Naltrexone toxicity can cause hepatocellular injury. Do not administer this drug to patients with acute hepatitis or end-stage liver disease. When prescribing naltrexone, check patients’ liver function monthly for the first 3 months, then once every 3 months thereafter.22 Less serious, common side effects include nausea, myalgia, and headache.
Naltrexone antagonizes opioid receptors and causes withdrawal symptoms in patients who are physically dependent on opioids. Therefore, do not give naltrexone to patients who require opioids for chronic pain. If your patient is using an opioid but could switch to other pain medication, discontinue the opioid for at least 7 days and consider a urine toxicology or naltrexone challenge before starting naltrexone.
Urine drug tests are inexpensive and easy to use but have limitations. Many standard “dipsticks” will detect heroin, morphine, and codeine but not oxycodone, hydrocodone, or other synthetic opioids. Specific tests are available to detect oxycodone, hydrocodone, hydromorphone, buprenorphine, and methadone. Some synthetic opioids (such as fentanyl) remain difficult to detect, however, because of their low concentration and rapid metabolism.
Table 2
Naltrexone: Fast facts
| Mechanism: Opioid receptor antagonism interferes with β-endorphin pathways |
| FDA-approved for alcohol dependence: Yes |
| Dosing: Oral 50 mg once daily (recent evidence suggests safety and efficacy at 100 mg once daily); IM 380 mg once every 4 weeks |
| Effect: Decreases frequency and severity of relapse |
| Potential side effects: Nausea, myalgia, headache, dizziness |
| Contraindications: Opioid use, acute hepatitis, liver failure |
| Comments: Monitor liver function; once-monthly dosing may improve adherence |
Acamprosate
Acamprosate is structurally similar to gamma-aminobutyric acid (GABA) and is thought to inhibit the glutamatergic system. This attenuation by acamprosate reduces the glutamatergic hyperactivity normally seen after chronic alcohol exposure.
Acamprosate is indicated for relapse prevention in patients with alcohol dependence who have stopped drinking (Table 3). Multiple randomized studies have demonstrated its efficacy in improving abstinence rates as compared with placebo.23,24 Other studies, however, failed to show improved abstinence with acamprosate.25 Some of the negative studies included patients who recently relapsed or had only a few days of abstinence before starting acamprosate.19,26 Therefore, acamprosate might be most effective when used to maintain abstinence and less effective—if at all—to initiate abstinence.
Administration. Acamprosate is available in 333-mg tablets, with a recommended dosage of 666 mg tid. Side effects tend to be transient and mild. Reduce the dose to 333 mg tid for patients with moderate renal insufficiency (creatinine clearance [CrCl] 30 to 50 mL/min), and do not use acamprosate in patients with severe renal insufficiency (CrCl
Side effects. Acamprosate was well-tolerated in clinical trials; diarrhea and other GI side effects were the most commonly reported adverse events.In some placebo-controlled studies, patients taking acamprosate reported more frequent suicidal thoughts and attempts compared with patients taking placebo.27 These events were extremely rare, and no direct relationship with acamprosate therapy has been established. Nonetheless, monitor patients for depression and suicidal thoughts during acamprosate therapy.
Table 3
Acamprosate: Fast facts
| Mechanism: Structurally similar to GABA; thought to inhibit the glutamatergic system |
| FDA-approved for alcohol dependence: Yes |
| Dosing: 666 mg tid |
| Effect: Increases abstinence |
| Potential side effects: Nausea, diarrhea, suicidal thoughts |
| Contraindications: Severe renal disease |
| Comments: Monitor patients for suicidal thoughts and depression |
Topiramate
Topiramate potentiates GABA and inhibits excitatory glutamate transmission—properties believed to lead to decreased dopamine release at the nucleus accumbens in response to alcohol consumption. Although topiramate is not FDA-approved for alcohol dependence, limited data comparing this anticonvulsant with placebo have shown a reduction in drinking and increased abstinence (Table 4).28,29
Administration. Start with 25 mg/d and increase over several weeks to 300 mg/d, given in divided doses.
Side effects include dizziness, paresthesia, somnolence, difficulty concentrating, and weight loss. Because topiramate is excreted renally, reduce doses by 50% in patients with CrCl
Other renal side effects include an elevated risk of nephrolithiasis. Topiramate’s inhibition of carbonic anhydrase can reduce bicarbonate levels, leading to a nonanion gap metabolic acidosis.
Table 4
Topiramate: Fast facts
| Mechanism: Potentiates GABA and inhibits glutamate receptor subtypes |
| FDA-approved for alcohol dependence: No |
| Dosing: 300 mg/d in divided doses |
| Effect: Decreases craving and drinking |
| Potential side effects: Metabolic acidosis, psychomotor slowing, dizziness, difficulty concentrating, paresthesia, weight loss, nephrolithiasis, hyperammonemia with concomitant use of valproic acid |
| Contraindications: None known other than hypersensitivity (as with all drugs) |
| Comments: Dose titration requires several weeks; avoid abrupt withdrawal; may reduce effectiveness of oral contraceptives |
CASE CONTINUED: Implementing a treatment plan
You start Mr. G on oral naltrexone, 25 mg/d, and titrate to 100 mg/d. Although no optimum treatment duration has been established, you plan to follow NIAAA recommendations that Mr. G use naltrexone at least 3 months, with the possibility of continuing 1 year or longer if he responds well.1
You schedule weekly visits for the first month to monitor for side effects and to make any necessary modifications in behavioral and pharmacologic treatment. You also continue escitalopram, 10 mg, which has successfully controlled Mr. G’s MDD symptoms.
When choosing medications, consider the agents’ clinically relevant differences:
- Naltrexone and—less conclusively—topiramate have shown benefit for alcoholdependent patients starting treatment and for relapse prevention.
- Acamprosate may help prevent relapse in abstinent patients.
- Disulfiram remains a valid option in highly motivated patients with social support available to ensure medication adherence.
Hypersensitivity is considered a contraindication for any medication. Mr. G tolerates well an initial dose of 25 mg/d, followed by increases to 50 mg and then 100 mg over several days. You titrate oral naltrexone to 100 mg/d—even though it is commonly prescribed at 50 mg/d—because recent evidence suggests efficacy and safety at the higher dosage.19
Related resources
- National Institutes of Health. Helping patients who drink too much: a clinician’s guide. Bethesda, MD: National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism; 2007. NIH Publication 07-3769. www.niaaa.nih.gov/Publications/EducationTrainingMaterials/guide.htm.
- American Society of Addiction Medicine. www.asam.org.
- American Academy of Addiction Psychiatry. www.aaap.org.
- Acamprosate • Campral
- Disulfiram • Antabuse
- Escitalopram • Lexapro
- Naltrexone, oral • ReVia
- Naltrexone, extended-release • Vivitrol
- Topiramate • Topamax
- Valproic acid • Depakote
The authors report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.
1. National Institutes of Health. Helping patients who drink too much: a clinician’s guide. Bethesda, MD: National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism; 2007. NIH Publication 07-3769. Available at: http://www.niaaa.nih.gov/Publications/EducationTrainingMaterials/guide.htm. Accessed January 3, 2008.
2. Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration. National Survey of Substance Abuse Treatment Services: 2005. Data on substance abuse treatment facilities, (DASIS Series: S-34). Rockville, MD: Office of Applied Studies, 2006. DHHS Publication (SMA) 06-4206.
3. Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration. Treatment episode data set (TEDS) highlights 2005: National admissions to substance abuse treatment services. Rockville, MD: Office of Applied Studies. 2006. DHHS Publication (SMA) 07-4229.
4. Hasin DS, Stinson FS, Ogburn EO, Grant BF. Prevalence, correlates, disability, and comorbidity of DSM-IV alcohol abuse and dependence in the United States. Arch Gen Psychiatry 2007;64(7):830-42.
5. Regier DA, Farmer ME, Rae DS, et al. Comorbidity of mental disorders with alcohol and other drug abuse. Results from the Epidemiologic Catchment Area (ECA) study. JAMA. 1990;264(19):2511-8.
6. Mariani JJ, Levin FR. Treatment of comorbid conditions of substance abuse. Directions in Psychiatry 2005;25(2):129-39.
7. Fuller RK, Branchey L, Brightwell DR, et al. Disulfiram treatment of alcoholism. A Veteran’s Administration cooperative study. JAMA. 1986;256:1449-55.
8. Fuller RK, Roth HP. Disulfiram for the treatment of alcoholism. An evaluation of 128 men. Ann Intern Med. 1979;90:901-4.
9. Schuckit MA. A one-year follow-up of men alcoholics given disulfiram. J Stud Alcohol 1985;46:191-5.
10. Collins GB, McAllister MS, Adury K. Drug adjuncts for treating alcohol dependence. Cleve Clin J Med 2006;73(7):641-4.
11. Goyer PF, Major LF. Hepatotoxicty in disulfiram treated patients. J Stud Alcohol 1979;40:133-7.
12. Ranek L, Buch Andreasen P. Disulfiram hepatotoxicity. Br Med J 1977;2(6079):94-6.
13. Björnsson E, Nordlinder H, Olsson R. Clinical characteristics and prognostic markers in disulfiram-induced liver injury. J Hepatol 2006;44(4):791-7.
14. Enghusen PH, Loft S, Anderson JR, et al. Disulfiram therapy—adverse drug reactions and interactions. Acta Psychiatr Scand 1992;86(369):59-66.
15. Volpicelli JR, Volpicelli LA, O’Brien CP. Medical management of alcohol dependence: clinical use and limitations of naltrexone treatment. Alcohol Alcohol 1995;30:789.-
16. de Wit H, Svenson J, York A. Non-specific effect of naltrexone on ethanol consumption in social drinkers. Psychopharmacology (Berl) 1999;146:33.-
17. Monterosso JR, Flannery BA, Pettinati HM, et al. Predicting treatment response to naltrexone: the influence of craving and family history. Am J Addict 2001;10:258-68.
18. Srisurapanont M, Jarusuraisin N. Opioid antagonists for alcohol dependence. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2005;(1):CD001867.-
19. Anton RF, O’Malley SS, Ciraulo DA, et al. Combined pharmacotherapies and behavioral interventions for alcohol dependence: the COMBINE study: a randomized controlled trial. JAMA. 2006;295:2003-17.
20. Monti PM, Rohsenow DJ, Swift RM, et al. Naltrexone and cue exposure with coping and communication skills training for alcoholics: treatment process and 1-year outcomes. Alcol Clin Exp Res 2001;25:1634-47.
21. Garbutt JC, Kranzler HR, O’Malley SS, et al. Efficacy and tolerability of long-acting injectable naltrexone for alcohol dependence: a randomized controlled trial. JAMA. 2005;293(13):1617-25.
22. Doering PL. Substance-related disorders: alcohol, nicotine, and caffeine. In: DiPiro JT, Talbert RL, Yee GC, et al, eds. Pharmacotherapy: a pathophysiologic approach. 4th ed. Stamford, CT: Appleton & Lange; 1999.
23. Mann K, Lehert P, Morgan MY. The efficacy of acamprosate in the maintenance of abstinence in alcohol-dependent individuals: results of a meta-analysis. Alcohol Clin Exp Res 2004;28(1):51-63.
24. Paille FM, Guelfi JD, Perkins AC, et al. Double-blind randomized multicentre trial of acamprosate in maintaining abstinence from alcohol. Alcohol Alcohol 1995;30:239-47.
25. Chick J, Howlett H, Morgan MY, Ritson B. United Kingdom Multicentre Acamprosate Study (UKMAS): a 6-month prospective study of acamprosate versus placebo in preventing relapse after withdrawal from alcohol. Alcohol Alcohol 2000;35(2):176-87.
26. Mason BJ, Goodman AM, Chabac S, Lehert P. Effect of oral acamprosate on abstinence in patients with alcohol dependence in a double-blind, placebo-controlled trial: the role of patient motivation. J Psychiatr Res 2006;40(5):383-93.
27. Mason BJ. Treatment of alcohol-dependent outpatients with acamprosate: a clinical review. J Clin Psychiatry 2001;62(suppl 20):42-8.
28. Johnson BA, Ait-Daoud N, Bowden CL, et al. Oral topiramate for treatment of alcohol dependence: a randomized controlled trial. Lancet 2003;361(9370):1677-85.
29. Johnson BA, Rosenthal N, Capece JA, et al. Topiramate for treating alcohol dependence: a randomized controlled trial. JAMA 2007;298(14):1641-51.
30. COMBINE Study Research Group. Testing combined pharmacotherapies and behavioral interventions in alcohol dependence: rationale and methods. Alcohol Clin Exp Res 2003;27:1107-22.
1. National Institutes of Health. Helping patients who drink too much: a clinician’s guide. Bethesda, MD: National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism; 2007. NIH Publication 07-3769. Available at: http://www.niaaa.nih.gov/Publications/EducationTrainingMaterials/guide.htm. Accessed January 3, 2008.
2. Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration. National Survey of Substance Abuse Treatment Services: 2005. Data on substance abuse treatment facilities, (DASIS Series: S-34). Rockville, MD: Office of Applied Studies, 2006. DHHS Publication (SMA) 06-4206.
3. Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration. Treatment episode data set (TEDS) highlights 2005: National admissions to substance abuse treatment services. Rockville, MD: Office of Applied Studies. 2006. DHHS Publication (SMA) 07-4229.
4. Hasin DS, Stinson FS, Ogburn EO, Grant BF. Prevalence, correlates, disability, and comorbidity of DSM-IV alcohol abuse and dependence in the United States. Arch Gen Psychiatry 2007;64(7):830-42.
5. Regier DA, Farmer ME, Rae DS, et al. Comorbidity of mental disorders with alcohol and other drug abuse. Results from the Epidemiologic Catchment Area (ECA) study. JAMA. 1990;264(19):2511-8.
6. Mariani JJ, Levin FR. Treatment of comorbid conditions of substance abuse. Directions in Psychiatry 2005;25(2):129-39.
7. Fuller RK, Branchey L, Brightwell DR, et al. Disulfiram treatment of alcoholism. A Veteran’s Administration cooperative study. JAMA. 1986;256:1449-55.
8. Fuller RK, Roth HP. Disulfiram for the treatment of alcoholism. An evaluation of 128 men. Ann Intern Med. 1979;90:901-4.
9. Schuckit MA. A one-year follow-up of men alcoholics given disulfiram. J Stud Alcohol 1985;46:191-5.
10. Collins GB, McAllister MS, Adury K. Drug adjuncts for treating alcohol dependence. Cleve Clin J Med 2006;73(7):641-4.
11. Goyer PF, Major LF. Hepatotoxicty in disulfiram treated patients. J Stud Alcohol 1979;40:133-7.
12. Ranek L, Buch Andreasen P. Disulfiram hepatotoxicity. Br Med J 1977;2(6079):94-6.
13. Björnsson E, Nordlinder H, Olsson R. Clinical characteristics and prognostic markers in disulfiram-induced liver injury. J Hepatol 2006;44(4):791-7.
14. Enghusen PH, Loft S, Anderson JR, et al. Disulfiram therapy—adverse drug reactions and interactions. Acta Psychiatr Scand 1992;86(369):59-66.
15. Volpicelli JR, Volpicelli LA, O’Brien CP. Medical management of alcohol dependence: clinical use and limitations of naltrexone treatment. Alcohol Alcohol 1995;30:789.-
16. de Wit H, Svenson J, York A. Non-specific effect of naltrexone on ethanol consumption in social drinkers. Psychopharmacology (Berl) 1999;146:33.-
17. Monterosso JR, Flannery BA, Pettinati HM, et al. Predicting treatment response to naltrexone: the influence of craving and family history. Am J Addict 2001;10:258-68.
18. Srisurapanont M, Jarusuraisin N. Opioid antagonists for alcohol dependence. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2005;(1):CD001867.-
19. Anton RF, O’Malley SS, Ciraulo DA, et al. Combined pharmacotherapies and behavioral interventions for alcohol dependence: the COMBINE study: a randomized controlled trial. JAMA. 2006;295:2003-17.
20. Monti PM, Rohsenow DJ, Swift RM, et al. Naltrexone and cue exposure with coping and communication skills training for alcoholics: treatment process and 1-year outcomes. Alcol Clin Exp Res 2001;25:1634-47.
21. Garbutt JC, Kranzler HR, O’Malley SS, et al. Efficacy and tolerability of long-acting injectable naltrexone for alcohol dependence: a randomized controlled trial. JAMA. 2005;293(13):1617-25.
22. Doering PL. Substance-related disorders: alcohol, nicotine, and caffeine. In: DiPiro JT, Talbert RL, Yee GC, et al, eds. Pharmacotherapy: a pathophysiologic approach. 4th ed. Stamford, CT: Appleton & Lange; 1999.
23. Mann K, Lehert P, Morgan MY. The efficacy of acamprosate in the maintenance of abstinence in alcohol-dependent individuals: results of a meta-analysis. Alcohol Clin Exp Res 2004;28(1):51-63.
24. Paille FM, Guelfi JD, Perkins AC, et al. Double-blind randomized multicentre trial of acamprosate in maintaining abstinence from alcohol. Alcohol Alcohol 1995;30:239-47.
25. Chick J, Howlett H, Morgan MY, Ritson B. United Kingdom Multicentre Acamprosate Study (UKMAS): a 6-month prospective study of acamprosate versus placebo in preventing relapse after withdrawal from alcohol. Alcohol Alcohol 2000;35(2):176-87.
26. Mason BJ, Goodman AM, Chabac S, Lehert P. Effect of oral acamprosate on abstinence in patients with alcohol dependence in a double-blind, placebo-controlled trial: the role of patient motivation. J Psychiatr Res 2006;40(5):383-93.
27. Mason BJ. Treatment of alcohol-dependent outpatients with acamprosate: a clinical review. J Clin Psychiatry 2001;62(suppl 20):42-8.
28. Johnson BA, Ait-Daoud N, Bowden CL, et al. Oral topiramate for treatment of alcohol dependence: a randomized controlled trial. Lancet 2003;361(9370):1677-85.
29. Johnson BA, Rosenthal N, Capece JA, et al. Topiramate for treating alcohol dependence: a randomized controlled trial. JAMA 2007;298(14):1641-51.
30. COMBINE Study Research Group. Testing combined pharmacotherapies and behavioral interventions in alcohol dependence: rationale and methods. Alcohol Clin Exp Res 2003;27:1107-22.
Neuroleptic malignant syndrome: Answers to 6 tough questions
Diagnosis and treatment of neuroleptic malignant syndrome (NMS) are controversial because this potentially life-threatening syndrome is rare and its presentation varies. These factors make it difficult to evaluate treatments in controlled clinical trials, and data about the relative efficacy of specific interventions are scarce. It may be possible, however, to develop rational treatment guidelines using empiric clinical data.1,2
This article examines the evidence related to 6 controversial aspects of NMS diagnosis and treatment:
- most-reliable risk factors
- NMS as a spectrum disorder
- what causes NMS
- NMS triggered by first-generation vs second-generation antipsychotics
- first-line interventions
- restarting antipsychotics after an NMS episode.
1. Are there reliable risk factors for NMS?
In small case-controlled studies, agitation, dehydration, and exhaustion were the most consistently found systemic factors believed to predispose patients taking antipsychotics to NMS (Table 1).3-5 Catatonia and organic brain syndromes may be separate risk factors.1,6
Preliminary studies also have implicated dopamine receptor abnormalities caused by genetic polymorphisms or effects of low serum iron.1,7,8 Pharmacologic studies have suggested that higher doses, rapid titration, and IM injections of antipsychotics are associated with increased NMS risk.3,5 Some studies suggest that 15% to 20% of NMS patients have a history of NMS episodes.1,2 In addition, high-potency first-generation antipsychotics (FGAs)—especially haloperidol—are assumed to carry higher risk than low-potency drugs and second-generation antipsychotics (SGAs), although this hypothesis remains difficult to prove.9-11
These risk factors, however, are not practical for estimating NMS risk in a given patient because they are relatively common compared with the low risk of NMS occurrence. For the vast majority of patients with psychotic symptoms, the benefits of properly indicated antipsychotic pharmacotherapy will outweigh the risks.
Table 1
| Systemic |
| Agitation |
| Dehydration |
| Exhaustion |
| Low serum iron concentrations (normal: 60 to 170 mcg/dL) |
| Diagnoses |
| History of NMS |
| Catatonia |
| Organic brain syndromes |
| Central nervous system |
| Dopamine receptor dysfunction |
| Basal ganglia dysfunction |
| Sympathetic nervous system dysfunction |
| Pharmacologic treatment* |
| Intramuscular or intravenous injections |
| High-potency dopamine antagonists |
| Rapid dose titration |
| High doses |
| FGAs compared with SGAs (?) |
*For individual patients, these common risk factors must be weighted again the benefits of antipsychotic therapy FGAs: first-generation antipsychotics; SGAs:second-generation antipsychotics; NMS: neuroleptic malignant syndromeSource: References 1-5
2. Is NMS related to parkinsonism, catatonia, or malignant hyperthermia?
Parkinsonsim. Some researchers have described NMS as an extreme parkinsonian crisis resulting from overwhelming blockade of dopamine pathways in the brain.1,2,12 In this view, NMS resembles the parkinsonian-hyperthermia syndrome that can occur in Parkinson's disease patients following abrupt discontinuation or loss of efficacy of dopaminergic therapy, which can be treated by reinstituting dopaminergic agents.13 Evidence to support this view includes:
- Parkinsonian signs are a cardinal feature of NMS.
- Withdrawal of dopamine agonists precipitates the syndrome.
- All triggering drugs are dopamine receptor antagonists.
- Risks of NMS correlates with drugs' dopamine receptor affinity.
- Dopaminergic agonists may be an effective treatment.
- Lesions in dopaminergic pathways produce a similar syndrome.
- Patients with NMS have demonstrated low cerebrospinal fluid concentrations of the dopamine metabolite homovanillic acid.14
Catatonia. Fink et al15 and others16-18 have persuasively argued that NMS represents a form of drug-induced malignant catatonia. Evidence supporting this includes:
- The 2 disorders share neuropsychiatric symptoms.
- Catalonic signs are common in NMS.19
- Malignant catatonia and NMS share physiologic and labratory signs.20
- Reintroduction of antipsychotics can acutely worsen both conditions.
- Benzodiazepines and electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) are effective treatments for both disorders.15-18
Lee21 examined the relationship between catatonic features and treatment response of 14 NMS patients. Most patients with catatonic symptoms responded to benzodiazepines, whereas none of those did who had an extrapyramidal-hyperthermic presentation without catatonia. Lee concluded that NMS is heterogeneous and may occur in catatonic and noncatatonic forms that differ in treatment response.
- similar clinical signs of rigidity, hyperthermia, and hypermetabolism
- similar psychologic and labratory signs, such as rhabdomyolysis
- hyperthermia in both responding to dantrolene.
Although the 2 are similar in presentation, malignant hyperthermia occurs intraoperatively and reflects a pharmacogenetic disorder of calcium regulation in skeletal muscle. Additionally, rigidity in malignant hyperthermia does not respond to peripheral-acting muscle relaxants.1,22 Evidence suggests that patients who have previously experienced an NMS episodes are not at risk for malignant hyperthermia.22
3. What is the pathophysiology of NMS?
NMS pathophysiology is complex and likely involves interplay between multiple central and systemic pathways and neurotransmitters. As described above, compelling evidence suggests that dopamine blockade plays a central role.12
Dopamine blockade in the hypothalamus is believed to contribute to thermoregulatory failure, and blockade in the nigrostriatal system likely contributes to muscle rigidity and hypermetabolism. The loss of dopaminergic input to the anterior cingulate-medial orbitofrontal circuit and the lateral orbitofrontal circuit likely con-tributes to the mental status changes and catatonic features seen in NMS.12
Some researchers have proposed competing or complementary hypotheses, however. For example, Gurrera23 proposed that patients who are prone to developing NMS have a vulnerability to a hyperactive and dysregulated sympathetic nervous system, and this trait—together with dopamine system disruption induced by dopamine-blocking agents—produces NMS. Other investigators have implicated serotonin, norepinephrine, gamma-aminobutyric acid and glutaminergic mechanisms.1,12,24,25
4. Are FGAs or SGAs more likely to cause NMS?
NMS is assumed to occur less frequently in patients treated with SGAs than in those receiving FGAs, although this hypothesisis unproven. Isolated reports of NMS have been associated with nearly every SGA.9-11 It is difficult to prove FGA vs SGA liabilities because:
- NMS is rare.
- Dosing practices may be more conser-vative now than in the past.
- Most clinicians are aware of the earlysigns of NMS.
In an epidemiological study of a large database, Stubner et al26 found that patients receiving SGAs had a lower risk of NMS than those treated with haloperidol.26 In this study, the overall rate of NMS was 0.02%.
NMS hotline data. We recently examined which medication classes were implicated in 111 NMS cases reported to the Neuroleptic Malignant Syndrome Information Service hotline (1-888-NMS-TEMP) between 1997 and 2006 (Figure). We included only cases of definite or probable NMS (as diagnosed by hotline consultants) in which a single antipsychotic was administered. Slightly more cases were attributed to FGAs (51%) than SGAs (45%). The remaining cases were attributed to neuroleptics used in medical settings (such as promethazineor prochlorperazine). Because they are now prescribed less often, FGAs accounted for a disproportionate number of NMS cases reported to the hotline. Haloperidol accounted for the majority of FGA cases and 44% of all cases. If we had excluded haloperidol and compared the NMS risk of SGAs to only intermediate- or low-potency FGAs, the relative advantage of SGAs would have been lost. On the other hand, it is clear that SGAs still carry a risk for NMS. Analyses suggest that the SGA-associated classic features of NMS—fever, muscle rigidity, and autonomic and mental status changes—are retained in patients receiving SGAs, although some may not develop the severe rigidity and extreme temperatures common in patients receiving FGAs.9-11 The milder clinical characteristics associated with SGAs may reflect more conservative prescribing patterns or increased awareness and earlier recognition of NMS, which would prevent fulminant presentations.
5. What is the evidence for specific NMS treatments?
NMS is rare, its presentation varies, and its progression is unpredictable. These factors make it difficult to evaluate treatments in controlled clinical trials, and data about the relative efficacy of specific interventions are scarce.
Even so, the notion that NMS represents an extreme variant of drug-induced parkinsonism or catatonia suggests that specific NMS treatments could be based on symptom severity or stage of presentation. We propose a treatment guideline basedon theoretical mechanisms and anecdotal data (Algorithm).2,27-29
Support. After immediate withdrawal of the offending medication, supportive therapy is the cornerstone of NMS treatment.1,2,27
For patients presenting with mild signs and symptoms, supportive care and careful clinical monitoring may be sufficient. Extreme hyperthermia demands volume resuscitation and cooling measures, intensive medical care, and careful monitoring for complications.
Treatment. Despite a lack of consensus on drug treatments for uncomplicated NMS, approximately 40% of patients with acute NMS receive pharmacologic treatments.2
Lorazepam, 1 to 2 mg parenterally, is a reasonable first-line therapy for NMS, especially in individuals with catatonic features.4,15-18,21,30,31 Some investigators recommend higher doses.15 Benzodiazepines are preferred if sedation is required in agitated NMS patients.4,15-18
Dopaminergic agents such as bromocriptine and amantadine enhance dopaminergic transmission to reverse parkinsonian symptoms and have been reported to reduce time to recovery and halve mortality rates when used alone or in conjunction with other treatments.13,27,32,33 Rapid discontinuation of these agents can result in rebound symptoms, although this may be true for any specific drug treatment of NMS.1,31,32
Dantrolene uncouples excitation-contraction coupling by enhancing calcium sequestration in sarcoplasmic reticulumin skeletal muscle and has been used to treat NMS hypermetabolic symptoms. Some reviews found improvement in up to 80% of NMS patients treated with dantrolene monotherapy.27,32-35 Compared with supportive care, time to recovery may be reduced—and mortality decreased by almost one-half—when dantrolene is used alone or in combination with other medications.
Not all case reports have shown that dantrolene, benzodiazepines, ordopaminergic agonists are effective in treating NMS.31,36 In our opinion, only advanced NMS cases—with extreme temperature elevations, severe rigidity, and evidence of systemic hypermetabolism—benefit from dantrolene treatment.1,2
ECT has been used successfully to reduce mortality from NMS and other catatonic-spectrum disorders. It is usually employed after supportive therapy and psychopharmacologic interventions fail.2,15,16,27,37 ECT for acute NMS typically consists of a series of 6 to 10 treatments with bilateral electrode placement. Daily ECT may be needed initially.15
6. Are antipsychotics contraindicated following an NMS episode?
The rate of NMS recurrence on retreatment with an antipsychotic has varied.38 We estimate that up to 30% of patients may be at risk of NMS recurrence when rechallenged with an antipsychotic.1 By following proper precautions (Table 2), however, you can safely treat most patients who require continued antipsychotic therapy.1,2 When you restart treatment, a lower-potency antipsychotic from a different chemical class may be a safer option than retrying the triggering agent, according to retrospective analyses of limited available data. A patient who develops NMS on a FGA might benefit from an SGA trial, although some risk of recurrence remains.1,10
Current Psychiatry 2007;6(8):89-95.
Drug brand names
- Amantadine • Symmetrel
- Bromocriptine • Parlodel
- Chlorpromazine • Thorazine
- Dantrolene • Dantrium
- Fluphenazine • Prolixin
- Haloperidol • Haldol
- Lorazepam • Ativan
- Loxapine • Loxitane
- Perphenazine • Trilafon
- Prochlorperazine • Compazine, Compro
- Promethazine • Phenergan
- Thioridazine • Mellaril
Disclosure
Dr. Strawn is an American Psychiatric Institute for Research and Education (APIRE)/Janssen Scholar.
Dr. Keck has received research support from or served as a consultant to Abbott Laboratories, American Diabetes Association, AstraZeneca Pharmaceuticals, Bristol-Myers Squibb, GlaxoSmithKline, Eli Lilly and Company, Janssen Pharmaceutica, National Institute of Mental Health, National Institute of Drug Abuse, Pfizer, Stanley Medical Research Institute, and UCB Pharma.
Dr. Caroff has received research support from Bristol-Myers Squibb, Ortho-McNeil Neurologics, and Pfizer.
1. Caroff SN. Neuroleptic malignant syndrome. In: Mann SC, Caroff SN, Keck PE Jr, Lazarus A, eds. Neuroleptic malignant syndrome and related conditions 2nd ed. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Publishing Inc; 2003; 1-44.
2. Strawn JR, Keck PE, Jr, Caroff SN. Neuroleptic malignant syndrome Am J Psychiatry 2007;164:870-6.
3. Keck PE, Jr, Pope HG, Jr, Cohen BM, et al. Risk factors for neuroleptic malignant syndrome Arch Gen Psychiatry 1989;46:914-18.
4. Rosebush PI, Stewart TD. A prospective analysis of 24 episodes of neuroleptic malignant syndrome Am J Psychiatry 1989;146:717-25.
5. Berardi D, Amore M, Keck PE, Jr, et al. Clinical and pharmacologic risk factors for neuroleptic malignant syndrome: a case-control study. Biol Psychiatry 1998;44:748-54.
6. White DA, Robins AH. Catatonia: harbinger of the neuroleptic malignant syndrome Br J Psychiatry 1991;158:419-21.
7. Rosebush PI, Mazurek MF. Serum iron and neuroleptic malignant syndrome. Lancet 1991;338:149-51.
8. Lee JW. Serum iron in catatonia and neuroleptic malignant syndrome Biol Psychiatry 1998;44:499-507.
9. Ananth J, Parameswaran S, Gunatilake S, et al. Neuroleptic malignant syndrome and atypical antipsychotic drugs J Clin Psychiatry 2004;65:464-70.
10. Caroff SN, Mann SC, Campbell EC. Atypical antipsychotics and neuroleptic malignant syndrome Psychiatr Ann 2000;30:314-21.
11. Hasan S, Buckley P. Novel antipsychotics and the neuroleptic malignant syndrome Am J Psychiatry 1998;155:1113-16.
12. Mann SC, Caroff SN, Fricchione G, Campbell EC. Central dopamine hypoactivity and the pathogenesis of neuroleptic malignant syndrome Psychiatr Ann 2000;30:363-74.
13. Factor SA, Santiago A. Parkinsonism-hyperpyrexia syndrome in Parkinson’s disease. In: Frucht SJ, Fahn S, eds. Movement disorder emergencies: diagnosis and treatment. Totowa, NJ: Humana Press; 2005; 29-40.
14. Nisijima K, Ishiguro T. Cerebrospinal fluid levels of monoamine metabolites and gamma-aminobutyric acid in neuroleptic malignant syndrome. J Psychiatr Res 1995;27:233-44.
15. Fink M, Taylor MA. Neuroleptic malignant syndrome is malignant catatonia, warranting treatments efficacious for catatonia. Prog Neuropsychopharmacol Biol Psychiatry 2006;30:1182-3.
16. Fricchione G, Bush G, Fozdar M, et al. Recognition and treatment of the catatonic syndrome. J Intensive Care Med 1997;12:135-47.
17. Philbrick KL, Rummans TA. Malignant catatonia. J Neuropsychiatry Clin Neurosci 1994;6:1-13.
18. Mann SC, Caroff SN, Bleier HR, et al. Lethal catatonia. Am J Psychiatry 1986;143:1374-81.
19. Koch M, Chandragiri S, Rizvi S, et al. Catatonic signs in neuroleptic malignant syndrome. Compr Psychiatry 2000;41:73-5.
20. Lee JW. Laboratory findings. In: Caroff SN, Mann SC, Francis A, Fricchoine GL, eds. Catatonia: from psychopathology to neurobiology Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press, Inc; 2004; 65-75.
21. Lee JW. Catatonic variants, hyperthermic extrapyramidal reactions, and subtypes of neuroleptic malignant syndrome. Ann Clin Psychiatry 2007;19:9-16.
22. Caroff SN, Rosenberg H, Mann SC, et al. Neuroleptic malignant syndrome in the perioperative setting. Am J Anesthesiol 2001;28:387-93.
23. Gurrera RJ. Sympathoadrenal hyperactivity and the etiology of neuroleptic malignant syndrome. Am J Psychiatry 1999;156:169-80.
24. Carroll BT. The universal field hypothesis of catatonia and neuroleptic malignant syndrome. CNS Spectr 2000;5:26-33.
25. Weller M, Kornhuber J. A rationale for NMDA receptor antagonist therapy of the neuroleptic malignant syndrome. Med Hypotheses 1992;38:329-33.
26. Stubner S, Rustenbeck E, Grohmann R, et al. Severe and uncommon involuntary movement disorders due to psychotropic drugs. Pharmacopsychiatry 2004;37(suppl 1):S54-S64.
27. Davis JM, Caroff SN, Mann SC. Treatment of neuroleptic malignant syndrome. Psychiatr Ann 2000;30:325-31.
28. Adityanjee PA, Singh S, Singh G, Ong S. Spectrum concept of neuroleptic malignant syndrome. Br J Psychiatry 1988;153:107-11.
29. Woodbury MM, Woodbury MA. Neuroleptic-induced catatonia as a stage in the progression toward neuroleptic malignant syndrome. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry 1992;31:1161-4.
30. Francis A, Chondragivi S, Rizvi S, et al. Is lorazepam a treatment for neuroleptic malignant syndrome? CNS Spectr 2000;5:54-7.
31. Rosebush PI, Stewart T, Mazurek MF. The treatment of neuroleptic malignant syndrome. Are dantrolene and bromocriptine useful adjuncts to supportive care? Br J Psychiatry 1991;159:709-12.
32. Sakkas P, Davis JM, Janicak PG, Wang ZY. Drug treatment of the neuroleptic malignant syndrome. Psychopharmacol Bull 1991;27:381-4.
33. Rosenberg MR, Green M. Neuroleptic malignant syndrome: review of response to therapy. Arch Intern Med 1989;149:1927-31.
34. Yamawaki S, Morio M, Kazamutsuri G, et al. Clinical evaluation and effective usage of dantrolene sodium in neuroleptic malignant syndrome. Kiso to Rinsyou (Clinical Reports) 1993;27:1045-66.
35. Tsutsumi Y, Yamamoto K, Matsuura S, et al. The treatment of neuroleptic malignant syndrome using dantrolene sodium. Psychiatry Clin Neurosci 1998;52:433-8.
36. Reulbach U, Dutsch C, Biermann T, et al. Managing an effective treatment for neuroleptic malignant syndrome. Crit Care 2007;11:R4.-
37. Troller JN, Sachdev PS. Electroconvulsive treatment of neuroleptic malignant syndrome: a review and report of cases. Aust N Z J Psychiatry 1999;33:650-9.
38. Pope HG, Aizley HG, Keck PE, Jr, McElroy SL. Neuroleptic malignant syndrome: long term follow-up of 20 cases. J Clin Psychiatry 1991;52:208-12.
Diagnosis and treatment of neuroleptic malignant syndrome (NMS) are controversial because this potentially life-threatening syndrome is rare and its presentation varies. These factors make it difficult to evaluate treatments in controlled clinical trials, and data about the relative efficacy of specific interventions are scarce. It may be possible, however, to develop rational treatment guidelines using empiric clinical data.1,2
This article examines the evidence related to 6 controversial aspects of NMS diagnosis and treatment:
- most-reliable risk factors
- NMS as a spectrum disorder
- what causes NMS
- NMS triggered by first-generation vs second-generation antipsychotics
- first-line interventions
- restarting antipsychotics after an NMS episode.
1. Are there reliable risk factors for NMS?
In small case-controlled studies, agitation, dehydration, and exhaustion were the most consistently found systemic factors believed to predispose patients taking antipsychotics to NMS (Table 1).3-5 Catatonia and organic brain syndromes may be separate risk factors.1,6
Preliminary studies also have implicated dopamine receptor abnormalities caused by genetic polymorphisms or effects of low serum iron.1,7,8 Pharmacologic studies have suggested that higher doses, rapid titration, and IM injections of antipsychotics are associated with increased NMS risk.3,5 Some studies suggest that 15% to 20% of NMS patients have a history of NMS episodes.1,2 In addition, high-potency first-generation antipsychotics (FGAs)—especially haloperidol—are assumed to carry higher risk than low-potency drugs and second-generation antipsychotics (SGAs), although this hypothesis remains difficult to prove.9-11
These risk factors, however, are not practical for estimating NMS risk in a given patient because they are relatively common compared with the low risk of NMS occurrence. For the vast majority of patients with psychotic symptoms, the benefits of properly indicated antipsychotic pharmacotherapy will outweigh the risks.
Table 1
| Systemic |
| Agitation |
| Dehydration |
| Exhaustion |
| Low serum iron concentrations (normal: 60 to 170 mcg/dL) |
| Diagnoses |
| History of NMS |
| Catatonia |
| Organic brain syndromes |
| Central nervous system |
| Dopamine receptor dysfunction |
| Basal ganglia dysfunction |
| Sympathetic nervous system dysfunction |
| Pharmacologic treatment* |
| Intramuscular or intravenous injections |
| High-potency dopamine antagonists |
| Rapid dose titration |
| High doses |
| FGAs compared with SGAs (?) |
*For individual patients, these common risk factors must be weighted again the benefits of antipsychotic therapy FGAs: first-generation antipsychotics; SGAs:second-generation antipsychotics; NMS: neuroleptic malignant syndromeSource: References 1-5
2. Is NMS related to parkinsonism, catatonia, or malignant hyperthermia?
Parkinsonsim. Some researchers have described NMS as an extreme parkinsonian crisis resulting from overwhelming blockade of dopamine pathways in the brain.1,2,12 In this view, NMS resembles the parkinsonian-hyperthermia syndrome that can occur in Parkinson's disease patients following abrupt discontinuation or loss of efficacy of dopaminergic therapy, which can be treated by reinstituting dopaminergic agents.13 Evidence to support this view includes:
- Parkinsonian signs are a cardinal feature of NMS.
- Withdrawal of dopamine agonists precipitates the syndrome.
- All triggering drugs are dopamine receptor antagonists.
- Risks of NMS correlates with drugs' dopamine receptor affinity.
- Dopaminergic agonists may be an effective treatment.
- Lesions in dopaminergic pathways produce a similar syndrome.
- Patients with NMS have demonstrated low cerebrospinal fluid concentrations of the dopamine metabolite homovanillic acid.14
Catatonia. Fink et al15 and others16-18 have persuasively argued that NMS represents a form of drug-induced malignant catatonia. Evidence supporting this includes:
- The 2 disorders share neuropsychiatric symptoms.
- Catalonic signs are common in NMS.19
- Malignant catatonia and NMS share physiologic and labratory signs.20
- Reintroduction of antipsychotics can acutely worsen both conditions.
- Benzodiazepines and electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) are effective treatments for both disorders.15-18
Lee21 examined the relationship between catatonic features and treatment response of 14 NMS patients. Most patients with catatonic symptoms responded to benzodiazepines, whereas none of those did who had an extrapyramidal-hyperthermic presentation without catatonia. Lee concluded that NMS is heterogeneous and may occur in catatonic and noncatatonic forms that differ in treatment response.
- similar clinical signs of rigidity, hyperthermia, and hypermetabolism
- similar psychologic and labratory signs, such as rhabdomyolysis
- hyperthermia in both responding to dantrolene.
Although the 2 are similar in presentation, malignant hyperthermia occurs intraoperatively and reflects a pharmacogenetic disorder of calcium regulation in skeletal muscle. Additionally, rigidity in malignant hyperthermia does not respond to peripheral-acting muscle relaxants.1,22 Evidence suggests that patients who have previously experienced an NMS episodes are not at risk for malignant hyperthermia.22
3. What is the pathophysiology of NMS?
NMS pathophysiology is complex and likely involves interplay between multiple central and systemic pathways and neurotransmitters. As described above, compelling evidence suggests that dopamine blockade plays a central role.12
Dopamine blockade in the hypothalamus is believed to contribute to thermoregulatory failure, and blockade in the nigrostriatal system likely contributes to muscle rigidity and hypermetabolism. The loss of dopaminergic input to the anterior cingulate-medial orbitofrontal circuit and the lateral orbitofrontal circuit likely con-tributes to the mental status changes and catatonic features seen in NMS.12
Some researchers have proposed competing or complementary hypotheses, however. For example, Gurrera23 proposed that patients who are prone to developing NMS have a vulnerability to a hyperactive and dysregulated sympathetic nervous system, and this trait—together with dopamine system disruption induced by dopamine-blocking agents—produces NMS. Other investigators have implicated serotonin, norepinephrine, gamma-aminobutyric acid and glutaminergic mechanisms.1,12,24,25
4. Are FGAs or SGAs more likely to cause NMS?
NMS is assumed to occur less frequently in patients treated with SGAs than in those receiving FGAs, although this hypothesisis unproven. Isolated reports of NMS have been associated with nearly every SGA.9-11 It is difficult to prove FGA vs SGA liabilities because:
- NMS is rare.
- Dosing practices may be more conser-vative now than in the past.
- Most clinicians are aware of the earlysigns of NMS.
In an epidemiological study of a large database, Stubner et al26 found that patients receiving SGAs had a lower risk of NMS than those treated with haloperidol.26 In this study, the overall rate of NMS was 0.02%.
NMS hotline data. We recently examined which medication classes were implicated in 111 NMS cases reported to the Neuroleptic Malignant Syndrome Information Service hotline (1-888-NMS-TEMP) between 1997 and 2006 (Figure). We included only cases of definite or probable NMS (as diagnosed by hotline consultants) in which a single antipsychotic was administered. Slightly more cases were attributed to FGAs (51%) than SGAs (45%). The remaining cases were attributed to neuroleptics used in medical settings (such as promethazineor prochlorperazine). Because they are now prescribed less often, FGAs accounted for a disproportionate number of NMS cases reported to the hotline. Haloperidol accounted for the majority of FGA cases and 44% of all cases. If we had excluded haloperidol and compared the NMS risk of SGAs to only intermediate- or low-potency FGAs, the relative advantage of SGAs would have been lost. On the other hand, it is clear that SGAs still carry a risk for NMS. Analyses suggest that the SGA-associated classic features of NMS—fever, muscle rigidity, and autonomic and mental status changes—are retained in patients receiving SGAs, although some may not develop the severe rigidity and extreme temperatures common in patients receiving FGAs.9-11 The milder clinical characteristics associated with SGAs may reflect more conservative prescribing patterns or increased awareness and earlier recognition of NMS, which would prevent fulminant presentations.
5. What is the evidence for specific NMS treatments?
NMS is rare, its presentation varies, and its progression is unpredictable. These factors make it difficult to evaluate treatments in controlled clinical trials, and data about the relative efficacy of specific interventions are scarce.
Even so, the notion that NMS represents an extreme variant of drug-induced parkinsonism or catatonia suggests that specific NMS treatments could be based on symptom severity or stage of presentation. We propose a treatment guideline basedon theoretical mechanisms and anecdotal data (Algorithm).2,27-29
Support. After immediate withdrawal of the offending medication, supportive therapy is the cornerstone of NMS treatment.1,2,27
For patients presenting with mild signs and symptoms, supportive care and careful clinical monitoring may be sufficient. Extreme hyperthermia demands volume resuscitation and cooling measures, intensive medical care, and careful monitoring for complications.
Treatment. Despite a lack of consensus on drug treatments for uncomplicated NMS, approximately 40% of patients with acute NMS receive pharmacologic treatments.2
Lorazepam, 1 to 2 mg parenterally, is a reasonable first-line therapy for NMS, especially in individuals with catatonic features.4,15-18,21,30,31 Some investigators recommend higher doses.15 Benzodiazepines are preferred if sedation is required in agitated NMS patients.4,15-18
Dopaminergic agents such as bromocriptine and amantadine enhance dopaminergic transmission to reverse parkinsonian symptoms and have been reported to reduce time to recovery and halve mortality rates when used alone or in conjunction with other treatments.13,27,32,33 Rapid discontinuation of these agents can result in rebound symptoms, although this may be true for any specific drug treatment of NMS.1,31,32
Dantrolene uncouples excitation-contraction coupling by enhancing calcium sequestration in sarcoplasmic reticulumin skeletal muscle and has been used to treat NMS hypermetabolic symptoms. Some reviews found improvement in up to 80% of NMS patients treated with dantrolene monotherapy.27,32-35 Compared with supportive care, time to recovery may be reduced—and mortality decreased by almost one-half—when dantrolene is used alone or in combination with other medications.
Not all case reports have shown that dantrolene, benzodiazepines, ordopaminergic agonists are effective in treating NMS.31,36 In our opinion, only advanced NMS cases—with extreme temperature elevations, severe rigidity, and evidence of systemic hypermetabolism—benefit from dantrolene treatment.1,2
ECT has been used successfully to reduce mortality from NMS and other catatonic-spectrum disorders. It is usually employed after supportive therapy and psychopharmacologic interventions fail.2,15,16,27,37 ECT for acute NMS typically consists of a series of 6 to 10 treatments with bilateral electrode placement. Daily ECT may be needed initially.15
6. Are antipsychotics contraindicated following an NMS episode?
The rate of NMS recurrence on retreatment with an antipsychotic has varied.38 We estimate that up to 30% of patients may be at risk of NMS recurrence when rechallenged with an antipsychotic.1 By following proper precautions (Table 2), however, you can safely treat most patients who require continued antipsychotic therapy.1,2 When you restart treatment, a lower-potency antipsychotic from a different chemical class may be a safer option than retrying the triggering agent, according to retrospective analyses of limited available data. A patient who develops NMS on a FGA might benefit from an SGA trial, although some risk of recurrence remains.1,10
Current Psychiatry 2007;6(8):89-95.
Drug brand names
- Amantadine • Symmetrel
- Bromocriptine • Parlodel
- Chlorpromazine • Thorazine
- Dantrolene • Dantrium
- Fluphenazine • Prolixin
- Haloperidol • Haldol
- Lorazepam • Ativan
- Loxapine • Loxitane
- Perphenazine • Trilafon
- Prochlorperazine • Compazine, Compro
- Promethazine • Phenergan
- Thioridazine • Mellaril
Disclosure
Dr. Strawn is an American Psychiatric Institute for Research and Education (APIRE)/Janssen Scholar.
Dr. Keck has received research support from or served as a consultant to Abbott Laboratories, American Diabetes Association, AstraZeneca Pharmaceuticals, Bristol-Myers Squibb, GlaxoSmithKline, Eli Lilly and Company, Janssen Pharmaceutica, National Institute of Mental Health, National Institute of Drug Abuse, Pfizer, Stanley Medical Research Institute, and UCB Pharma.
Dr. Caroff has received research support from Bristol-Myers Squibb, Ortho-McNeil Neurologics, and Pfizer.
Diagnosis and treatment of neuroleptic malignant syndrome (NMS) are controversial because this potentially life-threatening syndrome is rare and its presentation varies. These factors make it difficult to evaluate treatments in controlled clinical trials, and data about the relative efficacy of specific interventions are scarce. It may be possible, however, to develop rational treatment guidelines using empiric clinical data.1,2
This article examines the evidence related to 6 controversial aspects of NMS diagnosis and treatment:
- most-reliable risk factors
- NMS as a spectrum disorder
- what causes NMS
- NMS triggered by first-generation vs second-generation antipsychotics
- first-line interventions
- restarting antipsychotics after an NMS episode.
1. Are there reliable risk factors for NMS?
In small case-controlled studies, agitation, dehydration, and exhaustion were the most consistently found systemic factors believed to predispose patients taking antipsychotics to NMS (Table 1).3-5 Catatonia and organic brain syndromes may be separate risk factors.1,6
Preliminary studies also have implicated dopamine receptor abnormalities caused by genetic polymorphisms or effects of low serum iron.1,7,8 Pharmacologic studies have suggested that higher doses, rapid titration, and IM injections of antipsychotics are associated with increased NMS risk.3,5 Some studies suggest that 15% to 20% of NMS patients have a history of NMS episodes.1,2 In addition, high-potency first-generation antipsychotics (FGAs)—especially haloperidol—are assumed to carry higher risk than low-potency drugs and second-generation antipsychotics (SGAs), although this hypothesis remains difficult to prove.9-11
These risk factors, however, are not practical for estimating NMS risk in a given patient because they are relatively common compared with the low risk of NMS occurrence. For the vast majority of patients with psychotic symptoms, the benefits of properly indicated antipsychotic pharmacotherapy will outweigh the risks.
Table 1
| Systemic |
| Agitation |
| Dehydration |
| Exhaustion |
| Low serum iron concentrations (normal: 60 to 170 mcg/dL) |
| Diagnoses |
| History of NMS |
| Catatonia |
| Organic brain syndromes |
| Central nervous system |
| Dopamine receptor dysfunction |
| Basal ganglia dysfunction |
| Sympathetic nervous system dysfunction |
| Pharmacologic treatment* |
| Intramuscular or intravenous injections |
| High-potency dopamine antagonists |
| Rapid dose titration |
| High doses |
| FGAs compared with SGAs (?) |
*For individual patients, these common risk factors must be weighted again the benefits of antipsychotic therapy FGAs: first-generation antipsychotics; SGAs:second-generation antipsychotics; NMS: neuroleptic malignant syndromeSource: References 1-5
2. Is NMS related to parkinsonism, catatonia, or malignant hyperthermia?
Parkinsonsim. Some researchers have described NMS as an extreme parkinsonian crisis resulting from overwhelming blockade of dopamine pathways in the brain.1,2,12 In this view, NMS resembles the parkinsonian-hyperthermia syndrome that can occur in Parkinson's disease patients following abrupt discontinuation or loss of efficacy of dopaminergic therapy, which can be treated by reinstituting dopaminergic agents.13 Evidence to support this view includes:
- Parkinsonian signs are a cardinal feature of NMS.
- Withdrawal of dopamine agonists precipitates the syndrome.
- All triggering drugs are dopamine receptor antagonists.
- Risks of NMS correlates with drugs' dopamine receptor affinity.
- Dopaminergic agonists may be an effective treatment.
- Lesions in dopaminergic pathways produce a similar syndrome.
- Patients with NMS have demonstrated low cerebrospinal fluid concentrations of the dopamine metabolite homovanillic acid.14
Catatonia. Fink et al15 and others16-18 have persuasively argued that NMS represents a form of drug-induced malignant catatonia. Evidence supporting this includes:
- The 2 disorders share neuropsychiatric symptoms.
- Catalonic signs are common in NMS.19
- Malignant catatonia and NMS share physiologic and labratory signs.20
- Reintroduction of antipsychotics can acutely worsen both conditions.
- Benzodiazepines and electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) are effective treatments for both disorders.15-18
Lee21 examined the relationship between catatonic features and treatment response of 14 NMS patients. Most patients with catatonic symptoms responded to benzodiazepines, whereas none of those did who had an extrapyramidal-hyperthermic presentation without catatonia. Lee concluded that NMS is heterogeneous and may occur in catatonic and noncatatonic forms that differ in treatment response.
- similar clinical signs of rigidity, hyperthermia, and hypermetabolism
- similar psychologic and labratory signs, such as rhabdomyolysis
- hyperthermia in both responding to dantrolene.
Although the 2 are similar in presentation, malignant hyperthermia occurs intraoperatively and reflects a pharmacogenetic disorder of calcium regulation in skeletal muscle. Additionally, rigidity in malignant hyperthermia does not respond to peripheral-acting muscle relaxants.1,22 Evidence suggests that patients who have previously experienced an NMS episodes are not at risk for malignant hyperthermia.22
3. What is the pathophysiology of NMS?
NMS pathophysiology is complex and likely involves interplay between multiple central and systemic pathways and neurotransmitters. As described above, compelling evidence suggests that dopamine blockade plays a central role.12
Dopamine blockade in the hypothalamus is believed to contribute to thermoregulatory failure, and blockade in the nigrostriatal system likely contributes to muscle rigidity and hypermetabolism. The loss of dopaminergic input to the anterior cingulate-medial orbitofrontal circuit and the lateral orbitofrontal circuit likely con-tributes to the mental status changes and catatonic features seen in NMS.12
Some researchers have proposed competing or complementary hypotheses, however. For example, Gurrera23 proposed that patients who are prone to developing NMS have a vulnerability to a hyperactive and dysregulated sympathetic nervous system, and this trait—together with dopamine system disruption induced by dopamine-blocking agents—produces NMS. Other investigators have implicated serotonin, norepinephrine, gamma-aminobutyric acid and glutaminergic mechanisms.1,12,24,25
4. Are FGAs or SGAs more likely to cause NMS?
NMS is assumed to occur less frequently in patients treated with SGAs than in those receiving FGAs, although this hypothesisis unproven. Isolated reports of NMS have been associated with nearly every SGA.9-11 It is difficult to prove FGA vs SGA liabilities because:
- NMS is rare.
- Dosing practices may be more conser-vative now than in the past.
- Most clinicians are aware of the earlysigns of NMS.
In an epidemiological study of a large database, Stubner et al26 found that patients receiving SGAs had a lower risk of NMS than those treated with haloperidol.26 In this study, the overall rate of NMS was 0.02%.
NMS hotline data. We recently examined which medication classes were implicated in 111 NMS cases reported to the Neuroleptic Malignant Syndrome Information Service hotline (1-888-NMS-TEMP) between 1997 and 2006 (Figure). We included only cases of definite or probable NMS (as diagnosed by hotline consultants) in which a single antipsychotic was administered. Slightly more cases were attributed to FGAs (51%) than SGAs (45%). The remaining cases were attributed to neuroleptics used in medical settings (such as promethazineor prochlorperazine). Because they are now prescribed less often, FGAs accounted for a disproportionate number of NMS cases reported to the hotline. Haloperidol accounted for the majority of FGA cases and 44% of all cases. If we had excluded haloperidol and compared the NMS risk of SGAs to only intermediate- or low-potency FGAs, the relative advantage of SGAs would have been lost. On the other hand, it is clear that SGAs still carry a risk for NMS. Analyses suggest that the SGA-associated classic features of NMS—fever, muscle rigidity, and autonomic and mental status changes—are retained in patients receiving SGAs, although some may not develop the severe rigidity and extreme temperatures common in patients receiving FGAs.9-11 The milder clinical characteristics associated with SGAs may reflect more conservative prescribing patterns or increased awareness and earlier recognition of NMS, which would prevent fulminant presentations.
5. What is the evidence for specific NMS treatments?
NMS is rare, its presentation varies, and its progression is unpredictable. These factors make it difficult to evaluate treatments in controlled clinical trials, and data about the relative efficacy of specific interventions are scarce.
Even so, the notion that NMS represents an extreme variant of drug-induced parkinsonism or catatonia suggests that specific NMS treatments could be based on symptom severity or stage of presentation. We propose a treatment guideline basedon theoretical mechanisms and anecdotal data (Algorithm).2,27-29
Support. After immediate withdrawal of the offending medication, supportive therapy is the cornerstone of NMS treatment.1,2,27
For patients presenting with mild signs and symptoms, supportive care and careful clinical monitoring may be sufficient. Extreme hyperthermia demands volume resuscitation and cooling measures, intensive medical care, and careful monitoring for complications.
Treatment. Despite a lack of consensus on drug treatments for uncomplicated NMS, approximately 40% of patients with acute NMS receive pharmacologic treatments.2
Lorazepam, 1 to 2 mg parenterally, is a reasonable first-line therapy for NMS, especially in individuals with catatonic features.4,15-18,21,30,31 Some investigators recommend higher doses.15 Benzodiazepines are preferred if sedation is required in agitated NMS patients.4,15-18
Dopaminergic agents such as bromocriptine and amantadine enhance dopaminergic transmission to reverse parkinsonian symptoms and have been reported to reduce time to recovery and halve mortality rates when used alone or in conjunction with other treatments.13,27,32,33 Rapid discontinuation of these agents can result in rebound symptoms, although this may be true for any specific drug treatment of NMS.1,31,32
Dantrolene uncouples excitation-contraction coupling by enhancing calcium sequestration in sarcoplasmic reticulumin skeletal muscle and has been used to treat NMS hypermetabolic symptoms. Some reviews found improvement in up to 80% of NMS patients treated with dantrolene monotherapy.27,32-35 Compared with supportive care, time to recovery may be reduced—and mortality decreased by almost one-half—when dantrolene is used alone or in combination with other medications.
Not all case reports have shown that dantrolene, benzodiazepines, ordopaminergic agonists are effective in treating NMS.31,36 In our opinion, only advanced NMS cases—with extreme temperature elevations, severe rigidity, and evidence of systemic hypermetabolism—benefit from dantrolene treatment.1,2
ECT has been used successfully to reduce mortality from NMS and other catatonic-spectrum disorders. It is usually employed after supportive therapy and psychopharmacologic interventions fail.2,15,16,27,37 ECT for acute NMS typically consists of a series of 6 to 10 treatments with bilateral electrode placement. Daily ECT may be needed initially.15
6. Are antipsychotics contraindicated following an NMS episode?
The rate of NMS recurrence on retreatment with an antipsychotic has varied.38 We estimate that up to 30% of patients may be at risk of NMS recurrence when rechallenged with an antipsychotic.1 By following proper precautions (Table 2), however, you can safely treat most patients who require continued antipsychotic therapy.1,2 When you restart treatment, a lower-potency antipsychotic from a different chemical class may be a safer option than retrying the triggering agent, according to retrospective analyses of limited available data. A patient who develops NMS on a FGA might benefit from an SGA trial, although some risk of recurrence remains.1,10
Current Psychiatry 2007;6(8):89-95.
Drug brand names
- Amantadine • Symmetrel
- Bromocriptine • Parlodel
- Chlorpromazine • Thorazine
- Dantrolene • Dantrium
- Fluphenazine • Prolixin
- Haloperidol • Haldol
- Lorazepam • Ativan
- Loxapine • Loxitane
- Perphenazine • Trilafon
- Prochlorperazine • Compazine, Compro
- Promethazine • Phenergan
- Thioridazine • Mellaril
Disclosure
Dr. Strawn is an American Psychiatric Institute for Research and Education (APIRE)/Janssen Scholar.
Dr. Keck has received research support from or served as a consultant to Abbott Laboratories, American Diabetes Association, AstraZeneca Pharmaceuticals, Bristol-Myers Squibb, GlaxoSmithKline, Eli Lilly and Company, Janssen Pharmaceutica, National Institute of Mental Health, National Institute of Drug Abuse, Pfizer, Stanley Medical Research Institute, and UCB Pharma.
Dr. Caroff has received research support from Bristol-Myers Squibb, Ortho-McNeil Neurologics, and Pfizer.
1. Caroff SN. Neuroleptic malignant syndrome. In: Mann SC, Caroff SN, Keck PE Jr, Lazarus A, eds. Neuroleptic malignant syndrome and related conditions 2nd ed. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Publishing Inc; 2003; 1-44.
2. Strawn JR, Keck PE, Jr, Caroff SN. Neuroleptic malignant syndrome Am J Psychiatry 2007;164:870-6.
3. Keck PE, Jr, Pope HG, Jr, Cohen BM, et al. Risk factors for neuroleptic malignant syndrome Arch Gen Psychiatry 1989;46:914-18.
4. Rosebush PI, Stewart TD. A prospective analysis of 24 episodes of neuroleptic malignant syndrome Am J Psychiatry 1989;146:717-25.
5. Berardi D, Amore M, Keck PE, Jr, et al. Clinical and pharmacologic risk factors for neuroleptic malignant syndrome: a case-control study. Biol Psychiatry 1998;44:748-54.
6. White DA, Robins AH. Catatonia: harbinger of the neuroleptic malignant syndrome Br J Psychiatry 1991;158:419-21.
7. Rosebush PI, Mazurek MF. Serum iron and neuroleptic malignant syndrome. Lancet 1991;338:149-51.
8. Lee JW. Serum iron in catatonia and neuroleptic malignant syndrome Biol Psychiatry 1998;44:499-507.
9. Ananth J, Parameswaran S, Gunatilake S, et al. Neuroleptic malignant syndrome and atypical antipsychotic drugs J Clin Psychiatry 2004;65:464-70.
10. Caroff SN, Mann SC, Campbell EC. Atypical antipsychotics and neuroleptic malignant syndrome Psychiatr Ann 2000;30:314-21.
11. Hasan S, Buckley P. Novel antipsychotics and the neuroleptic malignant syndrome Am J Psychiatry 1998;155:1113-16.
12. Mann SC, Caroff SN, Fricchione G, Campbell EC. Central dopamine hypoactivity and the pathogenesis of neuroleptic malignant syndrome Psychiatr Ann 2000;30:363-74.
13. Factor SA, Santiago A. Parkinsonism-hyperpyrexia syndrome in Parkinson’s disease. In: Frucht SJ, Fahn S, eds. Movement disorder emergencies: diagnosis and treatment. Totowa, NJ: Humana Press; 2005; 29-40.
14. Nisijima K, Ishiguro T. Cerebrospinal fluid levels of monoamine metabolites and gamma-aminobutyric acid in neuroleptic malignant syndrome. J Psychiatr Res 1995;27:233-44.
15. Fink M, Taylor MA. Neuroleptic malignant syndrome is malignant catatonia, warranting treatments efficacious for catatonia. Prog Neuropsychopharmacol Biol Psychiatry 2006;30:1182-3.
16. Fricchione G, Bush G, Fozdar M, et al. Recognition and treatment of the catatonic syndrome. J Intensive Care Med 1997;12:135-47.
17. Philbrick KL, Rummans TA. Malignant catatonia. J Neuropsychiatry Clin Neurosci 1994;6:1-13.
18. Mann SC, Caroff SN, Bleier HR, et al. Lethal catatonia. Am J Psychiatry 1986;143:1374-81.
19. Koch M, Chandragiri S, Rizvi S, et al. Catatonic signs in neuroleptic malignant syndrome. Compr Psychiatry 2000;41:73-5.
20. Lee JW. Laboratory findings. In: Caroff SN, Mann SC, Francis A, Fricchoine GL, eds. Catatonia: from psychopathology to neurobiology Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press, Inc; 2004; 65-75.
21. Lee JW. Catatonic variants, hyperthermic extrapyramidal reactions, and subtypes of neuroleptic malignant syndrome. Ann Clin Psychiatry 2007;19:9-16.
22. Caroff SN, Rosenberg H, Mann SC, et al. Neuroleptic malignant syndrome in the perioperative setting. Am J Anesthesiol 2001;28:387-93.
23. Gurrera RJ. Sympathoadrenal hyperactivity and the etiology of neuroleptic malignant syndrome. Am J Psychiatry 1999;156:169-80.
24. Carroll BT. The universal field hypothesis of catatonia and neuroleptic malignant syndrome. CNS Spectr 2000;5:26-33.
25. Weller M, Kornhuber J. A rationale for NMDA receptor antagonist therapy of the neuroleptic malignant syndrome. Med Hypotheses 1992;38:329-33.
26. Stubner S, Rustenbeck E, Grohmann R, et al. Severe and uncommon involuntary movement disorders due to psychotropic drugs. Pharmacopsychiatry 2004;37(suppl 1):S54-S64.
27. Davis JM, Caroff SN, Mann SC. Treatment of neuroleptic malignant syndrome. Psychiatr Ann 2000;30:325-31.
28. Adityanjee PA, Singh S, Singh G, Ong S. Spectrum concept of neuroleptic malignant syndrome. Br J Psychiatry 1988;153:107-11.
29. Woodbury MM, Woodbury MA. Neuroleptic-induced catatonia as a stage in the progression toward neuroleptic malignant syndrome. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry 1992;31:1161-4.
30. Francis A, Chondragivi S, Rizvi S, et al. Is lorazepam a treatment for neuroleptic malignant syndrome? CNS Spectr 2000;5:54-7.
31. Rosebush PI, Stewart T, Mazurek MF. The treatment of neuroleptic malignant syndrome. Are dantrolene and bromocriptine useful adjuncts to supportive care? Br J Psychiatry 1991;159:709-12.
32. Sakkas P, Davis JM, Janicak PG, Wang ZY. Drug treatment of the neuroleptic malignant syndrome. Psychopharmacol Bull 1991;27:381-4.
33. Rosenberg MR, Green M. Neuroleptic malignant syndrome: review of response to therapy. Arch Intern Med 1989;149:1927-31.
34. Yamawaki S, Morio M, Kazamutsuri G, et al. Clinical evaluation and effective usage of dantrolene sodium in neuroleptic malignant syndrome. Kiso to Rinsyou (Clinical Reports) 1993;27:1045-66.
35. Tsutsumi Y, Yamamoto K, Matsuura S, et al. The treatment of neuroleptic malignant syndrome using dantrolene sodium. Psychiatry Clin Neurosci 1998;52:433-8.
36. Reulbach U, Dutsch C, Biermann T, et al. Managing an effective treatment for neuroleptic malignant syndrome. Crit Care 2007;11:R4.-
37. Troller JN, Sachdev PS. Electroconvulsive treatment of neuroleptic malignant syndrome: a review and report of cases. Aust N Z J Psychiatry 1999;33:650-9.
38. Pope HG, Aizley HG, Keck PE, Jr, McElroy SL. Neuroleptic malignant syndrome: long term follow-up of 20 cases. J Clin Psychiatry 1991;52:208-12.
1. Caroff SN. Neuroleptic malignant syndrome. In: Mann SC, Caroff SN, Keck PE Jr, Lazarus A, eds. Neuroleptic malignant syndrome and related conditions 2nd ed. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Publishing Inc; 2003; 1-44.
2. Strawn JR, Keck PE, Jr, Caroff SN. Neuroleptic malignant syndrome Am J Psychiatry 2007;164:870-6.
3. Keck PE, Jr, Pope HG, Jr, Cohen BM, et al. Risk factors for neuroleptic malignant syndrome Arch Gen Psychiatry 1989;46:914-18.
4. Rosebush PI, Stewart TD. A prospective analysis of 24 episodes of neuroleptic malignant syndrome Am J Psychiatry 1989;146:717-25.
5. Berardi D, Amore M, Keck PE, Jr, et al. Clinical and pharmacologic risk factors for neuroleptic malignant syndrome: a case-control study. Biol Psychiatry 1998;44:748-54.
6. White DA, Robins AH. Catatonia: harbinger of the neuroleptic malignant syndrome Br J Psychiatry 1991;158:419-21.
7. Rosebush PI, Mazurek MF. Serum iron and neuroleptic malignant syndrome. Lancet 1991;338:149-51.
8. Lee JW. Serum iron in catatonia and neuroleptic malignant syndrome Biol Psychiatry 1998;44:499-507.
9. Ananth J, Parameswaran S, Gunatilake S, et al. Neuroleptic malignant syndrome and atypical antipsychotic drugs J Clin Psychiatry 2004;65:464-70.
10. Caroff SN, Mann SC, Campbell EC. Atypical antipsychotics and neuroleptic malignant syndrome Psychiatr Ann 2000;30:314-21.
11. Hasan S, Buckley P. Novel antipsychotics and the neuroleptic malignant syndrome Am J Psychiatry 1998;155:1113-16.
12. Mann SC, Caroff SN, Fricchione G, Campbell EC. Central dopamine hypoactivity and the pathogenesis of neuroleptic malignant syndrome Psychiatr Ann 2000;30:363-74.
13. Factor SA, Santiago A. Parkinsonism-hyperpyrexia syndrome in Parkinson’s disease. In: Frucht SJ, Fahn S, eds. Movement disorder emergencies: diagnosis and treatment. Totowa, NJ: Humana Press; 2005; 29-40.
14. Nisijima K, Ishiguro T. Cerebrospinal fluid levels of monoamine metabolites and gamma-aminobutyric acid in neuroleptic malignant syndrome. J Psychiatr Res 1995;27:233-44.
15. Fink M, Taylor MA. Neuroleptic malignant syndrome is malignant catatonia, warranting treatments efficacious for catatonia. Prog Neuropsychopharmacol Biol Psychiatry 2006;30:1182-3.
16. Fricchione G, Bush G, Fozdar M, et al. Recognition and treatment of the catatonic syndrome. J Intensive Care Med 1997;12:135-47.
17. Philbrick KL, Rummans TA. Malignant catatonia. J Neuropsychiatry Clin Neurosci 1994;6:1-13.
18. Mann SC, Caroff SN, Bleier HR, et al. Lethal catatonia. Am J Psychiatry 1986;143:1374-81.
19. Koch M, Chandragiri S, Rizvi S, et al. Catatonic signs in neuroleptic malignant syndrome. Compr Psychiatry 2000;41:73-5.
20. Lee JW. Laboratory findings. In: Caroff SN, Mann SC, Francis A, Fricchoine GL, eds. Catatonia: from psychopathology to neurobiology Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press, Inc; 2004; 65-75.
21. Lee JW. Catatonic variants, hyperthermic extrapyramidal reactions, and subtypes of neuroleptic malignant syndrome. Ann Clin Psychiatry 2007;19:9-16.
22. Caroff SN, Rosenberg H, Mann SC, et al. Neuroleptic malignant syndrome in the perioperative setting. Am J Anesthesiol 2001;28:387-93.
23. Gurrera RJ. Sympathoadrenal hyperactivity and the etiology of neuroleptic malignant syndrome. Am J Psychiatry 1999;156:169-80.
24. Carroll BT. The universal field hypothesis of catatonia and neuroleptic malignant syndrome. CNS Spectr 2000;5:26-33.
25. Weller M, Kornhuber J. A rationale for NMDA receptor antagonist therapy of the neuroleptic malignant syndrome. Med Hypotheses 1992;38:329-33.
26. Stubner S, Rustenbeck E, Grohmann R, et al. Severe and uncommon involuntary movement disorders due to psychotropic drugs. Pharmacopsychiatry 2004;37(suppl 1):S54-S64.
27. Davis JM, Caroff SN, Mann SC. Treatment of neuroleptic malignant syndrome. Psychiatr Ann 2000;30:325-31.
28. Adityanjee PA, Singh S, Singh G, Ong S. Spectrum concept of neuroleptic malignant syndrome. Br J Psychiatry 1988;153:107-11.
29. Woodbury MM, Woodbury MA. Neuroleptic-induced catatonia as a stage in the progression toward neuroleptic malignant syndrome. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry 1992;31:1161-4.
30. Francis A, Chondragivi S, Rizvi S, et al. Is lorazepam a treatment for neuroleptic malignant syndrome? CNS Spectr 2000;5:54-7.
31. Rosebush PI, Stewart T, Mazurek MF. The treatment of neuroleptic malignant syndrome. Are dantrolene and bromocriptine useful adjuncts to supportive care? Br J Psychiatry 1991;159:709-12.
32. Sakkas P, Davis JM, Janicak PG, Wang ZY. Drug treatment of the neuroleptic malignant syndrome. Psychopharmacol Bull 1991;27:381-4.
33. Rosenberg MR, Green M. Neuroleptic malignant syndrome: review of response to therapy. Arch Intern Med 1989;149:1927-31.
34. Yamawaki S, Morio M, Kazamutsuri G, et al. Clinical evaluation and effective usage of dantrolene sodium in neuroleptic malignant syndrome. Kiso to Rinsyou (Clinical Reports) 1993;27:1045-66.
35. Tsutsumi Y, Yamamoto K, Matsuura S, et al. The treatment of neuroleptic malignant syndrome using dantrolene sodium. Psychiatry Clin Neurosci 1998;52:433-8.
36. Reulbach U, Dutsch C, Biermann T, et al. Managing an effective treatment for neuroleptic malignant syndrome. Crit Care 2007;11:R4.-
37. Troller JN, Sachdev PS. Electroconvulsive treatment of neuroleptic malignant syndrome: a review and report of cases. Aust N Z J Psychiatry 1999;33:650-9.
38. Pope HG, Aizley HG, Keck PE, Jr, McElroy SL. Neuroleptic malignant syndrome: long term follow-up of 20 cases. J Clin Psychiatry 1991;52:208-12.
Is it Alzheimer’s? How to pare down the possibilities
Accurate and early diagnosis of Alzheimer’s disease (AD) is evolving, and—although not yet definitive—is no longer one of exclusion. With a careful in-office work-up and routine assessment tools, you can accurately identify >90% of patients with late-onset AD.1
AD is by far the most common cause of dementia in older patients. To help you make the diagnosis, this state-of-the-art article discusses:
- AD’s clinical presentation and course
- the role of neuropsychological tests for assessing cognitive and functional status
- neuropsychiatric and medical findings that differentiate AD from other dementia causes
- indications for structural neuroimaging with CT or MRI.
Presentation and course
Variability. AD’s gradual onset and progression are characterized by prominent memory loss, anomia, constructional apraxia, anosognosia, and personality changes with affect deregulation, behavioral disturbance, and distorted perception.1 Amnesia—particularly deficits in anterograde episodic memory—is the most common presentation, but the disease course is heterogeneous and may be affected by:
- patient age at onset
- illness severity at diagnosis
- comorbid medical and neuropsychiatric illnesses
- premorbid cerebral reserves (amount of brain damage a person can sustain before reaching a threshold for the clinical expression of dementia).1-3
Researchers are investigating surrogates for detecting Alzheimer’s disease (AD) and monitoring disease progression.5
Serum and CSF markers. AD is viewed as a series of sequential events, beginning with beta-amyloid (β-amyloid) accumulation and progressing through a pathophysiologic cascade to cell death, transmitter deficit, and dementia. A unique biomarker may be associated with each event, either in the primary disease process of β-amyloid production and accumulation or intermediate processes such as tau hyperphosphorylation, oxidation, and inflammation.5,6
These biochemical markers are found more consistently in cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) than peripherally. Lower CSF β-amyloid (especially β-amyloid 42) and higher CSF tau and tau-phosphorylated (p-tau) have been found in AD patients compared with normal and disease controls.7 Some overlap exists, however, among AD and other dementias. Other possible serum, CSF, and urine markers include isoprostanes, sulfatides, oxysterols, homocysteine, apolipoprotein E, alpha 1-antichymotrypsin, 3-nitrotyrosine, and more.8 No biomarkers are available or recommended for clinical use at this time.
Neuroimaging. Amyloid imaging tracers may increase the capacity of single photon emission computed tomography (SPECT) and positron emission tomography (PET) to detect AD pathology. These tracers have high binding affinity for amyloid and may enable PET/SPECT to detect amyloid deposits in vivo.
Amyloid radioligands are being developed and tested as potential clinical diagnostic tools and surrogate biomarkers of antiamyloid therapies. A radioligand that targets amyloid and neurofibrillary tangles in AD has been developed recently for use as a research tool.
Mild AD. An individual or close companion may notice increased forgetfulness and word-finding difficulties, a tendency to lose or misplace things, repeated questioning, and some disorientation. Motor skills are intact.
Severe AD. An individual with late-stage disease has severe impairment and can be bedridden, incontinent, and unable to under-stand or speak. Full-time care is required.
Staging informs treatment. In clinical trials, patients with mild-to-moderate AD consistently show small improvements in cognitive and global function when treated with acetylcholinesterase inhibitors (AChEIs) such as donepezil, rivastigmine, and galantamine.4 Donepezil also is approved for use in severe AD.
Memantine is indicated for symptomatic treatment of moderate-to-severe AD. It differs in mechanism of action from the AChEIs and is thought to inhibit cytotoxic overstimulation of glutamatergic neurons.4 For moderately advanced AD, memantine appears to be beneficial alone or in combination with AChEIs.
Dementia assessment
Clinical assessment has low sensitivity for early-phase AD and compromised specificity in advanced stages, where all dementia subtypes are similar and comorbidities may confuse the picture. Promising surrogate biomarkers and other diagnostic tools are being developed (Box 1),5-8 but definitive AD diagnosis still requires post-mortem histopathologic examination of the cerebral cortex.
Neuropsychological tests disclose a degree of intellectual impairment that correlates with functional impairment and may be particularly useful for assessing:
- mild cognitive impairment when diagnosis is doubtful
- cases where major lifestyle changes may be required, such as driving cessation or assisted-living placement.
These tests can examine performance across different domains of cognitive function, including orientation, memory, attention, naming, comprehension, and praxis.
Limitations. Neuropsychological tests have limitations, including cost and administration time. Some older patients find the tests distressing or tiring, and those with severe dementia are incapable of participating. Patients’ anxiety about taking tests, poor test-taking skills, low motivation/effort, and language, cultural, and educational variables limit these tests’ usefulness and may influence results.
Interpret a neuropsychological evaluation in the context of other clinical data, such as informant-based history of cognitive decline, evidence of impairment in independent activities of daily living, educational background, depression assessment, sensory impairment, or factors other than dementia that may account for impaired performance.
History and physical exam. Depending on the AD stage at presentation, patients might not be a reliable source of information. For a realistic and unbiased history and evaluation, assess the patient separately and obtain collateral information from reliable informants.
In typical cases, the history guides the physical/neurologic examination. Advancing age and family history are confirmed risk factors for AD; others may include:
- female gender (after age 80)
- cardiovascular disease (such as cerebral infarcts, hypertension, elevated cholesterol/homocysteine, smoking, and diabetes mellitus)
- history of head trauma, especially with loss of consciousness.
Early and accurate diagnosis of AD is challenging in patients with mixed dementias, comorbid neurologic diseases, or atypical features. Patients with these presentations may require referral to an expert clinician, extensive workup, or longitudinal follow-up before the diagnosis becomes clear.
Neuropsychological testing. Most mental status tests examine orientation, attention/concentration, learning, memory, language, and constructional praxis. The Folstein Mini-Mental State Examination (MMSE)9 is the most widely used and well-validated mental status test. A score of 10 to 20 on the MMSE is generally considered as moderate AD, and 10 Other mental status testing options include:
- Blessed Information-Memory-Concentration (BIMC)
- Blessed Orientation-Memory-Concentration (BOMC)
- Short Test of Mental Status (STMS)
- Saint Louis University Mental Status (SLUMS).11,12
Reversible causes. If the patient is generally healthy, a core of laboratory tests is recommended in the diagnostic workup (Table 1).6,15 Other options include:
- CSF examination for atypical presentations, such as unusually rapid symptom progression, altered consciousness, or other neurologic manifestations
- EEG to differentiate delirium, seizure disorders, encephalopathies, or a rapidly progressing dementia such as CreutzfeldtJakob disease.
Because delirium may be the initial presentation of AD or reversible causes, re-evaluate patients for dementia after delirium clears.
Neuroimaging. Structural neuroimaging with a noncontrast CT or MRI is appropriate in the initial evaluation of patients with dementia.17 More routinely, it is used to exclude rare but potentially correctable dementia causes, such as space-occupying lesions.18 Hippocampal and entorhinal volume are measured most often in discriminating AD from non-demented aging and other dementias.19
Positron emission tomography (PET) using fluorine-18-labeled deoxyglucose (FDG) may help differentiate characteristic patterns of cerebral hypometabolism in the temporoparietal lobes in AD from fronto-temporal dementia (FTD) and other less common dementias, particularly during the earliest stages of the disease.19 Medi-care reimbursement for brain PET is limited to differentiating FTD from AD.
Table 1
Recommended lab tests for Alzheimer’s disease workup
| Test | Rationale |
|---|---|
| CBC | Anemia and signs of infection |
| Vitamin B12 | Related to reversible dementia, anemia |
| Folate | Related to reversible dementia, anemia |
| Homocysteine | More accurate than individual B12/folate tests |
| C-reactive protein | Ongoing inflamatory reaction |
| Thyroid function | Hypothyroidism (reversible dementia) |
| Liver function | Metabolic causes of cognitive impairment |
| Renal function | Uremia, metabolic causes of cognitive impairment |
| Electrolytes | Hypo/hypernatremia as a cognitive impairment cause |
| Glucose | Recurrent hypoglycemia, diabetes mellitus |
| Lipid panel | Vascular dementia risk factor |
| Baseline ECG | Cardiac abnormalities as vascular risk factors |
| STS (optional) | Neurosyphilis |
| CBC: complete blood count; ECG: electrocardiogram; | |
| STS: serologic test for syphilis | |
| Source: Adapted from references 6,15 | |
Detecting causes of potentially reversible cognitive impairment
| Cause | Examples | Suggested tests |
|---|---|---|
| Space-occupying lesions | Subdural hematoma, benign tumors, hydrocephalus | CT/MRI without contrast |
| Infectious diseases | AIDS dementia complex, syphilis, Lyme disease | Serologic tests |
| Endocrinopathies/ metabolic/autoimmune disorders | Hypothyroidism, Cushing’s disease, uremia, hepatic encephalopathy, Wilson’s disease, recurrent hypoglycemia, chronic hypocalcemia, multiple sclerosis, disseminated SLE, sarcoidosis | Thyroid panel, renal and liver function tests, electrolytes, slit lamp test, serum ceruloplasmin |
| Psychiatric | Depression, alcohol dependence | Geriatric Depression Scale, assess vitamin deficiency states |
| Nutritional deficiencies | Vitamin B12, thiamine (Wernicke-Korsakoff syndrome), pyridoxine, niacin (pellagra) | Vitamin B12, homocysteine |
| Medication effects | Benzodiazepines, barbiturates, anticholinergics, opioid analgesics, antihypertensives, antiarrhythmics, antidepressants, anticonvulsants, cardiac drugs such as digitalis and derivatives (among others) | Review patients’ medications for drugs that can cause cognitive changes |
| Others | Autoimmune diseases, heavy metals, illicit drugs, obstructive sleep apnea | Drug screens and specific tests |
Diagnostic criteria
NINCDS-ADRDA. Neuropsychological AD assessment criteria developed by the National Institute of Neurological and Communicative Disorders and Stroke and Alzheimer’s Disease and Related Disorders Association (NINCDS-ADRDA) classify AD as probable, possible, or definite:
Possible AD is considered when a patient has an atypical onset, presentation, or course and other secondary illnesses capable of producing dementia are not believed to be the cause.
Definite AD requires histopathologic evidence of AD in addition to fulfilling criteria for probable AD.20
DSM-IV-TR. Similar but broader DSM-IVTR criteria describe an insidious progressive cognitive decline that affects recent memory and ≥1 other cognitive domain (apraxia, aphasia, agnosia, or executive functioning). This cognitive decline impairs social and occupational function, represents a change from a higher level, and is not due to other causes such as delirium.21
NINCDS-ADRDA and DSM-IV-TR criteria have comparable sensitivity and specificity for clinical AD diagnosis. Neither requires neuropathologic or genetic assessment (Box 3).15,17,22-24 Neuroimaging and other tests may be required to rule out other brain diseases that may cause dementia.
Other causes of dementia
Mild cognitive impairment (MCI) may represent a prodromal state for the earliest clinical manifestations of dementia. Symptoms include memory complaints but generally preserved activities of daily living.
Originally introduced to define a progressive, single-symptom amnestic syndrome, MCI has evolved into a classification of amnestic and non-amnestic MCI with single or multiple domains.25 Amnestic MCI is the most specifically correlated with AD.26 Neurobiologic similarities between amnestic MCI and clinically diagnosed AD include:
- neuropsychiatric symptoms, such as apathy, mood disturbance, irritability and anxiety
- over-representation of the APOE ε4 allele
- volumetric loss in the entorhinal cortex and hippocampus as measured by MRI
- Glucose hypometabolism in AD-typical regions as measured by FDG-PET
- neuronal loss in vulnerable brain regions.26
Dementia with Lewy bodies (DLB) is the second most common dementing disorder in late life—after Alzheimer’s dementia— and two-thirds of DLB cases overlap with AD. Core DLB clinical features include early recurrent visual hallucinations, fluctuating cognition, spontaneous parkinsonism, and sensitivity to conventional antipsychotics.15,28
Parkinson’s disease (PD) and DLB may represent a clinicopathologic continuum, and substantial overlap exists among AD, DLB, and PD in underlying disease process and clinical presentation.15,29 Hallucinations, depression, delusions, and delusional misidentification are seen more often in patients with DLB than AD.15
Vascular dementia (VaD) was once thought to account for 15% to 20% of dementing illnesses, but discrete VaD is now viewed as much less common. Whatever the underlying vasculopathy, vascular lesions often co-exist with other causes of dementia—usually AD (in 77% of presumed VaD cases).30
Compared with AD, patients with VaD have a more subcortical dementia with difficulty retrieving words, organizing and solving complex problems, “absent-mindedness,” and psychomotor slowing with relatively preserved language skills. VaD is thought to have a more abrupt onset than AD and “stepladder” deterioration.
Frontotemporal dementia (FTD)—such as Pick’s disease—is associated with focal atrophy of the frontal and/or temporal lobes. Mean onset is age 52 to 56, and FTD is less common than AD, VaD, or DLB.
FTD often presents with gradual personality changes (with inappropriate responses or activities) or language changes (with severe naming difficulty and problems with word meaning).31 Features that may help differentiate FTD from AD include:
- disinhibition/apathy with personality change
- affect disregulation
- behavioral disturbance (frontal type) and expressive/receptive language changes (semantic or primary progressive aphasia) with relatively mild memory loss.32,33
Other neurodegenerative diseases that might present with dementia include PD, Huntington’s disease, progressive supra-nuclear palsy, corticobasal degeneration, and Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease.33
Genetic testing may become important for high-risk patients or early-stage Alzheimer’s disease (AD) when preventive/ disease-modifying therapy becomes available. At this time, however, the clinical value and implications of genetic tests remain controversial.17,22
Apolipoprotein E (APOE). The APOE ε4 allele is an established risk factor for AD,23,24 but limitations of APOE testing include:
- inability to predict with sufficient certainty whether or when a person might develop AD
- risk of false alarm or false reassurance
- no established treatment exists for a person with this genetic risk.
Amyloid precursor protein (APP), presenilin 1 (PS1), presenilin 2 (PS2). Age 15
- Mutations are rare (~1% of AD cases).
- Increased APP transcriptional activity is an AD risk factor; onset age correlates inversely with levels of APP expression.
- PS1 mutation testing may benefit patients with early-onset familial AD. If this mutation is found, other presymptomatic at-risk family members may wish to be tested so they can make important life decisions based on the results.17,22 Careful pre- and post-test counseling is critical.
Related resources
- Morris JC. Dementia update 2005. Alzheimer Dis Assoc Disord 2005;19:100-17.
- Boeve BF. A review of the non-Alzheimer dementias. J Clin Psychiatry 2006;67(12)1985-2001.
- Medscape. Alzheimer’s disease resource center. www.medscape.com/resource/alzheimers.
- Donepezil • Aricept
- Memantine • Namenda
- Galantamine • Razadyne
- Rivastigmine • Exelon
Dr. Gebretsadik reports no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.
Dr. Grossberg receives grant/research support from Abbott Laboratories, Bristol-Myers Squibb, Forest Laboratories, Eli Lilly and Company, Novartis, Pfizer Inc., Wyeth, Elan, Myriad, Ono Pharmaceutical, and the Alzheimer’s Disease Cooperative Study Consortium. He is a consultant to Bristol-Myers Squibb, Forest Laboratories, GlaxoSmithKline, Janssen Pharmaceutica, Novartis, AstraZeneca, Wyeth, Pfizer Inc., Takeda, and Sepracor.
1. Cummings JL. Clinical evaluation as a biomarker for Alzheimer’s disease. J Alzheimer’s Dis 2005;8:327-37.
2. Hodges JR. Alzheimer’s centennial legacy: origins, landmarks and the current status of knowledge concerning cognitive aspects. Brain 2006;129:2811-22.
3. Stern Y. Cognitive reserve and Alzheimer disease. Alzheimer Dis Assoc Disord 2006;20:112-7.
4. Lleó A, Greenberg SM, Growdon JH. Current pharmacotherapy for Alzheimer’s disease. Annu Rev Med 2006;57:513-33.
5. Kennedy GJ, Golde TE, Tarriot PN, Cummings JL. Amyloid-based interventions in Alzheimer’s disease. CNS Spectr 2007;12: 1(suppl 1):1-14.
6. Van der Flier WM, Scheltens P. Use of laboratory and imaging investigations in dementia. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 2005;76:45-52.
7. Galasko D. Biomarkers for Alzheimer’s disease—clinical needs and application. J Alzheimer’s Dis 2005;8:339-46.
8. Sunderland T, Hampel H, Takeda M, et al. Biomarkers in the diagnosis of Alzheimer’s disease: are we ready? J Geriatr Psychiatry Neurol 2006;19:172-9.
9. Folstein MF, Folstein SE, McHugh PR. “Mini-mental state.” A practical method for grading the cognitive state of patients for the clinician. J Psychiatr Res 1975;12(3):189-98.
10. Perneczky R, Wagenpfeil S, Komossa K, et al. Mapping scores onto stages: Mini-Mental State Examination and Clinical Dementia Rating. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 2006;14:139-44.
11. Tariq SH, Tumosa N, Chibnall JT, et al. Comparison of the Saint Louis University mental status examination and the Mini-Mental State Examination for detecting dementia and mild neurocognitive disorder—a pilot study. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 2006;14(11):897-9.
12. Agency for Health Care Policy and Research Recognition and initial assessment of Alzheimer’s disease and related dementias. Comparison of mental and functional status tests according to three phases of discrimination difficulty. Available at:http://ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/bv.fcgi?rid=hstat6.table.31677. Accesssed November 6, 2007.
13. Sano M. Neuropsychological testing in the diagnosis of dementia. J Geriatr Psychiatry Neurol 2006;19:155-9.
14. Mohs RC. Neuropsychological assessment of patients with Alzheimer’s disease. In: Psychopharmacology—the fourth generation of progress American College of Neuropsychopharmacology. Available at: http://www.acnp.org/ g4/GN401000133/Default.htm. Accessed November 6, 2007.
15. Morris JC. Dementia update 2005. Alzheimer Dis Assoc Disord 2005;19:100-17.
16. Clarfield AM. Reversible dementia—the implications of a fall in prevalence. Age Ageing 2005;34:544-5.
17. Roberts JS, Cupples LA, Relkin NR, et al. Genetic risk assessment for adult children of people with Alzheimer’s disease: the Risk Evaluation and Education for AD (REVEAL) study. J Geriatr Psychiatry Neurol 2005;18:250-5.
18. Frisoni GB. Structural imaging in the clinical diagnosis of Alzheimer’s disease: problems and tools. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 2001;70:711-18.
19. Ramani A, Jensen JH, Helpern JA. Quantitative MR imaging in Alzheimer disease. Radiology 2006;241(1):26-44.
20. McKhann G, Drachman D, Folstein M, et al. Clinical diagnosis of Alzheimer’s disease: report of the NINCDS-ADRDA Work Group under the auspices of Department of Health and Human Services Task Force on Alzheimer’s Disease. Neurology 1984;34(7):939-44.
21. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders 4th ed text rev. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2000.
22. Roberts JS, Barber M, Brown T, et al. Who seeks genetic susceptibility testing for Alzheimer’s disease? Findings from a multi-site, randomized clinical trial. Genet Med 2004;6(4):197-203.
23. Van der Flier WM, Scheltens P. Epidemiology and risk factors of dementia. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 2005;76:2-7.
24. Blacker D, Lovestone S. Genetics and dementia nosology. J Geriatr Psychiatry Neurol 2006;19:186-91.
25. Busse A, Bischkopf J, Reidel-Heller SG, Angermeyer MS. Subclassifications for mild cognitive impairment: prevalence and predictive validity. Psychol Med 2003;33(6):1029-38.
26. Rasquin SM, Lodder J, Visser PJ, et al. Predictive accuracy of MCI subtypes for Alzheimer’s disease and vascular dementia in subjects with mild cognitive impairment: a 2-year followup study. Dement Geriatr Cogn Disord 2005;19(2-3):113-19.
27. Boyle PA, Wilson RS, Aggarwal NT, et al. Mild cognitive impairment: risk of Alzheimer disease and rate of cognitive decline. Neurology 2006;67:441-5.
28. Geser F, Wenning GK, Poewe W, McKeith I. How to diagnose dementia with Lewy bodies: state of the art. Mov Disord 2005;20(suppl 12):S11-S20.
29. Hardy J. The relationship between Lewy body disease, Parkinson’s disease, and Alzheimer’s disease. Ann NY Acad Sci 2003;991:167-70.
30. Jellinger KA. Vascular-ischemic dementia: an update. J Neural Transm 2002;62(suppl):1-23.
31. McKhann GM, Albert MS, Grossman M, et al. Clinical and pathological diagnosis of frontotemporal dementia: report of the Work Group on Frontotemporal Dementia and Pick’s Disease. Arch Neurol 2001;58:1803-9.
32. Boxer AL, Miller BL. Clinical features of frontotemporal dementia. Alzheimer Dis Assoc Disord 2005;19(suppl):S3-S6.
33. Boeve BF. A review of the non-Alzheimer dementias. J Clin Psychiatry 2006;67(12):1985-2001.
Accurate and early diagnosis of Alzheimer’s disease (AD) is evolving, and—although not yet definitive—is no longer one of exclusion. With a careful in-office work-up and routine assessment tools, you can accurately identify >90% of patients with late-onset AD.1
AD is by far the most common cause of dementia in older patients. To help you make the diagnosis, this state-of-the-art article discusses:
- AD’s clinical presentation and course
- the role of neuropsychological tests for assessing cognitive and functional status
- neuropsychiatric and medical findings that differentiate AD from other dementia causes
- indications for structural neuroimaging with CT or MRI.
Presentation and course
Variability. AD’s gradual onset and progression are characterized by prominent memory loss, anomia, constructional apraxia, anosognosia, and personality changes with affect deregulation, behavioral disturbance, and distorted perception.1 Amnesia—particularly deficits in anterograde episodic memory—is the most common presentation, but the disease course is heterogeneous and may be affected by:
- patient age at onset
- illness severity at diagnosis
- comorbid medical and neuropsychiatric illnesses
- premorbid cerebral reserves (amount of brain damage a person can sustain before reaching a threshold for the clinical expression of dementia).1-3
Researchers are investigating surrogates for detecting Alzheimer’s disease (AD) and monitoring disease progression.5
Serum and CSF markers. AD is viewed as a series of sequential events, beginning with beta-amyloid (β-amyloid) accumulation and progressing through a pathophysiologic cascade to cell death, transmitter deficit, and dementia. A unique biomarker may be associated with each event, either in the primary disease process of β-amyloid production and accumulation or intermediate processes such as tau hyperphosphorylation, oxidation, and inflammation.5,6
These biochemical markers are found more consistently in cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) than peripherally. Lower CSF β-amyloid (especially β-amyloid 42) and higher CSF tau and tau-phosphorylated (p-tau) have been found in AD patients compared with normal and disease controls.7 Some overlap exists, however, among AD and other dementias. Other possible serum, CSF, and urine markers include isoprostanes, sulfatides, oxysterols, homocysteine, apolipoprotein E, alpha 1-antichymotrypsin, 3-nitrotyrosine, and more.8 No biomarkers are available or recommended for clinical use at this time.
Neuroimaging. Amyloid imaging tracers may increase the capacity of single photon emission computed tomography (SPECT) and positron emission tomography (PET) to detect AD pathology. These tracers have high binding affinity for amyloid and may enable PET/SPECT to detect amyloid deposits in vivo.
Amyloid radioligands are being developed and tested as potential clinical diagnostic tools and surrogate biomarkers of antiamyloid therapies. A radioligand that targets amyloid and neurofibrillary tangles in AD has been developed recently for use as a research tool.
Mild AD. An individual or close companion may notice increased forgetfulness and word-finding difficulties, a tendency to lose or misplace things, repeated questioning, and some disorientation. Motor skills are intact.
Severe AD. An individual with late-stage disease has severe impairment and can be bedridden, incontinent, and unable to under-stand or speak. Full-time care is required.
Staging informs treatment. In clinical trials, patients with mild-to-moderate AD consistently show small improvements in cognitive and global function when treated with acetylcholinesterase inhibitors (AChEIs) such as donepezil, rivastigmine, and galantamine.4 Donepezil also is approved for use in severe AD.
Memantine is indicated for symptomatic treatment of moderate-to-severe AD. It differs in mechanism of action from the AChEIs and is thought to inhibit cytotoxic overstimulation of glutamatergic neurons.4 For moderately advanced AD, memantine appears to be beneficial alone or in combination with AChEIs.
Dementia assessment
Clinical assessment has low sensitivity for early-phase AD and compromised specificity in advanced stages, where all dementia subtypes are similar and comorbidities may confuse the picture. Promising surrogate biomarkers and other diagnostic tools are being developed (Box 1),5-8 but definitive AD diagnosis still requires post-mortem histopathologic examination of the cerebral cortex.
Neuropsychological tests disclose a degree of intellectual impairment that correlates with functional impairment and may be particularly useful for assessing:
- mild cognitive impairment when diagnosis is doubtful
- cases where major lifestyle changes may be required, such as driving cessation or assisted-living placement.
These tests can examine performance across different domains of cognitive function, including orientation, memory, attention, naming, comprehension, and praxis.
Limitations. Neuropsychological tests have limitations, including cost and administration time. Some older patients find the tests distressing or tiring, and those with severe dementia are incapable of participating. Patients’ anxiety about taking tests, poor test-taking skills, low motivation/effort, and language, cultural, and educational variables limit these tests’ usefulness and may influence results.
Interpret a neuropsychological evaluation in the context of other clinical data, such as informant-based history of cognitive decline, evidence of impairment in independent activities of daily living, educational background, depression assessment, sensory impairment, or factors other than dementia that may account for impaired performance.
History and physical exam. Depending on the AD stage at presentation, patients might not be a reliable source of information. For a realistic and unbiased history and evaluation, assess the patient separately and obtain collateral information from reliable informants.
In typical cases, the history guides the physical/neurologic examination. Advancing age and family history are confirmed risk factors for AD; others may include:
- female gender (after age 80)
- cardiovascular disease (such as cerebral infarcts, hypertension, elevated cholesterol/homocysteine, smoking, and diabetes mellitus)
- history of head trauma, especially with loss of consciousness.
Early and accurate diagnosis of AD is challenging in patients with mixed dementias, comorbid neurologic diseases, or atypical features. Patients with these presentations may require referral to an expert clinician, extensive workup, or longitudinal follow-up before the diagnosis becomes clear.
Neuropsychological testing. Most mental status tests examine orientation, attention/concentration, learning, memory, language, and constructional praxis. The Folstein Mini-Mental State Examination (MMSE)9 is the most widely used and well-validated mental status test. A score of 10 to 20 on the MMSE is generally considered as moderate AD, and 10 Other mental status testing options include:
- Blessed Information-Memory-Concentration (BIMC)
- Blessed Orientation-Memory-Concentration (BOMC)
- Short Test of Mental Status (STMS)
- Saint Louis University Mental Status (SLUMS).11,12
Reversible causes. If the patient is generally healthy, a core of laboratory tests is recommended in the diagnostic workup (Table 1).6,15 Other options include:
- CSF examination for atypical presentations, such as unusually rapid symptom progression, altered consciousness, or other neurologic manifestations
- EEG to differentiate delirium, seizure disorders, encephalopathies, or a rapidly progressing dementia such as CreutzfeldtJakob disease.
Because delirium may be the initial presentation of AD or reversible causes, re-evaluate patients for dementia after delirium clears.
Neuroimaging. Structural neuroimaging with a noncontrast CT or MRI is appropriate in the initial evaluation of patients with dementia.17 More routinely, it is used to exclude rare but potentially correctable dementia causes, such as space-occupying lesions.18 Hippocampal and entorhinal volume are measured most often in discriminating AD from non-demented aging and other dementias.19
Positron emission tomography (PET) using fluorine-18-labeled deoxyglucose (FDG) may help differentiate characteristic patterns of cerebral hypometabolism in the temporoparietal lobes in AD from fronto-temporal dementia (FTD) and other less common dementias, particularly during the earliest stages of the disease.19 Medi-care reimbursement for brain PET is limited to differentiating FTD from AD.
Table 1
Recommended lab tests for Alzheimer’s disease workup
| Test | Rationale |
|---|---|
| CBC | Anemia and signs of infection |
| Vitamin B12 | Related to reversible dementia, anemia |
| Folate | Related to reversible dementia, anemia |
| Homocysteine | More accurate than individual B12/folate tests |
| C-reactive protein | Ongoing inflamatory reaction |
| Thyroid function | Hypothyroidism (reversible dementia) |
| Liver function | Metabolic causes of cognitive impairment |
| Renal function | Uremia, metabolic causes of cognitive impairment |
| Electrolytes | Hypo/hypernatremia as a cognitive impairment cause |
| Glucose | Recurrent hypoglycemia, diabetes mellitus |
| Lipid panel | Vascular dementia risk factor |
| Baseline ECG | Cardiac abnormalities as vascular risk factors |
| STS (optional) | Neurosyphilis |
| CBC: complete blood count; ECG: electrocardiogram; | |
| STS: serologic test for syphilis | |
| Source: Adapted from references 6,15 | |
Detecting causes of potentially reversible cognitive impairment
| Cause | Examples | Suggested tests |
|---|---|---|
| Space-occupying lesions | Subdural hematoma, benign tumors, hydrocephalus | CT/MRI without contrast |
| Infectious diseases | AIDS dementia complex, syphilis, Lyme disease | Serologic tests |
| Endocrinopathies/ metabolic/autoimmune disorders | Hypothyroidism, Cushing’s disease, uremia, hepatic encephalopathy, Wilson’s disease, recurrent hypoglycemia, chronic hypocalcemia, multiple sclerosis, disseminated SLE, sarcoidosis | Thyroid panel, renal and liver function tests, electrolytes, slit lamp test, serum ceruloplasmin |
| Psychiatric | Depression, alcohol dependence | Geriatric Depression Scale, assess vitamin deficiency states |
| Nutritional deficiencies | Vitamin B12, thiamine (Wernicke-Korsakoff syndrome), pyridoxine, niacin (pellagra) | Vitamin B12, homocysteine |
| Medication effects | Benzodiazepines, barbiturates, anticholinergics, opioid analgesics, antihypertensives, antiarrhythmics, antidepressants, anticonvulsants, cardiac drugs such as digitalis and derivatives (among others) | Review patients’ medications for drugs that can cause cognitive changes |
| Others | Autoimmune diseases, heavy metals, illicit drugs, obstructive sleep apnea | Drug screens and specific tests |
Diagnostic criteria
NINCDS-ADRDA. Neuropsychological AD assessment criteria developed by the National Institute of Neurological and Communicative Disorders and Stroke and Alzheimer’s Disease and Related Disorders Association (NINCDS-ADRDA) classify AD as probable, possible, or definite:
Possible AD is considered when a patient has an atypical onset, presentation, or course and other secondary illnesses capable of producing dementia are not believed to be the cause.
Definite AD requires histopathologic evidence of AD in addition to fulfilling criteria for probable AD.20
DSM-IV-TR. Similar but broader DSM-IVTR criteria describe an insidious progressive cognitive decline that affects recent memory and ≥1 other cognitive domain (apraxia, aphasia, agnosia, or executive functioning). This cognitive decline impairs social and occupational function, represents a change from a higher level, and is not due to other causes such as delirium.21
NINCDS-ADRDA and DSM-IV-TR criteria have comparable sensitivity and specificity for clinical AD diagnosis. Neither requires neuropathologic or genetic assessment (Box 3).15,17,22-24 Neuroimaging and other tests may be required to rule out other brain diseases that may cause dementia.
Other causes of dementia
Mild cognitive impairment (MCI) may represent a prodromal state for the earliest clinical manifestations of dementia. Symptoms include memory complaints but generally preserved activities of daily living.
Originally introduced to define a progressive, single-symptom amnestic syndrome, MCI has evolved into a classification of amnestic and non-amnestic MCI with single or multiple domains.25 Amnestic MCI is the most specifically correlated with AD.26 Neurobiologic similarities between amnestic MCI and clinically diagnosed AD include:
- neuropsychiatric symptoms, such as apathy, mood disturbance, irritability and anxiety
- over-representation of the APOE ε4 allele
- volumetric loss in the entorhinal cortex and hippocampus as measured by MRI
- Glucose hypometabolism in AD-typical regions as measured by FDG-PET
- neuronal loss in vulnerable brain regions.26
Dementia with Lewy bodies (DLB) is the second most common dementing disorder in late life—after Alzheimer’s dementia— and two-thirds of DLB cases overlap with AD. Core DLB clinical features include early recurrent visual hallucinations, fluctuating cognition, spontaneous parkinsonism, and sensitivity to conventional antipsychotics.15,28
Parkinson’s disease (PD) and DLB may represent a clinicopathologic continuum, and substantial overlap exists among AD, DLB, and PD in underlying disease process and clinical presentation.15,29 Hallucinations, depression, delusions, and delusional misidentification are seen more often in patients with DLB than AD.15
Vascular dementia (VaD) was once thought to account for 15% to 20% of dementing illnesses, but discrete VaD is now viewed as much less common. Whatever the underlying vasculopathy, vascular lesions often co-exist with other causes of dementia—usually AD (in 77% of presumed VaD cases).30
Compared with AD, patients with VaD have a more subcortical dementia with difficulty retrieving words, organizing and solving complex problems, “absent-mindedness,” and psychomotor slowing with relatively preserved language skills. VaD is thought to have a more abrupt onset than AD and “stepladder” deterioration.
Frontotemporal dementia (FTD)—such as Pick’s disease—is associated with focal atrophy of the frontal and/or temporal lobes. Mean onset is age 52 to 56, and FTD is less common than AD, VaD, or DLB.
FTD often presents with gradual personality changes (with inappropriate responses or activities) or language changes (with severe naming difficulty and problems with word meaning).31 Features that may help differentiate FTD from AD include:
- disinhibition/apathy with personality change
- affect disregulation
- behavioral disturbance (frontal type) and expressive/receptive language changes (semantic or primary progressive aphasia) with relatively mild memory loss.32,33
Other neurodegenerative diseases that might present with dementia include PD, Huntington’s disease, progressive supra-nuclear palsy, corticobasal degeneration, and Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease.33
Genetic testing may become important for high-risk patients or early-stage Alzheimer’s disease (AD) when preventive/ disease-modifying therapy becomes available. At this time, however, the clinical value and implications of genetic tests remain controversial.17,22
Apolipoprotein E (APOE). The APOE ε4 allele is an established risk factor for AD,23,24 but limitations of APOE testing include:
- inability to predict with sufficient certainty whether or when a person might develop AD
- risk of false alarm or false reassurance
- no established treatment exists for a person with this genetic risk.
Amyloid precursor protein (APP), presenilin 1 (PS1), presenilin 2 (PS2). Age 15
- Mutations are rare (~1% of AD cases).
- Increased APP transcriptional activity is an AD risk factor; onset age correlates inversely with levels of APP expression.
- PS1 mutation testing may benefit patients with early-onset familial AD. If this mutation is found, other presymptomatic at-risk family members may wish to be tested so they can make important life decisions based on the results.17,22 Careful pre- and post-test counseling is critical.
Related resources
- Morris JC. Dementia update 2005. Alzheimer Dis Assoc Disord 2005;19:100-17.
- Boeve BF. A review of the non-Alzheimer dementias. J Clin Psychiatry 2006;67(12)1985-2001.
- Medscape. Alzheimer’s disease resource center. www.medscape.com/resource/alzheimers.
- Donepezil • Aricept
- Memantine • Namenda
- Galantamine • Razadyne
- Rivastigmine • Exelon
Dr. Gebretsadik reports no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.
Dr. Grossberg receives grant/research support from Abbott Laboratories, Bristol-Myers Squibb, Forest Laboratories, Eli Lilly and Company, Novartis, Pfizer Inc., Wyeth, Elan, Myriad, Ono Pharmaceutical, and the Alzheimer’s Disease Cooperative Study Consortium. He is a consultant to Bristol-Myers Squibb, Forest Laboratories, GlaxoSmithKline, Janssen Pharmaceutica, Novartis, AstraZeneca, Wyeth, Pfizer Inc., Takeda, and Sepracor.
Accurate and early diagnosis of Alzheimer’s disease (AD) is evolving, and—although not yet definitive—is no longer one of exclusion. With a careful in-office work-up and routine assessment tools, you can accurately identify >90% of patients with late-onset AD.1
AD is by far the most common cause of dementia in older patients. To help you make the diagnosis, this state-of-the-art article discusses:
- AD’s clinical presentation and course
- the role of neuropsychological tests for assessing cognitive and functional status
- neuropsychiatric and medical findings that differentiate AD from other dementia causes
- indications for structural neuroimaging with CT or MRI.
Presentation and course
Variability. AD’s gradual onset and progression are characterized by prominent memory loss, anomia, constructional apraxia, anosognosia, and personality changes with affect deregulation, behavioral disturbance, and distorted perception.1 Amnesia—particularly deficits in anterograde episodic memory—is the most common presentation, but the disease course is heterogeneous and may be affected by:
- patient age at onset
- illness severity at diagnosis
- comorbid medical and neuropsychiatric illnesses
- premorbid cerebral reserves (amount of brain damage a person can sustain before reaching a threshold for the clinical expression of dementia).1-3
Researchers are investigating surrogates for detecting Alzheimer’s disease (AD) and monitoring disease progression.5
Serum and CSF markers. AD is viewed as a series of sequential events, beginning with beta-amyloid (β-amyloid) accumulation and progressing through a pathophysiologic cascade to cell death, transmitter deficit, and dementia. A unique biomarker may be associated with each event, either in the primary disease process of β-amyloid production and accumulation or intermediate processes such as tau hyperphosphorylation, oxidation, and inflammation.5,6
These biochemical markers are found more consistently in cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) than peripherally. Lower CSF β-amyloid (especially β-amyloid 42) and higher CSF tau and tau-phosphorylated (p-tau) have been found in AD patients compared with normal and disease controls.7 Some overlap exists, however, among AD and other dementias. Other possible serum, CSF, and urine markers include isoprostanes, sulfatides, oxysterols, homocysteine, apolipoprotein E, alpha 1-antichymotrypsin, 3-nitrotyrosine, and more.8 No biomarkers are available or recommended for clinical use at this time.
Neuroimaging. Amyloid imaging tracers may increase the capacity of single photon emission computed tomography (SPECT) and positron emission tomography (PET) to detect AD pathology. These tracers have high binding affinity for amyloid and may enable PET/SPECT to detect amyloid deposits in vivo.
Amyloid radioligands are being developed and tested as potential clinical diagnostic tools and surrogate biomarkers of antiamyloid therapies. A radioligand that targets amyloid and neurofibrillary tangles in AD has been developed recently for use as a research tool.
Mild AD. An individual or close companion may notice increased forgetfulness and word-finding difficulties, a tendency to lose or misplace things, repeated questioning, and some disorientation. Motor skills are intact.
Severe AD. An individual with late-stage disease has severe impairment and can be bedridden, incontinent, and unable to under-stand or speak. Full-time care is required.
Staging informs treatment. In clinical trials, patients with mild-to-moderate AD consistently show small improvements in cognitive and global function when treated with acetylcholinesterase inhibitors (AChEIs) such as donepezil, rivastigmine, and galantamine.4 Donepezil also is approved for use in severe AD.
Memantine is indicated for symptomatic treatment of moderate-to-severe AD. It differs in mechanism of action from the AChEIs and is thought to inhibit cytotoxic overstimulation of glutamatergic neurons.4 For moderately advanced AD, memantine appears to be beneficial alone or in combination with AChEIs.
Dementia assessment
Clinical assessment has low sensitivity for early-phase AD and compromised specificity in advanced stages, where all dementia subtypes are similar and comorbidities may confuse the picture. Promising surrogate biomarkers and other diagnostic tools are being developed (Box 1),5-8 but definitive AD diagnosis still requires post-mortem histopathologic examination of the cerebral cortex.
Neuropsychological tests disclose a degree of intellectual impairment that correlates with functional impairment and may be particularly useful for assessing:
- mild cognitive impairment when diagnosis is doubtful
- cases where major lifestyle changes may be required, such as driving cessation or assisted-living placement.
These tests can examine performance across different domains of cognitive function, including orientation, memory, attention, naming, comprehension, and praxis.
Limitations. Neuropsychological tests have limitations, including cost and administration time. Some older patients find the tests distressing or tiring, and those with severe dementia are incapable of participating. Patients’ anxiety about taking tests, poor test-taking skills, low motivation/effort, and language, cultural, and educational variables limit these tests’ usefulness and may influence results.
Interpret a neuropsychological evaluation in the context of other clinical data, such as informant-based history of cognitive decline, evidence of impairment in independent activities of daily living, educational background, depression assessment, sensory impairment, or factors other than dementia that may account for impaired performance.
History and physical exam. Depending on the AD stage at presentation, patients might not be a reliable source of information. For a realistic and unbiased history and evaluation, assess the patient separately and obtain collateral information from reliable informants.
In typical cases, the history guides the physical/neurologic examination. Advancing age and family history are confirmed risk factors for AD; others may include:
- female gender (after age 80)
- cardiovascular disease (such as cerebral infarcts, hypertension, elevated cholesterol/homocysteine, smoking, and diabetes mellitus)
- history of head trauma, especially with loss of consciousness.
Early and accurate diagnosis of AD is challenging in patients with mixed dementias, comorbid neurologic diseases, or atypical features. Patients with these presentations may require referral to an expert clinician, extensive workup, or longitudinal follow-up before the diagnosis becomes clear.
Neuropsychological testing. Most mental status tests examine orientation, attention/concentration, learning, memory, language, and constructional praxis. The Folstein Mini-Mental State Examination (MMSE)9 is the most widely used and well-validated mental status test. A score of 10 to 20 on the MMSE is generally considered as moderate AD, and 10 Other mental status testing options include:
- Blessed Information-Memory-Concentration (BIMC)
- Blessed Orientation-Memory-Concentration (BOMC)
- Short Test of Mental Status (STMS)
- Saint Louis University Mental Status (SLUMS).11,12
Reversible causes. If the patient is generally healthy, a core of laboratory tests is recommended in the diagnostic workup (Table 1).6,15 Other options include:
- CSF examination for atypical presentations, such as unusually rapid symptom progression, altered consciousness, or other neurologic manifestations
- EEG to differentiate delirium, seizure disorders, encephalopathies, or a rapidly progressing dementia such as CreutzfeldtJakob disease.
Because delirium may be the initial presentation of AD or reversible causes, re-evaluate patients for dementia after delirium clears.
Neuroimaging. Structural neuroimaging with a noncontrast CT or MRI is appropriate in the initial evaluation of patients with dementia.17 More routinely, it is used to exclude rare but potentially correctable dementia causes, such as space-occupying lesions.18 Hippocampal and entorhinal volume are measured most often in discriminating AD from non-demented aging and other dementias.19
Positron emission tomography (PET) using fluorine-18-labeled deoxyglucose (FDG) may help differentiate characteristic patterns of cerebral hypometabolism in the temporoparietal lobes in AD from fronto-temporal dementia (FTD) and other less common dementias, particularly during the earliest stages of the disease.19 Medi-care reimbursement for brain PET is limited to differentiating FTD from AD.
Table 1
Recommended lab tests for Alzheimer’s disease workup
| Test | Rationale |
|---|---|
| CBC | Anemia and signs of infection |
| Vitamin B12 | Related to reversible dementia, anemia |
| Folate | Related to reversible dementia, anemia |
| Homocysteine | More accurate than individual B12/folate tests |
| C-reactive protein | Ongoing inflamatory reaction |
| Thyroid function | Hypothyroidism (reversible dementia) |
| Liver function | Metabolic causes of cognitive impairment |
| Renal function | Uremia, metabolic causes of cognitive impairment |
| Electrolytes | Hypo/hypernatremia as a cognitive impairment cause |
| Glucose | Recurrent hypoglycemia, diabetes mellitus |
| Lipid panel | Vascular dementia risk factor |
| Baseline ECG | Cardiac abnormalities as vascular risk factors |
| STS (optional) | Neurosyphilis |
| CBC: complete blood count; ECG: electrocardiogram; | |
| STS: serologic test for syphilis | |
| Source: Adapted from references 6,15 | |
Detecting causes of potentially reversible cognitive impairment
| Cause | Examples | Suggested tests |
|---|---|---|
| Space-occupying lesions | Subdural hematoma, benign tumors, hydrocephalus | CT/MRI without contrast |
| Infectious diseases | AIDS dementia complex, syphilis, Lyme disease | Serologic tests |
| Endocrinopathies/ metabolic/autoimmune disorders | Hypothyroidism, Cushing’s disease, uremia, hepatic encephalopathy, Wilson’s disease, recurrent hypoglycemia, chronic hypocalcemia, multiple sclerosis, disseminated SLE, sarcoidosis | Thyroid panel, renal and liver function tests, electrolytes, slit lamp test, serum ceruloplasmin |
| Psychiatric | Depression, alcohol dependence | Geriatric Depression Scale, assess vitamin deficiency states |
| Nutritional deficiencies | Vitamin B12, thiamine (Wernicke-Korsakoff syndrome), pyridoxine, niacin (pellagra) | Vitamin B12, homocysteine |
| Medication effects | Benzodiazepines, barbiturates, anticholinergics, opioid analgesics, antihypertensives, antiarrhythmics, antidepressants, anticonvulsants, cardiac drugs such as digitalis and derivatives (among others) | Review patients’ medications for drugs that can cause cognitive changes |
| Others | Autoimmune diseases, heavy metals, illicit drugs, obstructive sleep apnea | Drug screens and specific tests |
Diagnostic criteria
NINCDS-ADRDA. Neuropsychological AD assessment criteria developed by the National Institute of Neurological and Communicative Disorders and Stroke and Alzheimer’s Disease and Related Disorders Association (NINCDS-ADRDA) classify AD as probable, possible, or definite:
Possible AD is considered when a patient has an atypical onset, presentation, or course and other secondary illnesses capable of producing dementia are not believed to be the cause.
Definite AD requires histopathologic evidence of AD in addition to fulfilling criteria for probable AD.20
DSM-IV-TR. Similar but broader DSM-IVTR criteria describe an insidious progressive cognitive decline that affects recent memory and ≥1 other cognitive domain (apraxia, aphasia, agnosia, or executive functioning). This cognitive decline impairs social and occupational function, represents a change from a higher level, and is not due to other causes such as delirium.21
NINCDS-ADRDA and DSM-IV-TR criteria have comparable sensitivity and specificity for clinical AD diagnosis. Neither requires neuropathologic or genetic assessment (Box 3).15,17,22-24 Neuroimaging and other tests may be required to rule out other brain diseases that may cause dementia.
Other causes of dementia
Mild cognitive impairment (MCI) may represent a prodromal state for the earliest clinical manifestations of dementia. Symptoms include memory complaints but generally preserved activities of daily living.
Originally introduced to define a progressive, single-symptom amnestic syndrome, MCI has evolved into a classification of amnestic and non-amnestic MCI with single or multiple domains.25 Amnestic MCI is the most specifically correlated with AD.26 Neurobiologic similarities between amnestic MCI and clinically diagnosed AD include:
- neuropsychiatric symptoms, such as apathy, mood disturbance, irritability and anxiety
- over-representation of the APOE ε4 allele
- volumetric loss in the entorhinal cortex and hippocampus as measured by MRI
- Glucose hypometabolism in AD-typical regions as measured by FDG-PET
- neuronal loss in vulnerable brain regions.26
Dementia with Lewy bodies (DLB) is the second most common dementing disorder in late life—after Alzheimer’s dementia— and two-thirds of DLB cases overlap with AD. Core DLB clinical features include early recurrent visual hallucinations, fluctuating cognition, spontaneous parkinsonism, and sensitivity to conventional antipsychotics.15,28
Parkinson’s disease (PD) and DLB may represent a clinicopathologic continuum, and substantial overlap exists among AD, DLB, and PD in underlying disease process and clinical presentation.15,29 Hallucinations, depression, delusions, and delusional misidentification are seen more often in patients with DLB than AD.15
Vascular dementia (VaD) was once thought to account for 15% to 20% of dementing illnesses, but discrete VaD is now viewed as much less common. Whatever the underlying vasculopathy, vascular lesions often co-exist with other causes of dementia—usually AD (in 77% of presumed VaD cases).30
Compared with AD, patients with VaD have a more subcortical dementia with difficulty retrieving words, organizing and solving complex problems, “absent-mindedness,” and psychomotor slowing with relatively preserved language skills. VaD is thought to have a more abrupt onset than AD and “stepladder” deterioration.
Frontotemporal dementia (FTD)—such as Pick’s disease—is associated with focal atrophy of the frontal and/or temporal lobes. Mean onset is age 52 to 56, and FTD is less common than AD, VaD, or DLB.
FTD often presents with gradual personality changes (with inappropriate responses or activities) or language changes (with severe naming difficulty and problems with word meaning).31 Features that may help differentiate FTD from AD include:
- disinhibition/apathy with personality change
- affect disregulation
- behavioral disturbance (frontal type) and expressive/receptive language changes (semantic or primary progressive aphasia) with relatively mild memory loss.32,33
Other neurodegenerative diseases that might present with dementia include PD, Huntington’s disease, progressive supra-nuclear palsy, corticobasal degeneration, and Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease.33
Genetic testing may become important for high-risk patients or early-stage Alzheimer’s disease (AD) when preventive/ disease-modifying therapy becomes available. At this time, however, the clinical value and implications of genetic tests remain controversial.17,22
Apolipoprotein E (APOE). The APOE ε4 allele is an established risk factor for AD,23,24 but limitations of APOE testing include:
- inability to predict with sufficient certainty whether or when a person might develop AD
- risk of false alarm or false reassurance
- no established treatment exists for a person with this genetic risk.
Amyloid precursor protein (APP), presenilin 1 (PS1), presenilin 2 (PS2). Age 15
- Mutations are rare (~1% of AD cases).
- Increased APP transcriptional activity is an AD risk factor; onset age correlates inversely with levels of APP expression.
- PS1 mutation testing may benefit patients with early-onset familial AD. If this mutation is found, other presymptomatic at-risk family members may wish to be tested so they can make important life decisions based on the results.17,22 Careful pre- and post-test counseling is critical.
Related resources
- Morris JC. Dementia update 2005. Alzheimer Dis Assoc Disord 2005;19:100-17.
- Boeve BF. A review of the non-Alzheimer dementias. J Clin Psychiatry 2006;67(12)1985-2001.
- Medscape. Alzheimer’s disease resource center. www.medscape.com/resource/alzheimers.
- Donepezil • Aricept
- Memantine • Namenda
- Galantamine • Razadyne
- Rivastigmine • Exelon
Dr. Gebretsadik reports no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.
Dr. Grossberg receives grant/research support from Abbott Laboratories, Bristol-Myers Squibb, Forest Laboratories, Eli Lilly and Company, Novartis, Pfizer Inc., Wyeth, Elan, Myriad, Ono Pharmaceutical, and the Alzheimer’s Disease Cooperative Study Consortium. He is a consultant to Bristol-Myers Squibb, Forest Laboratories, GlaxoSmithKline, Janssen Pharmaceutica, Novartis, AstraZeneca, Wyeth, Pfizer Inc., Takeda, and Sepracor.
1. Cummings JL. Clinical evaluation as a biomarker for Alzheimer’s disease. J Alzheimer’s Dis 2005;8:327-37.
2. Hodges JR. Alzheimer’s centennial legacy: origins, landmarks and the current status of knowledge concerning cognitive aspects. Brain 2006;129:2811-22.
3. Stern Y. Cognitive reserve and Alzheimer disease. Alzheimer Dis Assoc Disord 2006;20:112-7.
4. Lleó A, Greenberg SM, Growdon JH. Current pharmacotherapy for Alzheimer’s disease. Annu Rev Med 2006;57:513-33.
5. Kennedy GJ, Golde TE, Tarriot PN, Cummings JL. Amyloid-based interventions in Alzheimer’s disease. CNS Spectr 2007;12: 1(suppl 1):1-14.
6. Van der Flier WM, Scheltens P. Use of laboratory and imaging investigations in dementia. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 2005;76:45-52.
7. Galasko D. Biomarkers for Alzheimer’s disease—clinical needs and application. J Alzheimer’s Dis 2005;8:339-46.
8. Sunderland T, Hampel H, Takeda M, et al. Biomarkers in the diagnosis of Alzheimer’s disease: are we ready? J Geriatr Psychiatry Neurol 2006;19:172-9.
9. Folstein MF, Folstein SE, McHugh PR. “Mini-mental state.” A practical method for grading the cognitive state of patients for the clinician. J Psychiatr Res 1975;12(3):189-98.
10. Perneczky R, Wagenpfeil S, Komossa K, et al. Mapping scores onto stages: Mini-Mental State Examination and Clinical Dementia Rating. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 2006;14:139-44.
11. Tariq SH, Tumosa N, Chibnall JT, et al. Comparison of the Saint Louis University mental status examination and the Mini-Mental State Examination for detecting dementia and mild neurocognitive disorder—a pilot study. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 2006;14(11):897-9.
12. Agency for Health Care Policy and Research Recognition and initial assessment of Alzheimer’s disease and related dementias. Comparison of mental and functional status tests according to three phases of discrimination difficulty. Available at:http://ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/bv.fcgi?rid=hstat6.table.31677. Accesssed November 6, 2007.
13. Sano M. Neuropsychological testing in the diagnosis of dementia. J Geriatr Psychiatry Neurol 2006;19:155-9.
14. Mohs RC. Neuropsychological assessment of patients with Alzheimer’s disease. In: Psychopharmacology—the fourth generation of progress American College of Neuropsychopharmacology. Available at: http://www.acnp.org/ g4/GN401000133/Default.htm. Accessed November 6, 2007.
15. Morris JC. Dementia update 2005. Alzheimer Dis Assoc Disord 2005;19:100-17.
16. Clarfield AM. Reversible dementia—the implications of a fall in prevalence. Age Ageing 2005;34:544-5.
17. Roberts JS, Cupples LA, Relkin NR, et al. Genetic risk assessment for adult children of people with Alzheimer’s disease: the Risk Evaluation and Education for AD (REVEAL) study. J Geriatr Psychiatry Neurol 2005;18:250-5.
18. Frisoni GB. Structural imaging in the clinical diagnosis of Alzheimer’s disease: problems and tools. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 2001;70:711-18.
19. Ramani A, Jensen JH, Helpern JA. Quantitative MR imaging in Alzheimer disease. Radiology 2006;241(1):26-44.
20. McKhann G, Drachman D, Folstein M, et al. Clinical diagnosis of Alzheimer’s disease: report of the NINCDS-ADRDA Work Group under the auspices of Department of Health and Human Services Task Force on Alzheimer’s Disease. Neurology 1984;34(7):939-44.
21. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders 4th ed text rev. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2000.
22. Roberts JS, Barber M, Brown T, et al. Who seeks genetic susceptibility testing for Alzheimer’s disease? Findings from a multi-site, randomized clinical trial. Genet Med 2004;6(4):197-203.
23. Van der Flier WM, Scheltens P. Epidemiology and risk factors of dementia. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 2005;76:2-7.
24. Blacker D, Lovestone S. Genetics and dementia nosology. J Geriatr Psychiatry Neurol 2006;19:186-91.
25. Busse A, Bischkopf J, Reidel-Heller SG, Angermeyer MS. Subclassifications for mild cognitive impairment: prevalence and predictive validity. Psychol Med 2003;33(6):1029-38.
26. Rasquin SM, Lodder J, Visser PJ, et al. Predictive accuracy of MCI subtypes for Alzheimer’s disease and vascular dementia in subjects with mild cognitive impairment: a 2-year followup study. Dement Geriatr Cogn Disord 2005;19(2-3):113-19.
27. Boyle PA, Wilson RS, Aggarwal NT, et al. Mild cognitive impairment: risk of Alzheimer disease and rate of cognitive decline. Neurology 2006;67:441-5.
28. Geser F, Wenning GK, Poewe W, McKeith I. How to diagnose dementia with Lewy bodies: state of the art. Mov Disord 2005;20(suppl 12):S11-S20.
29. Hardy J. The relationship between Lewy body disease, Parkinson’s disease, and Alzheimer’s disease. Ann NY Acad Sci 2003;991:167-70.
30. Jellinger KA. Vascular-ischemic dementia: an update. J Neural Transm 2002;62(suppl):1-23.
31. McKhann GM, Albert MS, Grossman M, et al. Clinical and pathological diagnosis of frontotemporal dementia: report of the Work Group on Frontotemporal Dementia and Pick’s Disease. Arch Neurol 2001;58:1803-9.
32. Boxer AL, Miller BL. Clinical features of frontotemporal dementia. Alzheimer Dis Assoc Disord 2005;19(suppl):S3-S6.
33. Boeve BF. A review of the non-Alzheimer dementias. J Clin Psychiatry 2006;67(12):1985-2001.
1. Cummings JL. Clinical evaluation as a biomarker for Alzheimer’s disease. J Alzheimer’s Dis 2005;8:327-37.
2. Hodges JR. Alzheimer’s centennial legacy: origins, landmarks and the current status of knowledge concerning cognitive aspects. Brain 2006;129:2811-22.
3. Stern Y. Cognitive reserve and Alzheimer disease. Alzheimer Dis Assoc Disord 2006;20:112-7.
4. Lleó A, Greenberg SM, Growdon JH. Current pharmacotherapy for Alzheimer’s disease. Annu Rev Med 2006;57:513-33.
5. Kennedy GJ, Golde TE, Tarriot PN, Cummings JL. Amyloid-based interventions in Alzheimer’s disease. CNS Spectr 2007;12: 1(suppl 1):1-14.
6. Van der Flier WM, Scheltens P. Use of laboratory and imaging investigations in dementia. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 2005;76:45-52.
7. Galasko D. Biomarkers for Alzheimer’s disease—clinical needs and application. J Alzheimer’s Dis 2005;8:339-46.
8. Sunderland T, Hampel H, Takeda M, et al. Biomarkers in the diagnosis of Alzheimer’s disease: are we ready? J Geriatr Psychiatry Neurol 2006;19:172-9.
9. Folstein MF, Folstein SE, McHugh PR. “Mini-mental state.” A practical method for grading the cognitive state of patients for the clinician. J Psychiatr Res 1975;12(3):189-98.
10. Perneczky R, Wagenpfeil S, Komossa K, et al. Mapping scores onto stages: Mini-Mental State Examination and Clinical Dementia Rating. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 2006;14:139-44.
11. Tariq SH, Tumosa N, Chibnall JT, et al. Comparison of the Saint Louis University mental status examination and the Mini-Mental State Examination for detecting dementia and mild neurocognitive disorder—a pilot study. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 2006;14(11):897-9.
12. Agency for Health Care Policy and Research Recognition and initial assessment of Alzheimer’s disease and related dementias. Comparison of mental and functional status tests according to three phases of discrimination difficulty. Available at:http://ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/bv.fcgi?rid=hstat6.table.31677. Accesssed November 6, 2007.
13. Sano M. Neuropsychological testing in the diagnosis of dementia. J Geriatr Psychiatry Neurol 2006;19:155-9.
14. Mohs RC. Neuropsychological assessment of patients with Alzheimer’s disease. In: Psychopharmacology—the fourth generation of progress American College of Neuropsychopharmacology. Available at: http://www.acnp.org/ g4/GN401000133/Default.htm. Accessed November 6, 2007.
15. Morris JC. Dementia update 2005. Alzheimer Dis Assoc Disord 2005;19:100-17.
16. Clarfield AM. Reversible dementia—the implications of a fall in prevalence. Age Ageing 2005;34:544-5.
17. Roberts JS, Cupples LA, Relkin NR, et al. Genetic risk assessment for adult children of people with Alzheimer’s disease: the Risk Evaluation and Education for AD (REVEAL) study. J Geriatr Psychiatry Neurol 2005;18:250-5.
18. Frisoni GB. Structural imaging in the clinical diagnosis of Alzheimer’s disease: problems and tools. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 2001;70:711-18.
19. Ramani A, Jensen JH, Helpern JA. Quantitative MR imaging in Alzheimer disease. Radiology 2006;241(1):26-44.
20. McKhann G, Drachman D, Folstein M, et al. Clinical diagnosis of Alzheimer’s disease: report of the NINCDS-ADRDA Work Group under the auspices of Department of Health and Human Services Task Force on Alzheimer’s Disease. Neurology 1984;34(7):939-44.
21. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders 4th ed text rev. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2000.
22. Roberts JS, Barber M, Brown T, et al. Who seeks genetic susceptibility testing for Alzheimer’s disease? Findings from a multi-site, randomized clinical trial. Genet Med 2004;6(4):197-203.
23. Van der Flier WM, Scheltens P. Epidemiology and risk factors of dementia. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 2005;76:2-7.
24. Blacker D, Lovestone S. Genetics and dementia nosology. J Geriatr Psychiatry Neurol 2006;19:186-91.
25. Busse A, Bischkopf J, Reidel-Heller SG, Angermeyer MS. Subclassifications for mild cognitive impairment: prevalence and predictive validity. Psychol Med 2003;33(6):1029-38.
26. Rasquin SM, Lodder J, Visser PJ, et al. Predictive accuracy of MCI subtypes for Alzheimer’s disease and vascular dementia in subjects with mild cognitive impairment: a 2-year followup study. Dement Geriatr Cogn Disord 2005;19(2-3):113-19.
27. Boyle PA, Wilson RS, Aggarwal NT, et al. Mild cognitive impairment: risk of Alzheimer disease and rate of cognitive decline. Neurology 2006;67:441-5.
28. Geser F, Wenning GK, Poewe W, McKeith I. How to diagnose dementia with Lewy bodies: state of the art. Mov Disord 2005;20(suppl 12):S11-S20.
29. Hardy J. The relationship between Lewy body disease, Parkinson’s disease, and Alzheimer’s disease. Ann NY Acad Sci 2003;991:167-70.
30. Jellinger KA. Vascular-ischemic dementia: an update. J Neural Transm 2002;62(suppl):1-23.
31. McKhann GM, Albert MS, Grossman M, et al. Clinical and pathological diagnosis of frontotemporal dementia: report of the Work Group on Frontotemporal Dementia and Pick’s Disease. Arch Neurol 2001;58:1803-9.
32. Boxer AL, Miller BL. Clinical features of frontotemporal dementia. Alzheimer Dis Assoc Disord 2005;19(suppl):S3-S6.
33. Boeve BF. A review of the non-Alzheimer dementias. J Clin Psychiatry 2006;67(12):1985-2001.
When bipolar treatment fails: What’s your next step?
All phases of bipolar disorder can be difficult to treat, and patients remain symptomatic on average about half the time.1 Not all bipolar patients who experience continued illness and disability are treatment-resistant (Box 1), but when symptoms persist you may ask yourself: Was treatment suboptimal or simply ineffective?
Patients with severe symptoms may be satisfied with a substantial decrease in symptoms, but any residual symptoms cause ongoing distress and lower the threshold for recurrences.2 Finding the right combination of therapies for your patient is key to achieving an enduring response.
Future studies may tell us which treatments to combine and in what sequence for complex bipolar disorder, but—since most published studies exclude complex and comorbid cases—for now we must rely on limited controlled data and clinical experience. Using those resources, we offer comprehensive, practical recommendations for trouble-shooting (Box 2)3-6 and getting better results when bipolar disorder does not respond to standard treatment.
Some studies define treatment resistance as failure to respond to lithium, and in other settings it is viewed as failure to respond to ≥2 treatment courses. Because euthymia and normal functioning are important for long-term prognosis, we define treatment-resistance as failure to achieve both symptomatic and functional remission following an adequate course of therapy.
Effective strategies for treating bipolar disorder depend on:
- illness phase (later episodes are more difficult to treat than earlier ones)
- symptom complexity (mixed symptoms probably reflect more complex pathophysiology and are more likely to require combination therapies)
- predominant presentations (mania, depression, rapid and ultradian cycling)
- whether symptoms are acute or chronic.
Unfortunately, the findings of and strategies used in clinical trials of refractory bipolar disorder are difficult to extrapolate to everyday practice. Most studies exclude patients with a history of treatment resistance, severe symptoms, and important comorbidities such as substance abuse. In addition, the usual primary endpoint is response (≥50% reduction of symptoms) rather than remission (minimal symptoms and no longer meeting criteria for the disorder). Very few studies address functional remission, which is necessary to reduce the risk of symptomatic recurrence.
In clinical practice, when initial treatment for bipolar disorder fails to produce remission, systematically addressing 5 questions (Box 2) can help direct your next step.
Mania
When a patient with mania does not respond as expected, the next step depends on which antimanic agent you prescribed:
Lithium can take a month to become fully effective for mania, which is why a benzodiazepine or antipsychotic is often added acutely to reduce agitation. Do not mistake neurotoxic interactions between lithium and antipsychotics for increased mania.
Although data vary on lithium’s optimal serum level, adjust to approximately 0.8 to 1 mEq/L, if tolerated, when lower levels are not effective. Children and young adolescents may need higher serum levels (such as 1.5 mEq/L) because the difference between serum and brain lithium levels is greater in younger patients than in adults.
Consider the dosing schedule. Because lithium’s elimination half-life with repeated dosing is 24 hours, most adults can take any formulation once daily—which improves adherence and reduces adverse effects. Children eliminate lithium more rapidly and need more frequent dosing.
High loading doses result in more rapid control of agitation, probably as a result of sedation. In our experience, however, rapidly sedating patients may interfere with long-term adherence.
Carbamazepine, other anticonvulsants. Because they less sedating, carbamazepine and other anticonvulsants might not appear to be rapidly effective for bipolar mania. If you wait up to a month, however, any antimanic effect will be obvious.
Antipsychotics are rapidly effective for mania. Higher doses work faster but produce more side effects. After an acute response, some patients can be maintained on a second-generation antipsychotic (SGA), but others do better on a standard mood stabilizer such as lithium or valproate.
Calcium channel blockers. Verapamil has been effective mostly for lithium-responsive mania in 27 of 30 studies. Nimodipine has been useful for more complex bipolar syndromes in a few studies using patients as their own controls.
To be effective for bipolar disorder, however, calcium channel blockers require frequent, high dosing (such as verapamil, 120 mg 4 times daily, or nimodipine, 60 to 120 mg 6 times daily), which makes adherence difficult.
1 Is the patient taking anything that is making symptoms worse?
Antidepressants can induce mania, hypomania, and cycle acceleration in bipolar disorder, even when mood stabilizers are co-prescribed.3 Stimulants also may destabilize bipolar mood disorders; consider this possibility when patients taking stimulants for apparent attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder at first appear to improve and then deteriorate.
Alcohol and cocaine can induce mania and depression. Cocaine is a potent kindling stimulus that could contribute to enduring mood instability.
2 Is the patient taking the medication?
Treatment adherence by bipolar patients may be as low as 35%.4 Ask outpatients what kinds of problems they have encountered taking medications, not whether they have such problems. Talk with the patient about adherence after each dosage increase, and be readily available. Prescribe extended-release pills for patients who have trouble keeping track of medications.
3 Is treatment adequate?
Adjust mood-stabilizer dosing until the patient responds or cannot tolerate the medication; complex cases often require combination treatment. Give the medication sufficient time to work; most mood stabilizers take ≥1 month to become fully effective.
4 Is another condition interfering with treatment?
Up to 70% of patients with refractory mood disorders have subclinical hypothyroidism. Look for:
- elevated thyroid stimulating hormone (TSH) with or without decreased thyroxine (T4)
- elevated TSH response to thyrotrop-inreleasing hormone (TRH).5
Also consider hypercalcemia from chronic lithium therapy,6 anemia, sleep apnea, posttraumatic stress disorder, substance use disorders, and personality disorders.
5 Am I ignoring psychotherapy?
Address psychosocial issues that influence the course of illness. Attend to patients’ important relationships, loss, negative thinking, and biological and social rhythms.
- consider augmentation first when a patient has had a partial response to a given medication
- switch when a patient cannot tolerate or shows no response to a therapeutic dose of a given medication.
Combinations of lithium and carbamazepine or valproate can be more effective than either drug alone, but therapeutic doses of each usually are needed. Carbamazepine has been used successfully to augment a partial response to nimodipine.9 In a small open-label trial, adding oxcarbazepine to lithium, valproate or antidepressants improved response in some patients with mild refractory mania.10
Switching among anticonvulsants can be useful because their actions and side effects differ. Clozapine in a wide range of doses can be very effective for refractory mania,11 but its use is difficult to monitor in highly agitated manic patients.
Other options. Electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) is the most effective treatment for mania, producing higher response rates than any antimanic drug.12 In a study of repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation (rTMS), 8 of 9 patients with mania refractory to mood stabilizers had a sustained response after 1 month of right-sided rTMS treatment.13 Conversely, left-sided rTMS can aggravate mania.
Bipolar depression
Continuing controversy about the best way to treat bipolar depression makes it difficult to know if treatment has been suboptimal or a patient is treatment-resistant.
Antidepressants. No antidepressant is approved (or recommended) as monotherapy for bipolar depression, and most experts recommend against prescribing antidepressants without concomitant mood stabilizers. Even so:
- Clinicians prescribing monotherapy for bipolar disorder choose antidepressants twice as often as mood stabilizers.
- Antidepressants are prescribed more frequently in combination with mood stabilizers than as monotherapy, although empiric trials have shown most antidepressants are not effective for bipolar depression.14
In many cases, an antidepressant seems to help at first and then induces a recurrence of depression, often mixed with dysphoric hypomanic symptoms. The recurrent episode improves when the clinician increases the antidepressant dose or changes to another antidepressant, only to be followed by another recurrence that may be interpreted as an incomplete antidepressant response.
Antipsychotics. Quetiapine16 and a combination of olanzapine and fluoxetine17 are approved for treating bipolar depression. The studies supporting this indication lasted only 8 weeks, however, and excluded patients with the kinds of complicated and comorbid mood disorders commonly seen in clinical practice.
Many patients dropped out before the studies were completed, and “screen fails” (patients with the diagnosis who were not enrolled in the study) were not reported. In addition, “remitted” patients remained symptomatic.
Therefore, FDA approval of this indication does not guarantee these medications’ long-term efficacy or safety for bipolar depression or that they are useful in patients with complex forms of bipolar depression.
Recommended approach. Treatment resistance of bipolar depression to multiple mood stabilizers—with or without an antidepressant—or to an antipsychotic may manifest as lack of response, partial response, or initial good response followed by relapse or recurrence. Sometimes depression improves but irritability or mood lability worsen.
No reliable controlled studies have addressed complex refractory bipolar depression, but clinical experience suggests 1 approach for all of these responses:
Reconsider possible hypothyroidism. A low-normal T4—especially if decreased over time—and a mid-range or high-normal TSH—especially if increased—may indicate that subclinical hypothyroidism is inhibiting a response to mood stabilizers and antidepressants.18
Stop the antidepressant. If your patient is taking an antidepressant, it may be ineffective, creating mixed dysphoric hypomania, and/or driving another recurrence of depression. This is especially likely if the patient shows an initial prompt antidepressant response, but depression returns with irritability, insomnia, restlessness, or other subtle symptoms of dysphoric hypomania.
Withdraw the antidepressant gradually; for example, you might reduce the dose by 10% every few weeks so that the agent is discontinued across several months. Discontinuing an antidepressant too rapidly—even if it does not seem to be having any effect—can cause rebound depression that creates the mistaken impression that the antidepressant is needed.
Combine mood stabilizers. If a single mood stabilizer does not at least eliminate mood lability and other symptoms of activation, add a second agent. The combination of lithium and carbamazepine helps some depressed patients.20 Patients with considerable mood instability or psychotic symptoms may benefit from an adjunct antipsychotic.
Introduce mood stabilizers gradually. These medications may work more rapidly against mixed manic symptoms than they do against depression, especially when the dose is raised too quickly. The result is rapid control of irritability, hyperactivity, agitation, and related symptoms but an apparent increase in depression as mixed elements of elevated mood and energy are filtered out.
Add an antidepressant? If gradual adjustment of mood stabilizers eliminates mixed symptoms and mood fluctuations but the patient is still depressed, cautiously add an antidepressant. Antidepressants may be less likely to destabilize mood after all mixed elements have been treated completely.
Approximately 20% of bipolar patients are thought to experience rapid cycling, defined as ≥4 affective episodes/year separated by at least 2 weeks of euthymia between poles or with an immediate switch from one pole to the other.32 The prevalence of ultradian cycling—in which multiple brief affective episodes (usually subsyndromal or mixed) occur each day—is unclear.
Both cycling types probably represent stages in the evolution of bipolar mood disorders rather than distinct diagnoses. In many cases, mood cycling abates after months to years, but morbidity can be high and the wrong treatment may perpetuate mood cycling.
Complex mood cycling rarely responds to a single treatment, probably because its pathophysiology is complex. The need for polypharmacy may create the impression of treatment failure, but no one would expect a single medication to be sufficient for other complex illnesses such as cancer or AIDS.
21 Other medications have shown antidepressant effects in bipolar depression (Table).22-31 Although clinicians often use serotonin reuptake inhibitors, this practice has no empiric support in refractory bipolar depression—and our experience has not been particularly positive. Fluoxetine’s long half-life can perpetuate adverse effects long after the medication is withdrawn, and rebound depression is not uncommon when paroxetine or venlafaxine are withdrawn.
Some experts recommend discontinuing the antidepressant after depression remits to avoid driving more recurrences,3 but others do not think continuing antidepressants is risky. Apparently some patients do well with continued antidepressants, and others do not. In our experience, patients who have had mixed symptoms or mood lability are most likely to deteriorate with continued antidepressant treatment. Whenever depression returns after an initial and especially rapid response to an antidepressant, consider withdrawing the antidepressant and maximizing mood stabilizers first rather than changing or augmenting the antidepressant.
Treat seasonal symptoms. Many bipolar patients are most likely to be depressed in winter, and seasonal affective disorder is common in patients with a bipolar mood disorder. Their depression may respond to artificial bright light, usually given in the morning. Light therapy can help normalize the sleep-wake cycle, although it also can induce hypomania.
Other options. ECT is the most reliably effective treatment for bipolar depression. Because it treats both poles of the mood disorder, ECT also can be a useful maintenance treatment. A comparison of rTMS and placebo in 23 bipolar depressed patients failed to find any benefit of active treatment.32
Table
What now? Treatment options for refractory bipolar depression
| Treatment | Comment |
|---|---|
| Psychotherapy | Combine with somatic therapies for most patients with refractory mood disorders; adjunctive CBT, interpersonal and social rhythms therapy, or family-focused therapy speeded bipolar depression recovery in STEP-BD22 |
| Bupropion | Generally accepted as first-line antidepressant; the relatively low doses used may explain this agent’s lower risk of inducing mania compared with other antidepressants |
| MAO inhibitors | Can be combined with carbamazepine;23 tranylcypromine is best-studied antidepressant in bipolar depression and is especially useful for anergic states;24 selegiline also can be useful |
| Stimulants | Stimulants—such as methylphenidate, 15 to 30 mg/d—can be rapidly effective for lethargic, anergic depression (although evidence is limited); benefit wears off rapidly if mood is adversely affected |
| Pramipexole | Activating dopaminergic agent with rapid onset; investigational; has produced an antidepressant effect in patients with bipolar II depression when added to mood stabilizers25 |
| Modafinil | May be useful for residual fatigue in major depression and medication-induced sedation;26 improved depressive symptoms when used as an adjunct27 |
| Anticonvulsants | Anticonvulsants other than lamotrigine and carbamazepine-lithium combinations are considered later choices for bipolar depression; adjunctive zonisamide has been helpful in case series;28 gabapentin, pregabalin, and topiramate also can be useful adjuncts (although not supported by controlled studies in depression); adding levetiracetam may improve response29 |
| NMDA antagonist | Investigational; memantine30 was effective in a small controlled study, and riluzole (indicated for amyotrophic lateral sclerosis) was helpful in a small open study31 |
| CBT: cognitive-behavioral therapy; MAO: monoamine oxidase; NMDA: N-methyl-D-aspartate; STEP-BD: Systematic Treatment Enhancement Program for Bipolar Disorder | |
Rapid and ultradian cycling
No controlled studies have compared single-drug or combination therapies for rapid and ultradian cycling (Box 3).33 Thus, our recommendations for treating patients with cycling who have not responded to initial interventions are based on case series and clinical experience.
Reassess thyroid function. As many as 70% of patients with rapid cycling have subclinical hypothyroidism that contributes to mood instability.34 Thyroid replacement is indicated for any degree of hypothyroidism—even if medically unimportant—in patients with refractory mood disorders.
Slowly withdraw antidepressants. Most patients with rapid cycling are taking antidepressants. If your patient is experiencing depressive symptoms while taking an antidepressant, this means the antidepressant is not working and there is little point in continuing it. For patients being withdrawn from multiple antidepressants, rotate dose decrements to help you monitor the effect of each reduction.
Combine mood stabilizers. After optimizing the dose of a single mood stabilizer, add a second one from a different class. In an open trial, adding oxcarbazepine, up to 2,400 mg/d, helped approximately one-third of 20 patients with refractory mood cycling.10 Lithium is generally considered less effective than anticonvulsants in rapid cycling, but at least one study showed it was equivalent to carbamazepine for this problem.35 Lithium combined with other mood stabilizers may be more effective than lithium monotherapy in refractory bipolar states.
Other options to consider in combination with mood stabilizers:
- an antipsychotic, especially in the presence of psychotic symptoms, when mixed symptoms are present
- clozapine, which can be a highly effective adjunct for refractory mood cycling and mixed states36 (but is a later adjunct because of required monitoring, common adverse effects, and risk of interactions with carbamazepine and benzodiazepines)
- nimodipine, which has empiric support for complex mood cycling37 and is well-tolerated with fewer interactions than other mood stabilizers (but cost and need for frequent dosing make it a second-line adjunct)
- supraphysiologic doses of thyroxine (≤0.4 mg/d, with T4 levels in the hyperthyroid range), which can improve response to mood-stabilizing regimens34 (but risks of inducing hyperthyroidism make this intervention third-line).
Related resources
- Dubovsky SL. Clinical guide to psychotropic medications. New York: WW Norton; 2005.
- Dubovsky SL. Treatment of bipolar depression. Psychiatr Clin North Am 2005;28:349-70.
- Phillip Long, MD. Internet Mental Health. Online psychiatric diagnosis for the two-thirds of individuals with mental illness who do not seek treatment. www.mentalhealth.com/dis/p20-md02.html.
- Bupropion • Wellbutrin
- Carbamazepine • Tegretol
- Clonazepam • Klonopin
- Clozapine • Clozaril
- Fluoxetine • Prozac
- Gabapentin • Neurontin
- Lamotrigine • Lamictal
- Levetiracetam • Keppra
- Lithium • Lithobid, others
- Lorazepam • Ativan
- Memantine • Namenda
- Methylphenidate • Concerta, Ritalin, others
- Modafinil • Provigil
- Nimodipine • Nimotop
- Olanzapine/fluoxetine • Symbyax
- Oxcarbazepine • Trileptal
- Paroxetine • Paxil
- Pramipexole • Mirapex
- Pregabalin • Lyrica
- Quetiapine • Seroquel
- Riluzole • Rilutek
- Selegiline • Eldepryl
- Topiramate • Topamax
- Tranylcypromine • Parnate
- Valproate • Depakene, Depakote
- Venlafaxine • Effexor
- Verapamil • Calan, Isoptin, others
- Zonisamide • Zonegran
Dr. Mostert reports no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.
Dr. Dubovsky receives research/grant support from Eli Lilly and Company, Organon, Pfizer, UCB Pharma, anhd Forest Laboratories. He is a consultant to Oganon and Biovail Pharmaceuticals.
1. Judd JL, Akiskal HS, Schettler PJ, et al. A prospective investigation of the natural history of the long-term weekly symptomatic status of bipolar II disorder. Arch Gen Psychiatry 2003;61:261-9.
2. Perlis RH, Ostacher MJ, Patel JK, et al. Predictors of recurrence in bipolar disorder: primary outcomes from the Systematic Treatment Enhancement Program for Bipolar Disorder (STEPBD). Am J Psychiatry 2006;163:217-24.
3. Altschuler LL, Post RM, Leverich GS. Antidepressant-induced mania and cycle acceleration: a controversy revisited. Am J Psychiatry 1995;152:1130-8.
4. Osterberg L, Blaschke T. Drug therapy: adherence to medication. N Engl J Med 2005;353:487-97.
5. Kusalic M. Grade II and grade III hypothyroidism in rapid cycling bipolar patients. Biol Psychiatry 1992;25:177-81.
6. Franks RD, Dubovsky SL, Lifshitz M, et al. Long-term lithium carbonate therapy causes hyperparathyroidism. Arch Gen Psychiatry 1982;39:1074-7.
7. Allen MH, Hirschfeld RMA, Wozniak PJ, et al. Linear relationship of valproate serum concentration to response and optimal serum levels for acute mania. Am J Psychiatry 2006;163:272-5.
8. Tohen M, Chengappa KN, Suppes T, et al. Efficacy of olanzapine in combination with valproate or lithium in the treatment of mania in patients partially responsive to valproate or lithium monotherapy. Arch Gen Psychiatry 2002;59:62-9.
9. Pazzaglia P, Post RM, Ketter TA, et al. Nimodipine monotherapy and carbamazepine augmentation in patients with refractory recurrent affective illness. J Clin Psychopharmacol 1998;18:404-13.
10. Conway CR, Chibnall JT, Nelson LA, et al. An open-label trial of adjunctive oxcarbazepine for bipolar disorder. J Clin Psychopharmacol 2006;26:95-7.
11. Calabrese JR, Kimmel SE, Woyshville MJ, et al. Clozapine for treatment-refractory mania. Am J Psychiatry 1996;153:759-64.
12. Mukherjee S, Sackeim HA, Schnur DB. Electroconvulsive therapy of acute manic episodes: a review of 50 years’ experience. Am J Psychiatry 1994;151:169-76.
13. Michael N, Erfurth A. Treatment of bipolar mania with right prefrontal rapid transcranial magnetic stimulation. J Affect Disord 2004;78:253-7.
14. Baldessarini RJ, Leahy L, Arcona S, et al. Patterns of psychotropic drug prescription for U.S. patients with diagnoses of bipolar disorders. Psychiatr Serv 2007;58:85-91.
15. Sachs GS, Nierenberg AA, Calabrese JR, et al. Effectiveness of adjunctive antidepressant treatment for bipolar depression. N Engl J Med 2007;356:1711-22.
16. Cookson J, Keck PE, Jr, Ketter TA, Macfadden W. Number needed to treat and time to response/remission for quetiapine monotherapy efficacy in acute bipolar depression: evidence from a large, randomized, placebo-controlled study. Int Clin Psychopharmacol 2007;22(2):93-100.
17. Tohen M, Vieta E, Calabrese JR, et al. Efficacy of olanzapine and olanzapine-fluoxetine combination in the treatment of bipolar I depression. Arch Gen Psychiatry 2003;60:1079-88.
18. Cole DP, Thase ME, Mallinger AG, et al. Slower treatment response in bipolar depression predicted by lower pretreatment thyroid function. Am J Psychiatry 2002;159:116-21.
19. Benazzi F. Bipolar disorder—focus on bipolar II disorder and mixed depression. Lancet 2007;369:935-45.
20. Kishimoto A. The treatment of affective disorder with carbamazepine: prophylactic synergism of lithium and carbamazepine combination. Prog Neuropsychopharmacol Biol Psychiatry 1992;16:483-93.
21. McElroy SL, Zarate CA, Cookson J, et al. A 52-week, open-label continuation study of lamotrigine in the treatment of bipolar depression. J Clin Psychiatry 2004;65:204-10.
22. Miklowitz DJ, Otto MW, Frank E, et al. Psychosocial treatments for bipolar depression: a 1-year randomized trial from the Systematic Treatment Enhancement Program. Arch Gen Psychiatry 2007;64:419-26.
23. Ketter TA, Post RM, Parekh PI, Worthington K. Addition of monoamine oxidase inhibitors to carbamazepine: preliminary evidence of safety and antidepressant efficacy in treatment-resistant depression. J Clin Psychiatry 1995;56:471-5.
24. Himmelhoch JM, Thase ME, Mallinger AG, Houck PR. Tranylcypromine versus imipramine in anergic bipolar depression. Am J Psychiatry 1991;148:910-6.
25. Zarate CAJ, Payne JL, Singh J, et al. Pramipexole for bipolar II depression: a placebo-controlled proof of concept study. Biol Psychiatry 2004;56:54-60.
26. Lam JY, Freeman MK, Cates ME. Modafinil augmentation for residual symptoms of fatigue in patients with a partial response to antidepressants. Ann Pharmacother 2007;41:1005-12.
27. Frye MA, Grunze H, Suppes T, et al. A placebo-controlled evaluation of adjunctive modafinil in the treatment of bipolar depression. Am J Psychiatry 2007;164:1242-9.
28. Anand A, Bukhari L, Jennings SA, et al. A preliminary open-label study of zonisamide treatment for bipolar depression in 10 patients. J Clin Psychiatry 2005;66:195-8.
29. Post RM, Altshuler LL, Frye MA, et al. Preliminary observations on the effectiveness of levetiracetam in the open adjunctive treatment of refractory bipolar disorder. J Clin Psychiatry 2005;66:370-4.
30. Zarate CAJ, Singh JB, Carlson PJ, et al. A randomized trial of an N-methyl-D-aspartate antagonist in treatment-resistant major depression. Arch Gen Psychiatry 2006;63:856-64.
31. Zarate CAJ, Quiroz JA, Singh JB, et al. An open-label trial of the glutamate-modulating agent riluzole in combination with lithium for the treatment of bipolar depression. Biol Psychiatry 2005;57:430-2.
32. Nahas Z, Kozel FA, Li X, et al. Left prefrontal transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS) treatment of depression in bipolar affective disorder: a pilot study of acute safety and efficacy. Bipolar Disord 2003;5:40-7.
33. Schneck CD. Treatment of rapid-cycling bipolar disorder. J Clin Psychiatry 2006;67(suppl 11):22-7.
34. Bauer MS, Whybrow PC, Winokur A. Rapid cycling bipolar affective disorder, I: Association with grade I hypothyroidism. Arch Gen Psychiatry 1990;47:427-32.
35. Okuma T, Yamashita I, Takahashi R, et al. Comparison of the antimanic efficacy of carbamazepine and lithium carbonate by double-blind controlled study. Pharmacopsychiatry 1990;23:143-50.
36. Calabrese JR, Meltzer HY, Markovitz PJ. Clozapine prophylaxis in rapid cycling bipolar disorder. J Clin Psychopharmacol 1991;11:396-7.
37. Goodnick PJ. Nimodipine treatment of rapid cycling bipolar disorder. J Clin Psychiatry 1995;56:330.-
All phases of bipolar disorder can be difficult to treat, and patients remain symptomatic on average about half the time.1 Not all bipolar patients who experience continued illness and disability are treatment-resistant (Box 1), but when symptoms persist you may ask yourself: Was treatment suboptimal or simply ineffective?
Patients with severe symptoms may be satisfied with a substantial decrease in symptoms, but any residual symptoms cause ongoing distress and lower the threshold for recurrences.2 Finding the right combination of therapies for your patient is key to achieving an enduring response.
Future studies may tell us which treatments to combine and in what sequence for complex bipolar disorder, but—since most published studies exclude complex and comorbid cases—for now we must rely on limited controlled data and clinical experience. Using those resources, we offer comprehensive, practical recommendations for trouble-shooting (Box 2)3-6 and getting better results when bipolar disorder does not respond to standard treatment.
Some studies define treatment resistance as failure to respond to lithium, and in other settings it is viewed as failure to respond to ≥2 treatment courses. Because euthymia and normal functioning are important for long-term prognosis, we define treatment-resistance as failure to achieve both symptomatic and functional remission following an adequate course of therapy.
Effective strategies for treating bipolar disorder depend on:
- illness phase (later episodes are more difficult to treat than earlier ones)
- symptom complexity (mixed symptoms probably reflect more complex pathophysiology and are more likely to require combination therapies)
- predominant presentations (mania, depression, rapid and ultradian cycling)
- whether symptoms are acute or chronic.
Unfortunately, the findings of and strategies used in clinical trials of refractory bipolar disorder are difficult to extrapolate to everyday practice. Most studies exclude patients with a history of treatment resistance, severe symptoms, and important comorbidities such as substance abuse. In addition, the usual primary endpoint is response (≥50% reduction of symptoms) rather than remission (minimal symptoms and no longer meeting criteria for the disorder). Very few studies address functional remission, which is necessary to reduce the risk of symptomatic recurrence.
In clinical practice, when initial treatment for bipolar disorder fails to produce remission, systematically addressing 5 questions (Box 2) can help direct your next step.
Mania
When a patient with mania does not respond as expected, the next step depends on which antimanic agent you prescribed:
Lithium can take a month to become fully effective for mania, which is why a benzodiazepine or antipsychotic is often added acutely to reduce agitation. Do not mistake neurotoxic interactions between lithium and antipsychotics for increased mania.
Although data vary on lithium’s optimal serum level, adjust to approximately 0.8 to 1 mEq/L, if tolerated, when lower levels are not effective. Children and young adolescents may need higher serum levels (such as 1.5 mEq/L) because the difference between serum and brain lithium levels is greater in younger patients than in adults.
Consider the dosing schedule. Because lithium’s elimination half-life with repeated dosing is 24 hours, most adults can take any formulation once daily—which improves adherence and reduces adverse effects. Children eliminate lithium more rapidly and need more frequent dosing.
High loading doses result in more rapid control of agitation, probably as a result of sedation. In our experience, however, rapidly sedating patients may interfere with long-term adherence.
Carbamazepine, other anticonvulsants. Because they less sedating, carbamazepine and other anticonvulsants might not appear to be rapidly effective for bipolar mania. If you wait up to a month, however, any antimanic effect will be obvious.
Antipsychotics are rapidly effective for mania. Higher doses work faster but produce more side effects. After an acute response, some patients can be maintained on a second-generation antipsychotic (SGA), but others do better on a standard mood stabilizer such as lithium or valproate.
Calcium channel blockers. Verapamil has been effective mostly for lithium-responsive mania in 27 of 30 studies. Nimodipine has been useful for more complex bipolar syndromes in a few studies using patients as their own controls.
To be effective for bipolar disorder, however, calcium channel blockers require frequent, high dosing (such as verapamil, 120 mg 4 times daily, or nimodipine, 60 to 120 mg 6 times daily), which makes adherence difficult.
1 Is the patient taking anything that is making symptoms worse?
Antidepressants can induce mania, hypomania, and cycle acceleration in bipolar disorder, even when mood stabilizers are co-prescribed.3 Stimulants also may destabilize bipolar mood disorders; consider this possibility when patients taking stimulants for apparent attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder at first appear to improve and then deteriorate.
Alcohol and cocaine can induce mania and depression. Cocaine is a potent kindling stimulus that could contribute to enduring mood instability.
2 Is the patient taking the medication?
Treatment adherence by bipolar patients may be as low as 35%.4 Ask outpatients what kinds of problems they have encountered taking medications, not whether they have such problems. Talk with the patient about adherence after each dosage increase, and be readily available. Prescribe extended-release pills for patients who have trouble keeping track of medications.
3 Is treatment adequate?
Adjust mood-stabilizer dosing until the patient responds or cannot tolerate the medication; complex cases often require combination treatment. Give the medication sufficient time to work; most mood stabilizers take ≥1 month to become fully effective.
4 Is another condition interfering with treatment?
Up to 70% of patients with refractory mood disorders have subclinical hypothyroidism. Look for:
- elevated thyroid stimulating hormone (TSH) with or without decreased thyroxine (T4)
- elevated TSH response to thyrotrop-inreleasing hormone (TRH).5
Also consider hypercalcemia from chronic lithium therapy,6 anemia, sleep apnea, posttraumatic stress disorder, substance use disorders, and personality disorders.
5 Am I ignoring psychotherapy?
Address psychosocial issues that influence the course of illness. Attend to patients’ important relationships, loss, negative thinking, and biological and social rhythms.
- consider augmentation first when a patient has had a partial response to a given medication
- switch when a patient cannot tolerate or shows no response to a therapeutic dose of a given medication.
Combinations of lithium and carbamazepine or valproate can be more effective than either drug alone, but therapeutic doses of each usually are needed. Carbamazepine has been used successfully to augment a partial response to nimodipine.9 In a small open-label trial, adding oxcarbazepine to lithium, valproate or antidepressants improved response in some patients with mild refractory mania.10
Switching among anticonvulsants can be useful because their actions and side effects differ. Clozapine in a wide range of doses can be very effective for refractory mania,11 but its use is difficult to monitor in highly agitated manic patients.
Other options. Electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) is the most effective treatment for mania, producing higher response rates than any antimanic drug.12 In a study of repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation (rTMS), 8 of 9 patients with mania refractory to mood stabilizers had a sustained response after 1 month of right-sided rTMS treatment.13 Conversely, left-sided rTMS can aggravate mania.
Bipolar depression
Continuing controversy about the best way to treat bipolar depression makes it difficult to know if treatment has been suboptimal or a patient is treatment-resistant.
Antidepressants. No antidepressant is approved (or recommended) as monotherapy for bipolar depression, and most experts recommend against prescribing antidepressants without concomitant mood stabilizers. Even so:
- Clinicians prescribing monotherapy for bipolar disorder choose antidepressants twice as often as mood stabilizers.
- Antidepressants are prescribed more frequently in combination with mood stabilizers than as monotherapy, although empiric trials have shown most antidepressants are not effective for bipolar depression.14
In many cases, an antidepressant seems to help at first and then induces a recurrence of depression, often mixed with dysphoric hypomanic symptoms. The recurrent episode improves when the clinician increases the antidepressant dose or changes to another antidepressant, only to be followed by another recurrence that may be interpreted as an incomplete antidepressant response.
Antipsychotics. Quetiapine16 and a combination of olanzapine and fluoxetine17 are approved for treating bipolar depression. The studies supporting this indication lasted only 8 weeks, however, and excluded patients with the kinds of complicated and comorbid mood disorders commonly seen in clinical practice.
Many patients dropped out before the studies were completed, and “screen fails” (patients with the diagnosis who were not enrolled in the study) were not reported. In addition, “remitted” patients remained symptomatic.
Therefore, FDA approval of this indication does not guarantee these medications’ long-term efficacy or safety for bipolar depression or that they are useful in patients with complex forms of bipolar depression.
Recommended approach. Treatment resistance of bipolar depression to multiple mood stabilizers—with or without an antidepressant—or to an antipsychotic may manifest as lack of response, partial response, or initial good response followed by relapse or recurrence. Sometimes depression improves but irritability or mood lability worsen.
No reliable controlled studies have addressed complex refractory bipolar depression, but clinical experience suggests 1 approach for all of these responses:
Reconsider possible hypothyroidism. A low-normal T4—especially if decreased over time—and a mid-range or high-normal TSH—especially if increased—may indicate that subclinical hypothyroidism is inhibiting a response to mood stabilizers and antidepressants.18
Stop the antidepressant. If your patient is taking an antidepressant, it may be ineffective, creating mixed dysphoric hypomania, and/or driving another recurrence of depression. This is especially likely if the patient shows an initial prompt antidepressant response, but depression returns with irritability, insomnia, restlessness, or other subtle symptoms of dysphoric hypomania.
Withdraw the antidepressant gradually; for example, you might reduce the dose by 10% every few weeks so that the agent is discontinued across several months. Discontinuing an antidepressant too rapidly—even if it does not seem to be having any effect—can cause rebound depression that creates the mistaken impression that the antidepressant is needed.
Combine mood stabilizers. If a single mood stabilizer does not at least eliminate mood lability and other symptoms of activation, add a second agent. The combination of lithium and carbamazepine helps some depressed patients.20 Patients with considerable mood instability or psychotic symptoms may benefit from an adjunct antipsychotic.
Introduce mood stabilizers gradually. These medications may work more rapidly against mixed manic symptoms than they do against depression, especially when the dose is raised too quickly. The result is rapid control of irritability, hyperactivity, agitation, and related symptoms but an apparent increase in depression as mixed elements of elevated mood and energy are filtered out.
Add an antidepressant? If gradual adjustment of mood stabilizers eliminates mixed symptoms and mood fluctuations but the patient is still depressed, cautiously add an antidepressant. Antidepressants may be less likely to destabilize mood after all mixed elements have been treated completely.
Approximately 20% of bipolar patients are thought to experience rapid cycling, defined as ≥4 affective episodes/year separated by at least 2 weeks of euthymia between poles or with an immediate switch from one pole to the other.32 The prevalence of ultradian cycling—in which multiple brief affective episodes (usually subsyndromal or mixed) occur each day—is unclear.
Both cycling types probably represent stages in the evolution of bipolar mood disorders rather than distinct diagnoses. In many cases, mood cycling abates after months to years, but morbidity can be high and the wrong treatment may perpetuate mood cycling.
Complex mood cycling rarely responds to a single treatment, probably because its pathophysiology is complex. The need for polypharmacy may create the impression of treatment failure, but no one would expect a single medication to be sufficient for other complex illnesses such as cancer or AIDS.
21 Other medications have shown antidepressant effects in bipolar depression (Table).22-31 Although clinicians often use serotonin reuptake inhibitors, this practice has no empiric support in refractory bipolar depression—and our experience has not been particularly positive. Fluoxetine’s long half-life can perpetuate adverse effects long after the medication is withdrawn, and rebound depression is not uncommon when paroxetine or venlafaxine are withdrawn.
Some experts recommend discontinuing the antidepressant after depression remits to avoid driving more recurrences,3 but others do not think continuing antidepressants is risky. Apparently some patients do well with continued antidepressants, and others do not. In our experience, patients who have had mixed symptoms or mood lability are most likely to deteriorate with continued antidepressant treatment. Whenever depression returns after an initial and especially rapid response to an antidepressant, consider withdrawing the antidepressant and maximizing mood stabilizers first rather than changing or augmenting the antidepressant.
Treat seasonal symptoms. Many bipolar patients are most likely to be depressed in winter, and seasonal affective disorder is common in patients with a bipolar mood disorder. Their depression may respond to artificial bright light, usually given in the morning. Light therapy can help normalize the sleep-wake cycle, although it also can induce hypomania.
Other options. ECT is the most reliably effective treatment for bipolar depression. Because it treats both poles of the mood disorder, ECT also can be a useful maintenance treatment. A comparison of rTMS and placebo in 23 bipolar depressed patients failed to find any benefit of active treatment.32
Table
What now? Treatment options for refractory bipolar depression
| Treatment | Comment |
|---|---|
| Psychotherapy | Combine with somatic therapies for most patients with refractory mood disorders; adjunctive CBT, interpersonal and social rhythms therapy, or family-focused therapy speeded bipolar depression recovery in STEP-BD22 |
| Bupropion | Generally accepted as first-line antidepressant; the relatively low doses used may explain this agent’s lower risk of inducing mania compared with other antidepressants |
| MAO inhibitors | Can be combined with carbamazepine;23 tranylcypromine is best-studied antidepressant in bipolar depression and is especially useful for anergic states;24 selegiline also can be useful |
| Stimulants | Stimulants—such as methylphenidate, 15 to 30 mg/d—can be rapidly effective for lethargic, anergic depression (although evidence is limited); benefit wears off rapidly if mood is adversely affected |
| Pramipexole | Activating dopaminergic agent with rapid onset; investigational; has produced an antidepressant effect in patients with bipolar II depression when added to mood stabilizers25 |
| Modafinil | May be useful for residual fatigue in major depression and medication-induced sedation;26 improved depressive symptoms when used as an adjunct27 |
| Anticonvulsants | Anticonvulsants other than lamotrigine and carbamazepine-lithium combinations are considered later choices for bipolar depression; adjunctive zonisamide has been helpful in case series;28 gabapentin, pregabalin, and topiramate also can be useful adjuncts (although not supported by controlled studies in depression); adding levetiracetam may improve response29 |
| NMDA antagonist | Investigational; memantine30 was effective in a small controlled study, and riluzole (indicated for amyotrophic lateral sclerosis) was helpful in a small open study31 |
| CBT: cognitive-behavioral therapy; MAO: monoamine oxidase; NMDA: N-methyl-D-aspartate; STEP-BD: Systematic Treatment Enhancement Program for Bipolar Disorder | |
Rapid and ultradian cycling
No controlled studies have compared single-drug or combination therapies for rapid and ultradian cycling (Box 3).33 Thus, our recommendations for treating patients with cycling who have not responded to initial interventions are based on case series and clinical experience.
Reassess thyroid function. As many as 70% of patients with rapid cycling have subclinical hypothyroidism that contributes to mood instability.34 Thyroid replacement is indicated for any degree of hypothyroidism—even if medically unimportant—in patients with refractory mood disorders.
Slowly withdraw antidepressants. Most patients with rapid cycling are taking antidepressants. If your patient is experiencing depressive symptoms while taking an antidepressant, this means the antidepressant is not working and there is little point in continuing it. For patients being withdrawn from multiple antidepressants, rotate dose decrements to help you monitor the effect of each reduction.
Combine mood stabilizers. After optimizing the dose of a single mood stabilizer, add a second one from a different class. In an open trial, adding oxcarbazepine, up to 2,400 mg/d, helped approximately one-third of 20 patients with refractory mood cycling.10 Lithium is generally considered less effective than anticonvulsants in rapid cycling, but at least one study showed it was equivalent to carbamazepine for this problem.35 Lithium combined with other mood stabilizers may be more effective than lithium monotherapy in refractory bipolar states.
Other options to consider in combination with mood stabilizers:
- an antipsychotic, especially in the presence of psychotic symptoms, when mixed symptoms are present
- clozapine, which can be a highly effective adjunct for refractory mood cycling and mixed states36 (but is a later adjunct because of required monitoring, common adverse effects, and risk of interactions with carbamazepine and benzodiazepines)
- nimodipine, which has empiric support for complex mood cycling37 and is well-tolerated with fewer interactions than other mood stabilizers (but cost and need for frequent dosing make it a second-line adjunct)
- supraphysiologic doses of thyroxine (≤0.4 mg/d, with T4 levels in the hyperthyroid range), which can improve response to mood-stabilizing regimens34 (but risks of inducing hyperthyroidism make this intervention third-line).
Related resources
- Dubovsky SL. Clinical guide to psychotropic medications. New York: WW Norton; 2005.
- Dubovsky SL. Treatment of bipolar depression. Psychiatr Clin North Am 2005;28:349-70.
- Phillip Long, MD. Internet Mental Health. Online psychiatric diagnosis for the two-thirds of individuals with mental illness who do not seek treatment. www.mentalhealth.com/dis/p20-md02.html.
- Bupropion • Wellbutrin
- Carbamazepine • Tegretol
- Clonazepam • Klonopin
- Clozapine • Clozaril
- Fluoxetine • Prozac
- Gabapentin • Neurontin
- Lamotrigine • Lamictal
- Levetiracetam • Keppra
- Lithium • Lithobid, others
- Lorazepam • Ativan
- Memantine • Namenda
- Methylphenidate • Concerta, Ritalin, others
- Modafinil • Provigil
- Nimodipine • Nimotop
- Olanzapine/fluoxetine • Symbyax
- Oxcarbazepine • Trileptal
- Paroxetine • Paxil
- Pramipexole • Mirapex
- Pregabalin • Lyrica
- Quetiapine • Seroquel
- Riluzole • Rilutek
- Selegiline • Eldepryl
- Topiramate • Topamax
- Tranylcypromine • Parnate
- Valproate • Depakene, Depakote
- Venlafaxine • Effexor
- Verapamil • Calan, Isoptin, others
- Zonisamide • Zonegran
Dr. Mostert reports no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.
Dr. Dubovsky receives research/grant support from Eli Lilly and Company, Organon, Pfizer, UCB Pharma, anhd Forest Laboratories. He is a consultant to Oganon and Biovail Pharmaceuticals.
All phases of bipolar disorder can be difficult to treat, and patients remain symptomatic on average about half the time.1 Not all bipolar patients who experience continued illness and disability are treatment-resistant (Box 1), but when symptoms persist you may ask yourself: Was treatment suboptimal or simply ineffective?
Patients with severe symptoms may be satisfied with a substantial decrease in symptoms, but any residual symptoms cause ongoing distress and lower the threshold for recurrences.2 Finding the right combination of therapies for your patient is key to achieving an enduring response.
Future studies may tell us which treatments to combine and in what sequence for complex bipolar disorder, but—since most published studies exclude complex and comorbid cases—for now we must rely on limited controlled data and clinical experience. Using those resources, we offer comprehensive, practical recommendations for trouble-shooting (Box 2)3-6 and getting better results when bipolar disorder does not respond to standard treatment.
Some studies define treatment resistance as failure to respond to lithium, and in other settings it is viewed as failure to respond to ≥2 treatment courses. Because euthymia and normal functioning are important for long-term prognosis, we define treatment-resistance as failure to achieve both symptomatic and functional remission following an adequate course of therapy.
Effective strategies for treating bipolar disorder depend on:
- illness phase (later episodes are more difficult to treat than earlier ones)
- symptom complexity (mixed symptoms probably reflect more complex pathophysiology and are more likely to require combination therapies)
- predominant presentations (mania, depression, rapid and ultradian cycling)
- whether symptoms are acute or chronic.
Unfortunately, the findings of and strategies used in clinical trials of refractory bipolar disorder are difficult to extrapolate to everyday practice. Most studies exclude patients with a history of treatment resistance, severe symptoms, and important comorbidities such as substance abuse. In addition, the usual primary endpoint is response (≥50% reduction of symptoms) rather than remission (minimal symptoms and no longer meeting criteria for the disorder). Very few studies address functional remission, which is necessary to reduce the risk of symptomatic recurrence.
In clinical practice, when initial treatment for bipolar disorder fails to produce remission, systematically addressing 5 questions (Box 2) can help direct your next step.
Mania
When a patient with mania does not respond as expected, the next step depends on which antimanic agent you prescribed:
Lithium can take a month to become fully effective for mania, which is why a benzodiazepine or antipsychotic is often added acutely to reduce agitation. Do not mistake neurotoxic interactions between lithium and antipsychotics for increased mania.
Although data vary on lithium’s optimal serum level, adjust to approximately 0.8 to 1 mEq/L, if tolerated, when lower levels are not effective. Children and young adolescents may need higher serum levels (such as 1.5 mEq/L) because the difference between serum and brain lithium levels is greater in younger patients than in adults.
Consider the dosing schedule. Because lithium’s elimination half-life with repeated dosing is 24 hours, most adults can take any formulation once daily—which improves adherence and reduces adverse effects. Children eliminate lithium more rapidly and need more frequent dosing.
High loading doses result in more rapid control of agitation, probably as a result of sedation. In our experience, however, rapidly sedating patients may interfere with long-term adherence.
Carbamazepine, other anticonvulsants. Because they less sedating, carbamazepine and other anticonvulsants might not appear to be rapidly effective for bipolar mania. If you wait up to a month, however, any antimanic effect will be obvious.
Antipsychotics are rapidly effective for mania. Higher doses work faster but produce more side effects. After an acute response, some patients can be maintained on a second-generation antipsychotic (SGA), but others do better on a standard mood stabilizer such as lithium or valproate.
Calcium channel blockers. Verapamil has been effective mostly for lithium-responsive mania in 27 of 30 studies. Nimodipine has been useful for more complex bipolar syndromes in a few studies using patients as their own controls.
To be effective for bipolar disorder, however, calcium channel blockers require frequent, high dosing (such as verapamil, 120 mg 4 times daily, or nimodipine, 60 to 120 mg 6 times daily), which makes adherence difficult.
1 Is the patient taking anything that is making symptoms worse?
Antidepressants can induce mania, hypomania, and cycle acceleration in bipolar disorder, even when mood stabilizers are co-prescribed.3 Stimulants also may destabilize bipolar mood disorders; consider this possibility when patients taking stimulants for apparent attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder at first appear to improve and then deteriorate.
Alcohol and cocaine can induce mania and depression. Cocaine is a potent kindling stimulus that could contribute to enduring mood instability.
2 Is the patient taking the medication?
Treatment adherence by bipolar patients may be as low as 35%.4 Ask outpatients what kinds of problems they have encountered taking medications, not whether they have such problems. Talk with the patient about adherence after each dosage increase, and be readily available. Prescribe extended-release pills for patients who have trouble keeping track of medications.
3 Is treatment adequate?
Adjust mood-stabilizer dosing until the patient responds or cannot tolerate the medication; complex cases often require combination treatment. Give the medication sufficient time to work; most mood stabilizers take ≥1 month to become fully effective.
4 Is another condition interfering with treatment?
Up to 70% of patients with refractory mood disorders have subclinical hypothyroidism. Look for:
- elevated thyroid stimulating hormone (TSH) with or without decreased thyroxine (T4)
- elevated TSH response to thyrotrop-inreleasing hormone (TRH).5
Also consider hypercalcemia from chronic lithium therapy,6 anemia, sleep apnea, posttraumatic stress disorder, substance use disorders, and personality disorders.
5 Am I ignoring psychotherapy?
Address psychosocial issues that influence the course of illness. Attend to patients’ important relationships, loss, negative thinking, and biological and social rhythms.
- consider augmentation first when a patient has had a partial response to a given medication
- switch when a patient cannot tolerate or shows no response to a therapeutic dose of a given medication.
Combinations of lithium and carbamazepine or valproate can be more effective than either drug alone, but therapeutic doses of each usually are needed. Carbamazepine has been used successfully to augment a partial response to nimodipine.9 In a small open-label trial, adding oxcarbazepine to lithium, valproate or antidepressants improved response in some patients with mild refractory mania.10
Switching among anticonvulsants can be useful because their actions and side effects differ. Clozapine in a wide range of doses can be very effective for refractory mania,11 but its use is difficult to monitor in highly agitated manic patients.
Other options. Electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) is the most effective treatment for mania, producing higher response rates than any antimanic drug.12 In a study of repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation (rTMS), 8 of 9 patients with mania refractory to mood stabilizers had a sustained response after 1 month of right-sided rTMS treatment.13 Conversely, left-sided rTMS can aggravate mania.
Bipolar depression
Continuing controversy about the best way to treat bipolar depression makes it difficult to know if treatment has been suboptimal or a patient is treatment-resistant.
Antidepressants. No antidepressant is approved (or recommended) as monotherapy for bipolar depression, and most experts recommend against prescribing antidepressants without concomitant mood stabilizers. Even so:
- Clinicians prescribing monotherapy for bipolar disorder choose antidepressants twice as often as mood stabilizers.
- Antidepressants are prescribed more frequently in combination with mood stabilizers than as monotherapy, although empiric trials have shown most antidepressants are not effective for bipolar depression.14
In many cases, an antidepressant seems to help at first and then induces a recurrence of depression, often mixed with dysphoric hypomanic symptoms. The recurrent episode improves when the clinician increases the antidepressant dose or changes to another antidepressant, only to be followed by another recurrence that may be interpreted as an incomplete antidepressant response.
Antipsychotics. Quetiapine16 and a combination of olanzapine and fluoxetine17 are approved for treating bipolar depression. The studies supporting this indication lasted only 8 weeks, however, and excluded patients with the kinds of complicated and comorbid mood disorders commonly seen in clinical practice.
Many patients dropped out before the studies were completed, and “screen fails” (patients with the diagnosis who were not enrolled in the study) were not reported. In addition, “remitted” patients remained symptomatic.
Therefore, FDA approval of this indication does not guarantee these medications’ long-term efficacy or safety for bipolar depression or that they are useful in patients with complex forms of bipolar depression.
Recommended approach. Treatment resistance of bipolar depression to multiple mood stabilizers—with or without an antidepressant—or to an antipsychotic may manifest as lack of response, partial response, or initial good response followed by relapse or recurrence. Sometimes depression improves but irritability or mood lability worsen.
No reliable controlled studies have addressed complex refractory bipolar depression, but clinical experience suggests 1 approach for all of these responses:
Reconsider possible hypothyroidism. A low-normal T4—especially if decreased over time—and a mid-range or high-normal TSH—especially if increased—may indicate that subclinical hypothyroidism is inhibiting a response to mood stabilizers and antidepressants.18
Stop the antidepressant. If your patient is taking an antidepressant, it may be ineffective, creating mixed dysphoric hypomania, and/or driving another recurrence of depression. This is especially likely if the patient shows an initial prompt antidepressant response, but depression returns with irritability, insomnia, restlessness, or other subtle symptoms of dysphoric hypomania.
Withdraw the antidepressant gradually; for example, you might reduce the dose by 10% every few weeks so that the agent is discontinued across several months. Discontinuing an antidepressant too rapidly—even if it does not seem to be having any effect—can cause rebound depression that creates the mistaken impression that the antidepressant is needed.
Combine mood stabilizers. If a single mood stabilizer does not at least eliminate mood lability and other symptoms of activation, add a second agent. The combination of lithium and carbamazepine helps some depressed patients.20 Patients with considerable mood instability or psychotic symptoms may benefit from an adjunct antipsychotic.
Introduce mood stabilizers gradually. These medications may work more rapidly against mixed manic symptoms than they do against depression, especially when the dose is raised too quickly. The result is rapid control of irritability, hyperactivity, agitation, and related symptoms but an apparent increase in depression as mixed elements of elevated mood and energy are filtered out.
Add an antidepressant? If gradual adjustment of mood stabilizers eliminates mixed symptoms and mood fluctuations but the patient is still depressed, cautiously add an antidepressant. Antidepressants may be less likely to destabilize mood after all mixed elements have been treated completely.
Approximately 20% of bipolar patients are thought to experience rapid cycling, defined as ≥4 affective episodes/year separated by at least 2 weeks of euthymia between poles or with an immediate switch from one pole to the other.32 The prevalence of ultradian cycling—in which multiple brief affective episodes (usually subsyndromal or mixed) occur each day—is unclear.
Both cycling types probably represent stages in the evolution of bipolar mood disorders rather than distinct diagnoses. In many cases, mood cycling abates after months to years, but morbidity can be high and the wrong treatment may perpetuate mood cycling.
Complex mood cycling rarely responds to a single treatment, probably because its pathophysiology is complex. The need for polypharmacy may create the impression of treatment failure, but no one would expect a single medication to be sufficient for other complex illnesses such as cancer or AIDS.
21 Other medications have shown antidepressant effects in bipolar depression (Table).22-31 Although clinicians often use serotonin reuptake inhibitors, this practice has no empiric support in refractory bipolar depression—and our experience has not been particularly positive. Fluoxetine’s long half-life can perpetuate adverse effects long after the medication is withdrawn, and rebound depression is not uncommon when paroxetine or venlafaxine are withdrawn.
Some experts recommend discontinuing the antidepressant after depression remits to avoid driving more recurrences,3 but others do not think continuing antidepressants is risky. Apparently some patients do well with continued antidepressants, and others do not. In our experience, patients who have had mixed symptoms or mood lability are most likely to deteriorate with continued antidepressant treatment. Whenever depression returns after an initial and especially rapid response to an antidepressant, consider withdrawing the antidepressant and maximizing mood stabilizers first rather than changing or augmenting the antidepressant.
Treat seasonal symptoms. Many bipolar patients are most likely to be depressed in winter, and seasonal affective disorder is common in patients with a bipolar mood disorder. Their depression may respond to artificial bright light, usually given in the morning. Light therapy can help normalize the sleep-wake cycle, although it also can induce hypomania.
Other options. ECT is the most reliably effective treatment for bipolar depression. Because it treats both poles of the mood disorder, ECT also can be a useful maintenance treatment. A comparison of rTMS and placebo in 23 bipolar depressed patients failed to find any benefit of active treatment.32
Table
What now? Treatment options for refractory bipolar depression
| Treatment | Comment |
|---|---|
| Psychotherapy | Combine with somatic therapies for most patients with refractory mood disorders; adjunctive CBT, interpersonal and social rhythms therapy, or family-focused therapy speeded bipolar depression recovery in STEP-BD22 |
| Bupropion | Generally accepted as first-line antidepressant; the relatively low doses used may explain this agent’s lower risk of inducing mania compared with other antidepressants |
| MAO inhibitors | Can be combined with carbamazepine;23 tranylcypromine is best-studied antidepressant in bipolar depression and is especially useful for anergic states;24 selegiline also can be useful |
| Stimulants | Stimulants—such as methylphenidate, 15 to 30 mg/d—can be rapidly effective for lethargic, anergic depression (although evidence is limited); benefit wears off rapidly if mood is adversely affected |
| Pramipexole | Activating dopaminergic agent with rapid onset; investigational; has produced an antidepressant effect in patients with bipolar II depression when added to mood stabilizers25 |
| Modafinil | May be useful for residual fatigue in major depression and medication-induced sedation;26 improved depressive symptoms when used as an adjunct27 |
| Anticonvulsants | Anticonvulsants other than lamotrigine and carbamazepine-lithium combinations are considered later choices for bipolar depression; adjunctive zonisamide has been helpful in case series;28 gabapentin, pregabalin, and topiramate also can be useful adjuncts (although not supported by controlled studies in depression); adding levetiracetam may improve response29 |
| NMDA antagonist | Investigational; memantine30 was effective in a small controlled study, and riluzole (indicated for amyotrophic lateral sclerosis) was helpful in a small open study31 |
| CBT: cognitive-behavioral therapy; MAO: monoamine oxidase; NMDA: N-methyl-D-aspartate; STEP-BD: Systematic Treatment Enhancement Program for Bipolar Disorder | |
Rapid and ultradian cycling
No controlled studies have compared single-drug or combination therapies for rapid and ultradian cycling (Box 3).33 Thus, our recommendations for treating patients with cycling who have not responded to initial interventions are based on case series and clinical experience.
Reassess thyroid function. As many as 70% of patients with rapid cycling have subclinical hypothyroidism that contributes to mood instability.34 Thyroid replacement is indicated for any degree of hypothyroidism—even if medically unimportant—in patients with refractory mood disorders.
Slowly withdraw antidepressants. Most patients with rapid cycling are taking antidepressants. If your patient is experiencing depressive symptoms while taking an antidepressant, this means the antidepressant is not working and there is little point in continuing it. For patients being withdrawn from multiple antidepressants, rotate dose decrements to help you monitor the effect of each reduction.
Combine mood stabilizers. After optimizing the dose of a single mood stabilizer, add a second one from a different class. In an open trial, adding oxcarbazepine, up to 2,400 mg/d, helped approximately one-third of 20 patients with refractory mood cycling.10 Lithium is generally considered less effective than anticonvulsants in rapid cycling, but at least one study showed it was equivalent to carbamazepine for this problem.35 Lithium combined with other mood stabilizers may be more effective than lithium monotherapy in refractory bipolar states.
Other options to consider in combination with mood stabilizers:
- an antipsychotic, especially in the presence of psychotic symptoms, when mixed symptoms are present
- clozapine, which can be a highly effective adjunct for refractory mood cycling and mixed states36 (but is a later adjunct because of required monitoring, common adverse effects, and risk of interactions with carbamazepine and benzodiazepines)
- nimodipine, which has empiric support for complex mood cycling37 and is well-tolerated with fewer interactions than other mood stabilizers (but cost and need for frequent dosing make it a second-line adjunct)
- supraphysiologic doses of thyroxine (≤0.4 mg/d, with T4 levels in the hyperthyroid range), which can improve response to mood-stabilizing regimens34 (but risks of inducing hyperthyroidism make this intervention third-line).
Related resources
- Dubovsky SL. Clinical guide to psychotropic medications. New York: WW Norton; 2005.
- Dubovsky SL. Treatment of bipolar depression. Psychiatr Clin North Am 2005;28:349-70.
- Phillip Long, MD. Internet Mental Health. Online psychiatric diagnosis for the two-thirds of individuals with mental illness who do not seek treatment. www.mentalhealth.com/dis/p20-md02.html.
- Bupropion • Wellbutrin
- Carbamazepine • Tegretol
- Clonazepam • Klonopin
- Clozapine • Clozaril
- Fluoxetine • Prozac
- Gabapentin • Neurontin
- Lamotrigine • Lamictal
- Levetiracetam • Keppra
- Lithium • Lithobid, others
- Lorazepam • Ativan
- Memantine • Namenda
- Methylphenidate • Concerta, Ritalin, others
- Modafinil • Provigil
- Nimodipine • Nimotop
- Olanzapine/fluoxetine • Symbyax
- Oxcarbazepine • Trileptal
- Paroxetine • Paxil
- Pramipexole • Mirapex
- Pregabalin • Lyrica
- Quetiapine • Seroquel
- Riluzole • Rilutek
- Selegiline • Eldepryl
- Topiramate • Topamax
- Tranylcypromine • Parnate
- Valproate • Depakene, Depakote
- Venlafaxine • Effexor
- Verapamil • Calan, Isoptin, others
- Zonisamide • Zonegran
Dr. Mostert reports no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.
Dr. Dubovsky receives research/grant support from Eli Lilly and Company, Organon, Pfizer, UCB Pharma, anhd Forest Laboratories. He is a consultant to Oganon and Biovail Pharmaceuticals.
1. Judd JL, Akiskal HS, Schettler PJ, et al. A prospective investigation of the natural history of the long-term weekly symptomatic status of bipolar II disorder. Arch Gen Psychiatry 2003;61:261-9.
2. Perlis RH, Ostacher MJ, Patel JK, et al. Predictors of recurrence in bipolar disorder: primary outcomes from the Systematic Treatment Enhancement Program for Bipolar Disorder (STEPBD). Am J Psychiatry 2006;163:217-24.
3. Altschuler LL, Post RM, Leverich GS. Antidepressant-induced mania and cycle acceleration: a controversy revisited. Am J Psychiatry 1995;152:1130-8.
4. Osterberg L, Blaschke T. Drug therapy: adherence to medication. N Engl J Med 2005;353:487-97.
5. Kusalic M. Grade II and grade III hypothyroidism in rapid cycling bipolar patients. Biol Psychiatry 1992;25:177-81.
6. Franks RD, Dubovsky SL, Lifshitz M, et al. Long-term lithium carbonate therapy causes hyperparathyroidism. Arch Gen Psychiatry 1982;39:1074-7.
7. Allen MH, Hirschfeld RMA, Wozniak PJ, et al. Linear relationship of valproate serum concentration to response and optimal serum levels for acute mania. Am J Psychiatry 2006;163:272-5.
8. Tohen M, Chengappa KN, Suppes T, et al. Efficacy of olanzapine in combination with valproate or lithium in the treatment of mania in patients partially responsive to valproate or lithium monotherapy. Arch Gen Psychiatry 2002;59:62-9.
9. Pazzaglia P, Post RM, Ketter TA, et al. Nimodipine monotherapy and carbamazepine augmentation in patients with refractory recurrent affective illness. J Clin Psychopharmacol 1998;18:404-13.
10. Conway CR, Chibnall JT, Nelson LA, et al. An open-label trial of adjunctive oxcarbazepine for bipolar disorder. J Clin Psychopharmacol 2006;26:95-7.
11. Calabrese JR, Kimmel SE, Woyshville MJ, et al. Clozapine for treatment-refractory mania. Am J Psychiatry 1996;153:759-64.
12. Mukherjee S, Sackeim HA, Schnur DB. Electroconvulsive therapy of acute manic episodes: a review of 50 years’ experience. Am J Psychiatry 1994;151:169-76.
13. Michael N, Erfurth A. Treatment of bipolar mania with right prefrontal rapid transcranial magnetic stimulation. J Affect Disord 2004;78:253-7.
14. Baldessarini RJ, Leahy L, Arcona S, et al. Patterns of psychotropic drug prescription for U.S. patients with diagnoses of bipolar disorders. Psychiatr Serv 2007;58:85-91.
15. Sachs GS, Nierenberg AA, Calabrese JR, et al. Effectiveness of adjunctive antidepressant treatment for bipolar depression. N Engl J Med 2007;356:1711-22.
16. Cookson J, Keck PE, Jr, Ketter TA, Macfadden W. Number needed to treat and time to response/remission for quetiapine monotherapy efficacy in acute bipolar depression: evidence from a large, randomized, placebo-controlled study. Int Clin Psychopharmacol 2007;22(2):93-100.
17. Tohen M, Vieta E, Calabrese JR, et al. Efficacy of olanzapine and olanzapine-fluoxetine combination in the treatment of bipolar I depression. Arch Gen Psychiatry 2003;60:1079-88.
18. Cole DP, Thase ME, Mallinger AG, et al. Slower treatment response in bipolar depression predicted by lower pretreatment thyroid function. Am J Psychiatry 2002;159:116-21.
19. Benazzi F. Bipolar disorder—focus on bipolar II disorder and mixed depression. Lancet 2007;369:935-45.
20. Kishimoto A. The treatment of affective disorder with carbamazepine: prophylactic synergism of lithium and carbamazepine combination. Prog Neuropsychopharmacol Biol Psychiatry 1992;16:483-93.
21. McElroy SL, Zarate CA, Cookson J, et al. A 52-week, open-label continuation study of lamotrigine in the treatment of bipolar depression. J Clin Psychiatry 2004;65:204-10.
22. Miklowitz DJ, Otto MW, Frank E, et al. Psychosocial treatments for bipolar depression: a 1-year randomized trial from the Systematic Treatment Enhancement Program. Arch Gen Psychiatry 2007;64:419-26.
23. Ketter TA, Post RM, Parekh PI, Worthington K. Addition of monoamine oxidase inhibitors to carbamazepine: preliminary evidence of safety and antidepressant efficacy in treatment-resistant depression. J Clin Psychiatry 1995;56:471-5.
24. Himmelhoch JM, Thase ME, Mallinger AG, Houck PR. Tranylcypromine versus imipramine in anergic bipolar depression. Am J Psychiatry 1991;148:910-6.
25. Zarate CAJ, Payne JL, Singh J, et al. Pramipexole for bipolar II depression: a placebo-controlled proof of concept study. Biol Psychiatry 2004;56:54-60.
26. Lam JY, Freeman MK, Cates ME. Modafinil augmentation for residual symptoms of fatigue in patients with a partial response to antidepressants. Ann Pharmacother 2007;41:1005-12.
27. Frye MA, Grunze H, Suppes T, et al. A placebo-controlled evaluation of adjunctive modafinil in the treatment of bipolar depression. Am J Psychiatry 2007;164:1242-9.
28. Anand A, Bukhari L, Jennings SA, et al. A preliminary open-label study of zonisamide treatment for bipolar depression in 10 patients. J Clin Psychiatry 2005;66:195-8.
29. Post RM, Altshuler LL, Frye MA, et al. Preliminary observations on the effectiveness of levetiracetam in the open adjunctive treatment of refractory bipolar disorder. J Clin Psychiatry 2005;66:370-4.
30. Zarate CAJ, Singh JB, Carlson PJ, et al. A randomized trial of an N-methyl-D-aspartate antagonist in treatment-resistant major depression. Arch Gen Psychiatry 2006;63:856-64.
31. Zarate CAJ, Quiroz JA, Singh JB, et al. An open-label trial of the glutamate-modulating agent riluzole in combination with lithium for the treatment of bipolar depression. Biol Psychiatry 2005;57:430-2.
32. Nahas Z, Kozel FA, Li X, et al. Left prefrontal transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS) treatment of depression in bipolar affective disorder: a pilot study of acute safety and efficacy. Bipolar Disord 2003;5:40-7.
33. Schneck CD. Treatment of rapid-cycling bipolar disorder. J Clin Psychiatry 2006;67(suppl 11):22-7.
34. Bauer MS, Whybrow PC, Winokur A. Rapid cycling bipolar affective disorder, I: Association with grade I hypothyroidism. Arch Gen Psychiatry 1990;47:427-32.
35. Okuma T, Yamashita I, Takahashi R, et al. Comparison of the antimanic efficacy of carbamazepine and lithium carbonate by double-blind controlled study. Pharmacopsychiatry 1990;23:143-50.
36. Calabrese JR, Meltzer HY, Markovitz PJ. Clozapine prophylaxis in rapid cycling bipolar disorder. J Clin Psychopharmacol 1991;11:396-7.
37. Goodnick PJ. Nimodipine treatment of rapid cycling bipolar disorder. J Clin Psychiatry 1995;56:330.-
1. Judd JL, Akiskal HS, Schettler PJ, et al. A prospective investigation of the natural history of the long-term weekly symptomatic status of bipolar II disorder. Arch Gen Psychiatry 2003;61:261-9.
2. Perlis RH, Ostacher MJ, Patel JK, et al. Predictors of recurrence in bipolar disorder: primary outcomes from the Systematic Treatment Enhancement Program for Bipolar Disorder (STEPBD). Am J Psychiatry 2006;163:217-24.
3. Altschuler LL, Post RM, Leverich GS. Antidepressant-induced mania and cycle acceleration: a controversy revisited. Am J Psychiatry 1995;152:1130-8.
4. Osterberg L, Blaschke T. Drug therapy: adherence to medication. N Engl J Med 2005;353:487-97.
5. Kusalic M. Grade II and grade III hypothyroidism in rapid cycling bipolar patients. Biol Psychiatry 1992;25:177-81.
6. Franks RD, Dubovsky SL, Lifshitz M, et al. Long-term lithium carbonate therapy causes hyperparathyroidism. Arch Gen Psychiatry 1982;39:1074-7.
7. Allen MH, Hirschfeld RMA, Wozniak PJ, et al. Linear relationship of valproate serum concentration to response and optimal serum levels for acute mania. Am J Psychiatry 2006;163:272-5.
8. Tohen M, Chengappa KN, Suppes T, et al. Efficacy of olanzapine in combination with valproate or lithium in the treatment of mania in patients partially responsive to valproate or lithium monotherapy. Arch Gen Psychiatry 2002;59:62-9.
9. Pazzaglia P, Post RM, Ketter TA, et al. Nimodipine monotherapy and carbamazepine augmentation in patients with refractory recurrent affective illness. J Clin Psychopharmacol 1998;18:404-13.
10. Conway CR, Chibnall JT, Nelson LA, et al. An open-label trial of adjunctive oxcarbazepine for bipolar disorder. J Clin Psychopharmacol 2006;26:95-7.
11. Calabrese JR, Kimmel SE, Woyshville MJ, et al. Clozapine for treatment-refractory mania. Am J Psychiatry 1996;153:759-64.
12. Mukherjee S, Sackeim HA, Schnur DB. Electroconvulsive therapy of acute manic episodes: a review of 50 years’ experience. Am J Psychiatry 1994;151:169-76.
13. Michael N, Erfurth A. Treatment of bipolar mania with right prefrontal rapid transcranial magnetic stimulation. J Affect Disord 2004;78:253-7.
14. Baldessarini RJ, Leahy L, Arcona S, et al. Patterns of psychotropic drug prescription for U.S. patients with diagnoses of bipolar disorders. Psychiatr Serv 2007;58:85-91.
15. Sachs GS, Nierenberg AA, Calabrese JR, et al. Effectiveness of adjunctive antidepressant treatment for bipolar depression. N Engl J Med 2007;356:1711-22.
16. Cookson J, Keck PE, Jr, Ketter TA, Macfadden W. Number needed to treat and time to response/remission for quetiapine monotherapy efficacy in acute bipolar depression: evidence from a large, randomized, placebo-controlled study. Int Clin Psychopharmacol 2007;22(2):93-100.
17. Tohen M, Vieta E, Calabrese JR, et al. Efficacy of olanzapine and olanzapine-fluoxetine combination in the treatment of bipolar I depression. Arch Gen Psychiatry 2003;60:1079-88.
18. Cole DP, Thase ME, Mallinger AG, et al. Slower treatment response in bipolar depression predicted by lower pretreatment thyroid function. Am J Psychiatry 2002;159:116-21.
19. Benazzi F. Bipolar disorder—focus on bipolar II disorder and mixed depression. Lancet 2007;369:935-45.
20. Kishimoto A. The treatment of affective disorder with carbamazepine: prophylactic synergism of lithium and carbamazepine combination. Prog Neuropsychopharmacol Biol Psychiatry 1992;16:483-93.
21. McElroy SL, Zarate CA, Cookson J, et al. A 52-week, open-label continuation study of lamotrigine in the treatment of bipolar depression. J Clin Psychiatry 2004;65:204-10.
22. Miklowitz DJ, Otto MW, Frank E, et al. Psychosocial treatments for bipolar depression: a 1-year randomized trial from the Systematic Treatment Enhancement Program. Arch Gen Psychiatry 2007;64:419-26.
23. Ketter TA, Post RM, Parekh PI, Worthington K. Addition of monoamine oxidase inhibitors to carbamazepine: preliminary evidence of safety and antidepressant efficacy in treatment-resistant depression. J Clin Psychiatry 1995;56:471-5.
24. Himmelhoch JM, Thase ME, Mallinger AG, Houck PR. Tranylcypromine versus imipramine in anergic bipolar depression. Am J Psychiatry 1991;148:910-6.
25. Zarate CAJ, Payne JL, Singh J, et al. Pramipexole for bipolar II depression: a placebo-controlled proof of concept study. Biol Psychiatry 2004;56:54-60.
26. Lam JY, Freeman MK, Cates ME. Modafinil augmentation for residual symptoms of fatigue in patients with a partial response to antidepressants. Ann Pharmacother 2007;41:1005-12.
27. Frye MA, Grunze H, Suppes T, et al. A placebo-controlled evaluation of adjunctive modafinil in the treatment of bipolar depression. Am J Psychiatry 2007;164:1242-9.
28. Anand A, Bukhari L, Jennings SA, et al. A preliminary open-label study of zonisamide treatment for bipolar depression in 10 patients. J Clin Psychiatry 2005;66:195-8.
29. Post RM, Altshuler LL, Frye MA, et al. Preliminary observations on the effectiveness of levetiracetam in the open adjunctive treatment of refractory bipolar disorder. J Clin Psychiatry 2005;66:370-4.
30. Zarate CAJ, Singh JB, Carlson PJ, et al. A randomized trial of an N-methyl-D-aspartate antagonist in treatment-resistant major depression. Arch Gen Psychiatry 2006;63:856-64.
31. Zarate CAJ, Quiroz JA, Singh JB, et al. An open-label trial of the glutamate-modulating agent riluzole in combination with lithium for the treatment of bipolar depression. Biol Psychiatry 2005;57:430-2.
32. Nahas Z, Kozel FA, Li X, et al. Left prefrontal transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS) treatment of depression in bipolar affective disorder: a pilot study of acute safety and efficacy. Bipolar Disord 2003;5:40-7.
33. Schneck CD. Treatment of rapid-cycling bipolar disorder. J Clin Psychiatry 2006;67(suppl 11):22-7.
34. Bauer MS, Whybrow PC, Winokur A. Rapid cycling bipolar affective disorder, I: Association with grade I hypothyroidism. Arch Gen Psychiatry 1990;47:427-32.
35. Okuma T, Yamashita I, Takahashi R, et al. Comparison of the antimanic efficacy of carbamazepine and lithium carbonate by double-blind controlled study. Pharmacopsychiatry 1990;23:143-50.
36. Calabrese JR, Meltzer HY, Markovitz PJ. Clozapine prophylaxis in rapid cycling bipolar disorder. J Clin Psychopharmacol 1991;11:396-7.
37. Goodnick PJ. Nimodipine treatment of rapid cycling bipolar disorder. J Clin Psychiatry 1995;56:330.-
Psychogenic nonepileptic seizures: Ways to win over skeptical patients
Many patients with psychogenic nonepileptic seizures (PNES) dismiss the idea that their seizures are psychogenic, especially if the correct diagnosis comes after years of treatment for epilepsy.“Neurocognitive impairment: Feigned, exaggerated, or real?”).
Diagnosis is part of treatment
Outcomes in PNES are generally poor: 71% of PNES patients continue to have seizures 4 years after diagnosis, and 56% are dependent on Social Security assistance.2 Neurologic and psychiatric factors associated with poor outcome include:2,10,20,21
- history of epilepsy
- abnormal MRI
- presence of a psychiatric diagnosis
- age >30
- duration of illness (the longer the patient has been treated for epilepsy, the worse the prognosis).
One potentially modifiable factor that appears to affect outcome is whether patients accept the PNES diagnosis.25 Reuber et al2 found approximately 8 out of 10 patients do not. Protocols can help you structure how you present the diagnosis to reduce patient anger and increase acceptance of the diagnosis and treatment (Table 3).26 Explain a PNES diagnosis in unambiguous terms that patients will understand, such as “psychological” and “emotional.”
Physician attitude might negatively impact PNES treatment. Only 18% of psychiatrists report being confident of a PNES diagnosis based on VEEG.27
Mrs. A, age 31, is referred for psychiatric evaluation by a neurologist who suspects she is having PNES. A teacher and mother of a young child, Mrs. A reports first experiencing a seizure after an argument during which she thought her husband was going to strike her. The neurologist prescribed phenytoin, 900 mg/d.
On clinical examination Mrs. A has moderately severe depressive symptoms. She is angry that the neurologist referred her to a psychiatrist and refuses to discuss the PNES diagnosis.
Mrs. A’s psychiatric history includes recurrent depression that has been treated with antidepressants, although she is not taking an antidepressant at this time. Her psychosocial history is consistent with early developmental deprivation.
The psychiatrist tactfully shares the results of the psychological evaluation with Mrs. A and—at her request—her husband. Both reluctantly agree to the psychiatrist’s recommendations that she begin cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) and resume antidepressant therapy with venlafaxine XR, titrated over several weeks to 300 mg/d. They decline couples’ therapy.
Mrs. A understands and accepts the need to treat her depression but refuses to discontinue phenytoin. She doubts the need for CBT and often cancels sessions. As the focus of therapy becomes more supportive, her PNES episodes decrease but are not eliminated, even after her mood improves.
After Mrs. A has been in treatment 14 months, her husband leaves her. Her depression is greatly ameliorated, and her seizures cease. After another 2 months of treatment, the psychiatrist transfers Mrs. A’s care to her primary care physician.
Presenting patients with a diagnosis of PNES
| Review the video electroencephalography-recorded seizure with the patient and someone who has witnessed the patient’s previous events to ensure the event was typical |
| Explain the diagnosis in positive terms (“good news”); emphasize that the seizures are not a result of the brain firing out of control |
| Acknowledge that the precise cause of the seizures has not yet been established and may not be found |
| Suggest that in many cases the seizures may be related to psychological factors such as stress or negative emotions |
| State that the diagnosis does not imply the patient is “crazy” |
| Suggest that the seizures may resolve on their own |
| Source: Reference 26 |
Scant evidence for treatments
A recent review28 found no reliable evidence to support the use of any intervention for persons with nonepileptic seizures. Treatments are based on expert opinion, case reports, and—in some cases—open trials.
Pharmacotherapy. Based on expert opinion, psychopharmacology for patients with only PNES begins with tapering and discontinuing ineffective antiepileptic drugs (AEDs), unless a specific AED has a documented beneficial effect for that patient.29 Treat comorbid mood, anxiety, or psychotic disorders with appropriate psychopharmacologic agents. PNES may be a manifestation of other psychiatric disorders; therefore, treating the predisposing disorder will likely improve PNES. Regardless of PNES outcome, improving comorbid disorders improves PNES patients’ quality of life.21,30
The National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke is supporting a prospective double-blind, placebo-controlled trial of the selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor sertraline for treating PNES. The pilot study of 50 patients with PNES and comorbid depression, anxiety, and impulsivity is expected to be completed in March.31
Psychotherapy. A recent review28 found only 3 studies of psychotherapy for PNES treatment—2 assessing hypnosis, 1 examining paradoxical therapy—that were randomized or quasi-randomized. All 3 studies were methodologically poor, and none provided detailed data regarding PNES frequency or severity. A 6-month randomized trial of cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) vs family therapy is underway at Rhode Island Hospital; data from this study are not yet available (LaFrance WC, personal communication, November 2007).
Single case reports, case series, and retrospective chart reviews have reported various psychotherapies to be successful for PNES, including CBT, eye movement desensitization and reprocessing, group psychoeducation, group psychotherapy, operant conditioning, occupational therapy, and nonspecific psychotherapy.32
Psychotherapy for PNES is similar to the pharmacotherapy approach:
- Evaluate the patient for comorbid Axis I or Axis II disorders.
- Provide evidence-based treatment for those disorders.
Although data supporting any specific PNES treatment are scant, very strong evidence supports treating the most common comorbid illnesses. In our experience, engaging patients in therapy and providing evidence-based treatment for psychiatric comorbidity often reduces PNES and nearly always improves patients’ quality of life (Box 2).
CASE CONTINUED: A rejected diagnosis
Ms. P’s psychotherapy focuses on her tendency to isolation of affect, dysfunctional interpersonal relations, and maladaptive coping. She participates in 5 sessions but has limited insight and never accepts the diagnosis of PNES. She withdraws from therapy after the therapist shares with her results of the psychometric testing and plans for psychiatric treatment.
Related Resources
Clinician resource
- LaFrance WC Jr, Kanner AM, Barry JJ. Treating patients with psychological nonepileptic seizures. In: Ettinger AB, Kanner AM, eds. Psychiatric issues in epilepsy: a practical guide to diagnosis and treatment. 2nd ed. Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer Health/Lippincott Williams & Wilkins; 2007:461-88.
Patient resource
- Benbadis SR, Heriaud L. Psychogenic (non-epileptic) seizures. A guide for patients & families. http://hsc.usf.edu/COM/epilepsy/PNESbrochure.pdf.
Drug brand names
- Phenytoin • Dilantin
- Sertraline • Zoloft
- Venlafaxine • Effexor
Disclosure
Drs. Marsh and Benbadis report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.
Dr. Fernandez receives research support from Cyberonics, Dainippon Sumitomo Pharma, Pfizer, the Florida Department of Elder Affairs, and the National Institutes of Health. He is a speaker for Wyeth.
1. Reuber M, Elger CE. Psychogenic nonepileptic seizures: review and update. Epilepsy Behav 2003;4:205-16.
2. Reuber M, Pukrop R, Bauer J, et al. Outcome in psychogenic nonepileptic seizures: 1 to 10 year follow-up in 164 patients. Ann Neurol 2003;53:305-11.
3. Benbadis SR, Hauser WA. An estimate of the prevalence of psychogenic nonepileptic seizures. Seizure 2000;9:280-1.
4. Kotagal P, Costa M, Wyllie E, Wolgamuth B. Paroxysmal nonepileptic events in children and adolescents. Pediatrics 2002;110(4):46-51.
5. Bowman ES, Markand ON. Psychodynamics and psychiatric diagnoses of pseudoseizure subjects. Am J Psychiatry 1996;135:57-63.
6. Szaflarski J, Szaflarski M, Hughes C, et al. Psychopathology and quality of life: psychogenic nonepileptic seizures versus epilepsy. Med Sci Monit 2003;9(4):CR165-70.
7. Reuber M, Pukrop R, Bauer J, et al. Multidimensional assessment of personality in patients with psychogenic non-epileptic seizures. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 2004;75:743-8.
8. Cragar DE, Berry DT, Schmitt FA, Fakhoury TA. Cluster analysis of normal personality traits in patients with psychogenic nonepileptic seizures. Epilepsy Behav 2005;6:593-600.
9. Benbadis SR. Psychogenic non-epileptic seizures. In: Wyllie E, ed. The treatment of epilepsy: principles and practice. 4th ed. Philadelphia: Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins; 2005:623-30.
10. Alsaadi TM, Marquez AV. Psychogenic nonepileptic seizures. Am Fam Phy 2005;72(5):849-56.
11. Martin R, Burneo JG, Prasad A, et al. Frequency of epilepsy in patients with psychogenic seizures monitored by videoEEG. Neurology 2003;61:1791-2.
12. Benbadis SR, Agrawal V, Tatum WO, IV. How many patients with psychogenic nonepileptic seizures also have epilepsy? Neurology 2001;57:915-7.
13. Benbadis SR, Tatum WO, IV, Vale FL. When drugs don’t work: an algorithmic approach to medically intractable epilepsy. Neurology 2000;55(12):1780-4.
14. Galimberti CA, Ratti MT, Murelli R, et al. Patients with psychogenic nonepileptic seizures, alone or epilepsy-associated, share a psychological profile distinct from that of epilepsy patients. J Neurol 2003;250(3):338-46.
15. Chung SS, Gerber P, Kirlin KA. Ictal eye closure is a reliable indicator for psychogenic nonepileptic seizures. Neurology 2006;66(11):1730-1.
16. Iriarte J, Parra J, Urrestarazu E, Kuyk J. Controversies in the diagnosis and management of psychogenic pseudoseizures. Epilepsy Behav 2003;4(3):354-9.
17. Chen DK, So YT, Fisher RS. Use of serum prolactin in diagnosing epileptic seizures: report of the Therapeutics and Technology Assessment Subcommittee of the American Academy of Neurology. Neurology 2005;65(5):668-75.
18. Parra J, Iriarte J, Kanner AM. Are we overusing the diagnosis of psychogenic nonepileptic events? Seizure 1999;8(4):223-7.
19. Reuber M, Baker GA, Gill R, et al. Failure to recognize psychogenic nonepileptic seizures may cause death. Neurology 2004;62(5):834-5.
20. Kanner A, Parra J, Frey M, et al. Psychiatric and neurologic predictors of psychogenic pseudoseizure outcome. Neurology 1999;53(5):933-8.
21. Walczak TS, Papacostas S, Williams DT, et al. Outcome after diagnosis of psychogenic nonepileptic seizures. Epilepsia 1995;36(11):1131-7.
22. Farias ST, Thieman C, Alsaadi TM. Psychogenic nonepileptic seizures: acute change in event frequency after presentation of the diagnosis. Epilepsy Behav 2003;4(4):424-9.
23. Martin RC, Gillian FG, Kilgore M, et al. Improved health care resource utilization following video-EEG-confirmed diagnosis of nonepileptic psychogenic seizures. Seizure 1998;7(5):385-90.
24. Wilder C, Marquez AV, Farias ST, et al. Long-term follow up study of patients with PNES. Epilepsia 2004;45(suppl 7):349.-
25. LaFrance WC, Jr, Alper K, Babcock D, et al. Nonepileptic seizures treatment workshop summary. Epilepsy Behav 2006;8:451-61.
26. Shen W, Bowman ES, Markan ON. Presenting the diagnosis of pseudoseizure. Neurology 1990;40(5):756-9.
27. Harden CL, Burgut FT, Kanner AM. The diagnostic significance of video-EEG monitoring findings on pseudoseizure patients differs between neurologists and psychiatrists. Epilepsia 2003;44(3):453-6.
28. Baker G, Brooks JL, Goodfellow L, et al. Treatments for non-epileptic attack disorder. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2007;(1):CD006370.-
29. LaFrance WC, Jr, Devinsky O. Treatment of nonepileptic seizures. Epilepsy Behav 2002;3(suppl 1):S19-23.
30. Quigg M, Armstrong RF, Farace E, Fountain NB. Quality of life outcome is associated with cessation rather than reduction of psychogenic nonepileptic seizures. Epilepsy Behav 2002;3:455-9.
31. . Treatments for psychogenic nonepileptic seizures (NES). NCT00159965. Available at: http://www.clinicaltrials.gov/ct/show/NCT00159965?order=1. Accessed October 19, 2007.
32. Reuber M, Howlett S, Kemp S. Psychologic treatment of patients with psychogenic nonepileptic seizures. Expert Rev Neurother 2005;5(6):737-52.
33. Reuber M, Mitchel AJ, Howlett S, Elger CE. Measuring outcome in psychogenic nonepileptic seizure: how relevant is seizure remission? Epilepsia 2005;46(11):1788-95.
Many patients with psychogenic nonepileptic seizures (PNES) dismiss the idea that their seizures are psychogenic, especially if the correct diagnosis comes after years of treatment for epilepsy.“Neurocognitive impairment: Feigned, exaggerated, or real?”).
Diagnosis is part of treatment
Outcomes in PNES are generally poor: 71% of PNES patients continue to have seizures 4 years after diagnosis, and 56% are dependent on Social Security assistance.2 Neurologic and psychiatric factors associated with poor outcome include:2,10,20,21
- history of epilepsy
- abnormal MRI
- presence of a psychiatric diagnosis
- age >30
- duration of illness (the longer the patient has been treated for epilepsy, the worse the prognosis).
One potentially modifiable factor that appears to affect outcome is whether patients accept the PNES diagnosis.25 Reuber et al2 found approximately 8 out of 10 patients do not. Protocols can help you structure how you present the diagnosis to reduce patient anger and increase acceptance of the diagnosis and treatment (Table 3).26 Explain a PNES diagnosis in unambiguous terms that patients will understand, such as “psychological” and “emotional.”
Physician attitude might negatively impact PNES treatment. Only 18% of psychiatrists report being confident of a PNES diagnosis based on VEEG.27
Mrs. A, age 31, is referred for psychiatric evaluation by a neurologist who suspects she is having PNES. A teacher and mother of a young child, Mrs. A reports first experiencing a seizure after an argument during which she thought her husband was going to strike her. The neurologist prescribed phenytoin, 900 mg/d.
On clinical examination Mrs. A has moderately severe depressive symptoms. She is angry that the neurologist referred her to a psychiatrist and refuses to discuss the PNES diagnosis.
Mrs. A’s psychiatric history includes recurrent depression that has been treated with antidepressants, although she is not taking an antidepressant at this time. Her psychosocial history is consistent with early developmental deprivation.
The psychiatrist tactfully shares the results of the psychological evaluation with Mrs. A and—at her request—her husband. Both reluctantly agree to the psychiatrist’s recommendations that she begin cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) and resume antidepressant therapy with venlafaxine XR, titrated over several weeks to 300 mg/d. They decline couples’ therapy.
Mrs. A understands and accepts the need to treat her depression but refuses to discontinue phenytoin. She doubts the need for CBT and often cancels sessions. As the focus of therapy becomes more supportive, her PNES episodes decrease but are not eliminated, even after her mood improves.
After Mrs. A has been in treatment 14 months, her husband leaves her. Her depression is greatly ameliorated, and her seizures cease. After another 2 months of treatment, the psychiatrist transfers Mrs. A’s care to her primary care physician.
Presenting patients with a diagnosis of PNES
| Review the video electroencephalography-recorded seizure with the patient and someone who has witnessed the patient’s previous events to ensure the event was typical |
| Explain the diagnosis in positive terms (“good news”); emphasize that the seizures are not a result of the brain firing out of control |
| Acknowledge that the precise cause of the seizures has not yet been established and may not be found |
| Suggest that in many cases the seizures may be related to psychological factors such as stress or negative emotions |
| State that the diagnosis does not imply the patient is “crazy” |
| Suggest that the seizures may resolve on their own |
| Source: Reference 26 |
Scant evidence for treatments
A recent review28 found no reliable evidence to support the use of any intervention for persons with nonepileptic seizures. Treatments are based on expert opinion, case reports, and—in some cases—open trials.
Pharmacotherapy. Based on expert opinion, psychopharmacology for patients with only PNES begins with tapering and discontinuing ineffective antiepileptic drugs (AEDs), unless a specific AED has a documented beneficial effect for that patient.29 Treat comorbid mood, anxiety, or psychotic disorders with appropriate psychopharmacologic agents. PNES may be a manifestation of other psychiatric disorders; therefore, treating the predisposing disorder will likely improve PNES. Regardless of PNES outcome, improving comorbid disorders improves PNES patients’ quality of life.21,30
The National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke is supporting a prospective double-blind, placebo-controlled trial of the selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor sertraline for treating PNES. The pilot study of 50 patients with PNES and comorbid depression, anxiety, and impulsivity is expected to be completed in March.31
Psychotherapy. A recent review28 found only 3 studies of psychotherapy for PNES treatment—2 assessing hypnosis, 1 examining paradoxical therapy—that were randomized or quasi-randomized. All 3 studies were methodologically poor, and none provided detailed data regarding PNES frequency or severity. A 6-month randomized trial of cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) vs family therapy is underway at Rhode Island Hospital; data from this study are not yet available (LaFrance WC, personal communication, November 2007).
Single case reports, case series, and retrospective chart reviews have reported various psychotherapies to be successful for PNES, including CBT, eye movement desensitization and reprocessing, group psychoeducation, group psychotherapy, operant conditioning, occupational therapy, and nonspecific psychotherapy.32
Psychotherapy for PNES is similar to the pharmacotherapy approach:
- Evaluate the patient for comorbid Axis I or Axis II disorders.
- Provide evidence-based treatment for those disorders.
Although data supporting any specific PNES treatment are scant, very strong evidence supports treating the most common comorbid illnesses. In our experience, engaging patients in therapy and providing evidence-based treatment for psychiatric comorbidity often reduces PNES and nearly always improves patients’ quality of life (Box 2).
CASE CONTINUED: A rejected diagnosis
Ms. P’s psychotherapy focuses on her tendency to isolation of affect, dysfunctional interpersonal relations, and maladaptive coping. She participates in 5 sessions but has limited insight and never accepts the diagnosis of PNES. She withdraws from therapy after the therapist shares with her results of the psychometric testing and plans for psychiatric treatment.
Related Resources
Clinician resource
- LaFrance WC Jr, Kanner AM, Barry JJ. Treating patients with psychological nonepileptic seizures. In: Ettinger AB, Kanner AM, eds. Psychiatric issues in epilepsy: a practical guide to diagnosis and treatment. 2nd ed. Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer Health/Lippincott Williams & Wilkins; 2007:461-88.
Patient resource
- Benbadis SR, Heriaud L. Psychogenic (non-epileptic) seizures. A guide for patients & families. http://hsc.usf.edu/COM/epilepsy/PNESbrochure.pdf.
Drug brand names
- Phenytoin • Dilantin
- Sertraline • Zoloft
- Venlafaxine • Effexor
Disclosure
Drs. Marsh and Benbadis report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.
Dr. Fernandez receives research support from Cyberonics, Dainippon Sumitomo Pharma, Pfizer, the Florida Department of Elder Affairs, and the National Institutes of Health. He is a speaker for Wyeth.
Many patients with psychogenic nonepileptic seizures (PNES) dismiss the idea that their seizures are psychogenic, especially if the correct diagnosis comes after years of treatment for epilepsy.“Neurocognitive impairment: Feigned, exaggerated, or real?”).
Diagnosis is part of treatment
Outcomes in PNES are generally poor: 71% of PNES patients continue to have seizures 4 years after diagnosis, and 56% are dependent on Social Security assistance.2 Neurologic and psychiatric factors associated with poor outcome include:2,10,20,21
- history of epilepsy
- abnormal MRI
- presence of a psychiatric diagnosis
- age >30
- duration of illness (the longer the patient has been treated for epilepsy, the worse the prognosis).
One potentially modifiable factor that appears to affect outcome is whether patients accept the PNES diagnosis.25 Reuber et al2 found approximately 8 out of 10 patients do not. Protocols can help you structure how you present the diagnosis to reduce patient anger and increase acceptance of the diagnosis and treatment (Table 3).26 Explain a PNES diagnosis in unambiguous terms that patients will understand, such as “psychological” and “emotional.”
Physician attitude might negatively impact PNES treatment. Only 18% of psychiatrists report being confident of a PNES diagnosis based on VEEG.27
Mrs. A, age 31, is referred for psychiatric evaluation by a neurologist who suspects she is having PNES. A teacher and mother of a young child, Mrs. A reports first experiencing a seizure after an argument during which she thought her husband was going to strike her. The neurologist prescribed phenytoin, 900 mg/d.
On clinical examination Mrs. A has moderately severe depressive symptoms. She is angry that the neurologist referred her to a psychiatrist and refuses to discuss the PNES diagnosis.
Mrs. A’s psychiatric history includes recurrent depression that has been treated with antidepressants, although she is not taking an antidepressant at this time. Her psychosocial history is consistent with early developmental deprivation.
The psychiatrist tactfully shares the results of the psychological evaluation with Mrs. A and—at her request—her husband. Both reluctantly agree to the psychiatrist’s recommendations that she begin cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) and resume antidepressant therapy with venlafaxine XR, titrated over several weeks to 300 mg/d. They decline couples’ therapy.
Mrs. A understands and accepts the need to treat her depression but refuses to discontinue phenytoin. She doubts the need for CBT and often cancels sessions. As the focus of therapy becomes more supportive, her PNES episodes decrease but are not eliminated, even after her mood improves.
After Mrs. A has been in treatment 14 months, her husband leaves her. Her depression is greatly ameliorated, and her seizures cease. After another 2 months of treatment, the psychiatrist transfers Mrs. A’s care to her primary care physician.
Presenting patients with a diagnosis of PNES
| Review the video electroencephalography-recorded seizure with the patient and someone who has witnessed the patient’s previous events to ensure the event was typical |
| Explain the diagnosis in positive terms (“good news”); emphasize that the seizures are not a result of the brain firing out of control |
| Acknowledge that the precise cause of the seizures has not yet been established and may not be found |
| Suggest that in many cases the seizures may be related to psychological factors such as stress or negative emotions |
| State that the diagnosis does not imply the patient is “crazy” |
| Suggest that the seizures may resolve on their own |
| Source: Reference 26 |
Scant evidence for treatments
A recent review28 found no reliable evidence to support the use of any intervention for persons with nonepileptic seizures. Treatments are based on expert opinion, case reports, and—in some cases—open trials.
Pharmacotherapy. Based on expert opinion, psychopharmacology for patients with only PNES begins with tapering and discontinuing ineffective antiepileptic drugs (AEDs), unless a specific AED has a documented beneficial effect for that patient.29 Treat comorbid mood, anxiety, or psychotic disorders with appropriate psychopharmacologic agents. PNES may be a manifestation of other psychiatric disorders; therefore, treating the predisposing disorder will likely improve PNES. Regardless of PNES outcome, improving comorbid disorders improves PNES patients’ quality of life.21,30
The National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke is supporting a prospective double-blind, placebo-controlled trial of the selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor sertraline for treating PNES. The pilot study of 50 patients with PNES and comorbid depression, anxiety, and impulsivity is expected to be completed in March.31
Psychotherapy. A recent review28 found only 3 studies of psychotherapy for PNES treatment—2 assessing hypnosis, 1 examining paradoxical therapy—that were randomized or quasi-randomized. All 3 studies were methodologically poor, and none provided detailed data regarding PNES frequency or severity. A 6-month randomized trial of cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) vs family therapy is underway at Rhode Island Hospital; data from this study are not yet available (LaFrance WC, personal communication, November 2007).
Single case reports, case series, and retrospective chart reviews have reported various psychotherapies to be successful for PNES, including CBT, eye movement desensitization and reprocessing, group psychoeducation, group psychotherapy, operant conditioning, occupational therapy, and nonspecific psychotherapy.32
Psychotherapy for PNES is similar to the pharmacotherapy approach:
- Evaluate the patient for comorbid Axis I or Axis II disorders.
- Provide evidence-based treatment for those disorders.
Although data supporting any specific PNES treatment are scant, very strong evidence supports treating the most common comorbid illnesses. In our experience, engaging patients in therapy and providing evidence-based treatment for psychiatric comorbidity often reduces PNES and nearly always improves patients’ quality of life (Box 2).
CASE CONTINUED: A rejected diagnosis
Ms. P’s psychotherapy focuses on her tendency to isolation of affect, dysfunctional interpersonal relations, and maladaptive coping. She participates in 5 sessions but has limited insight and never accepts the diagnosis of PNES. She withdraws from therapy after the therapist shares with her results of the psychometric testing and plans for psychiatric treatment.
Related Resources
Clinician resource
- LaFrance WC Jr, Kanner AM, Barry JJ. Treating patients with psychological nonepileptic seizures. In: Ettinger AB, Kanner AM, eds. Psychiatric issues in epilepsy: a practical guide to diagnosis and treatment. 2nd ed. Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer Health/Lippincott Williams & Wilkins; 2007:461-88.
Patient resource
- Benbadis SR, Heriaud L. Psychogenic (non-epileptic) seizures. A guide for patients & families. http://hsc.usf.edu/COM/epilepsy/PNESbrochure.pdf.
Drug brand names
- Phenytoin • Dilantin
- Sertraline • Zoloft
- Venlafaxine • Effexor
Disclosure
Drs. Marsh and Benbadis report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.
Dr. Fernandez receives research support from Cyberonics, Dainippon Sumitomo Pharma, Pfizer, the Florida Department of Elder Affairs, and the National Institutes of Health. He is a speaker for Wyeth.
1. Reuber M, Elger CE. Psychogenic nonepileptic seizures: review and update. Epilepsy Behav 2003;4:205-16.
2. Reuber M, Pukrop R, Bauer J, et al. Outcome in psychogenic nonepileptic seizures: 1 to 10 year follow-up in 164 patients. Ann Neurol 2003;53:305-11.
3. Benbadis SR, Hauser WA. An estimate of the prevalence of psychogenic nonepileptic seizures. Seizure 2000;9:280-1.
4. Kotagal P, Costa M, Wyllie E, Wolgamuth B. Paroxysmal nonepileptic events in children and adolescents. Pediatrics 2002;110(4):46-51.
5. Bowman ES, Markand ON. Psychodynamics and psychiatric diagnoses of pseudoseizure subjects. Am J Psychiatry 1996;135:57-63.
6. Szaflarski J, Szaflarski M, Hughes C, et al. Psychopathology and quality of life: psychogenic nonepileptic seizures versus epilepsy. Med Sci Monit 2003;9(4):CR165-70.
7. Reuber M, Pukrop R, Bauer J, et al. Multidimensional assessment of personality in patients with psychogenic non-epileptic seizures. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 2004;75:743-8.
8. Cragar DE, Berry DT, Schmitt FA, Fakhoury TA. Cluster analysis of normal personality traits in patients with psychogenic nonepileptic seizures. Epilepsy Behav 2005;6:593-600.
9. Benbadis SR. Psychogenic non-epileptic seizures. In: Wyllie E, ed. The treatment of epilepsy: principles and practice. 4th ed. Philadelphia: Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins; 2005:623-30.
10. Alsaadi TM, Marquez AV. Psychogenic nonepileptic seizures. Am Fam Phy 2005;72(5):849-56.
11. Martin R, Burneo JG, Prasad A, et al. Frequency of epilepsy in patients with psychogenic seizures monitored by videoEEG. Neurology 2003;61:1791-2.
12. Benbadis SR, Agrawal V, Tatum WO, IV. How many patients with psychogenic nonepileptic seizures also have epilepsy? Neurology 2001;57:915-7.
13. Benbadis SR, Tatum WO, IV, Vale FL. When drugs don’t work: an algorithmic approach to medically intractable epilepsy. Neurology 2000;55(12):1780-4.
14. Galimberti CA, Ratti MT, Murelli R, et al. Patients with psychogenic nonepileptic seizures, alone or epilepsy-associated, share a psychological profile distinct from that of epilepsy patients. J Neurol 2003;250(3):338-46.
15. Chung SS, Gerber P, Kirlin KA. Ictal eye closure is a reliable indicator for psychogenic nonepileptic seizures. Neurology 2006;66(11):1730-1.
16. Iriarte J, Parra J, Urrestarazu E, Kuyk J. Controversies in the diagnosis and management of psychogenic pseudoseizures. Epilepsy Behav 2003;4(3):354-9.
17. Chen DK, So YT, Fisher RS. Use of serum prolactin in diagnosing epileptic seizures: report of the Therapeutics and Technology Assessment Subcommittee of the American Academy of Neurology. Neurology 2005;65(5):668-75.
18. Parra J, Iriarte J, Kanner AM. Are we overusing the diagnosis of psychogenic nonepileptic events? Seizure 1999;8(4):223-7.
19. Reuber M, Baker GA, Gill R, et al. Failure to recognize psychogenic nonepileptic seizures may cause death. Neurology 2004;62(5):834-5.
20. Kanner A, Parra J, Frey M, et al. Psychiatric and neurologic predictors of psychogenic pseudoseizure outcome. Neurology 1999;53(5):933-8.
21. Walczak TS, Papacostas S, Williams DT, et al. Outcome after diagnosis of psychogenic nonepileptic seizures. Epilepsia 1995;36(11):1131-7.
22. Farias ST, Thieman C, Alsaadi TM. Psychogenic nonepileptic seizures: acute change in event frequency after presentation of the diagnosis. Epilepsy Behav 2003;4(4):424-9.
23. Martin RC, Gillian FG, Kilgore M, et al. Improved health care resource utilization following video-EEG-confirmed diagnosis of nonepileptic psychogenic seizures. Seizure 1998;7(5):385-90.
24. Wilder C, Marquez AV, Farias ST, et al. Long-term follow up study of patients with PNES. Epilepsia 2004;45(suppl 7):349.-
25. LaFrance WC, Jr, Alper K, Babcock D, et al. Nonepileptic seizures treatment workshop summary. Epilepsy Behav 2006;8:451-61.
26. Shen W, Bowman ES, Markan ON. Presenting the diagnosis of pseudoseizure. Neurology 1990;40(5):756-9.
27. Harden CL, Burgut FT, Kanner AM. The diagnostic significance of video-EEG monitoring findings on pseudoseizure patients differs between neurologists and psychiatrists. Epilepsia 2003;44(3):453-6.
28. Baker G, Brooks JL, Goodfellow L, et al. Treatments for non-epileptic attack disorder. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2007;(1):CD006370.-
29. LaFrance WC, Jr, Devinsky O. Treatment of nonepileptic seizures. Epilepsy Behav 2002;3(suppl 1):S19-23.
30. Quigg M, Armstrong RF, Farace E, Fountain NB. Quality of life outcome is associated with cessation rather than reduction of psychogenic nonepileptic seizures. Epilepsy Behav 2002;3:455-9.
31. . Treatments for psychogenic nonepileptic seizures (NES). NCT00159965. Available at: http://www.clinicaltrials.gov/ct/show/NCT00159965?order=1. Accessed October 19, 2007.
32. Reuber M, Howlett S, Kemp S. Psychologic treatment of patients with psychogenic nonepileptic seizures. Expert Rev Neurother 2005;5(6):737-52.
33. Reuber M, Mitchel AJ, Howlett S, Elger CE. Measuring outcome in psychogenic nonepileptic seizure: how relevant is seizure remission? Epilepsia 2005;46(11):1788-95.
1. Reuber M, Elger CE. Psychogenic nonepileptic seizures: review and update. Epilepsy Behav 2003;4:205-16.
2. Reuber M, Pukrop R, Bauer J, et al. Outcome in psychogenic nonepileptic seizures: 1 to 10 year follow-up in 164 patients. Ann Neurol 2003;53:305-11.
3. Benbadis SR, Hauser WA. An estimate of the prevalence of psychogenic nonepileptic seizures. Seizure 2000;9:280-1.
4. Kotagal P, Costa M, Wyllie E, Wolgamuth B. Paroxysmal nonepileptic events in children and adolescents. Pediatrics 2002;110(4):46-51.
5. Bowman ES, Markand ON. Psychodynamics and psychiatric diagnoses of pseudoseizure subjects. Am J Psychiatry 1996;135:57-63.
6. Szaflarski J, Szaflarski M, Hughes C, et al. Psychopathology and quality of life: psychogenic nonepileptic seizures versus epilepsy. Med Sci Monit 2003;9(4):CR165-70.
7. Reuber M, Pukrop R, Bauer J, et al. Multidimensional assessment of personality in patients with psychogenic non-epileptic seizures. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 2004;75:743-8.
8. Cragar DE, Berry DT, Schmitt FA, Fakhoury TA. Cluster analysis of normal personality traits in patients with psychogenic nonepileptic seizures. Epilepsy Behav 2005;6:593-600.
9. Benbadis SR. Psychogenic non-epileptic seizures. In: Wyllie E, ed. The treatment of epilepsy: principles and practice. 4th ed. Philadelphia: Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins; 2005:623-30.
10. Alsaadi TM, Marquez AV. Psychogenic nonepileptic seizures. Am Fam Phy 2005;72(5):849-56.
11. Martin R, Burneo JG, Prasad A, et al. Frequency of epilepsy in patients with psychogenic seizures monitored by videoEEG. Neurology 2003;61:1791-2.
12. Benbadis SR, Agrawal V, Tatum WO, IV. How many patients with psychogenic nonepileptic seizures also have epilepsy? Neurology 2001;57:915-7.
13. Benbadis SR, Tatum WO, IV, Vale FL. When drugs don’t work: an algorithmic approach to medically intractable epilepsy. Neurology 2000;55(12):1780-4.
14. Galimberti CA, Ratti MT, Murelli R, et al. Patients with psychogenic nonepileptic seizures, alone or epilepsy-associated, share a psychological profile distinct from that of epilepsy patients. J Neurol 2003;250(3):338-46.
15. Chung SS, Gerber P, Kirlin KA. Ictal eye closure is a reliable indicator for psychogenic nonepileptic seizures. Neurology 2006;66(11):1730-1.
16. Iriarte J, Parra J, Urrestarazu E, Kuyk J. Controversies in the diagnosis and management of psychogenic pseudoseizures. Epilepsy Behav 2003;4(3):354-9.
17. Chen DK, So YT, Fisher RS. Use of serum prolactin in diagnosing epileptic seizures: report of the Therapeutics and Technology Assessment Subcommittee of the American Academy of Neurology. Neurology 2005;65(5):668-75.
18. Parra J, Iriarte J, Kanner AM. Are we overusing the diagnosis of psychogenic nonepileptic events? Seizure 1999;8(4):223-7.
19. Reuber M, Baker GA, Gill R, et al. Failure to recognize psychogenic nonepileptic seizures may cause death. Neurology 2004;62(5):834-5.
20. Kanner A, Parra J, Frey M, et al. Psychiatric and neurologic predictors of psychogenic pseudoseizure outcome. Neurology 1999;53(5):933-8.
21. Walczak TS, Papacostas S, Williams DT, et al. Outcome after diagnosis of psychogenic nonepileptic seizures. Epilepsia 1995;36(11):1131-7.
22. Farias ST, Thieman C, Alsaadi TM. Psychogenic nonepileptic seizures: acute change in event frequency after presentation of the diagnosis. Epilepsy Behav 2003;4(4):424-9.
23. Martin RC, Gillian FG, Kilgore M, et al. Improved health care resource utilization following video-EEG-confirmed diagnosis of nonepileptic psychogenic seizures. Seizure 1998;7(5):385-90.
24. Wilder C, Marquez AV, Farias ST, et al. Long-term follow up study of patients with PNES. Epilepsia 2004;45(suppl 7):349.-
25. LaFrance WC, Jr, Alper K, Babcock D, et al. Nonepileptic seizures treatment workshop summary. Epilepsy Behav 2006;8:451-61.
26. Shen W, Bowman ES, Markan ON. Presenting the diagnosis of pseudoseizure. Neurology 1990;40(5):756-9.
27. Harden CL, Burgut FT, Kanner AM. The diagnostic significance of video-EEG monitoring findings on pseudoseizure patients differs between neurologists and psychiatrists. Epilepsia 2003;44(3):453-6.
28. Baker G, Brooks JL, Goodfellow L, et al. Treatments for non-epileptic attack disorder. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2007;(1):CD006370.-
29. LaFrance WC, Jr, Devinsky O. Treatment of nonepileptic seizures. Epilepsy Behav 2002;3(suppl 1):S19-23.
30. Quigg M, Armstrong RF, Farace E, Fountain NB. Quality of life outcome is associated with cessation rather than reduction of psychogenic nonepileptic seizures. Epilepsy Behav 2002;3:455-9.
31. . Treatments for psychogenic nonepileptic seizures (NES). NCT00159965. Available at: http://www.clinicaltrials.gov/ct/show/NCT00159965?order=1. Accessed October 19, 2007.
32. Reuber M, Howlett S, Kemp S. Psychologic treatment of patients with psychogenic nonepileptic seizures. Expert Rev Neurother 2005;5(6):737-52.
33. Reuber M, Mitchel AJ, Howlett S, Elger CE. Measuring outcome in psychogenic nonepileptic seizure: how relevant is seizure remission? Epilepsia 2005;46(11):1788-95.
5-step psychiatric workup of HIV patients
Mr. G, a 28-year-old heterosexual Puerto Rican man, is admitted to the hospital’s infectious diseases (ID) unit after 3 weeks of worsening bifrontal headaches. He has been treated as an outpatient for several years since becoming HIV-positive and was diagnosed with AIDS after an intracranial toxoplasmosis infection. Although he has not taken antiretrovirals for several months, Mr. G has adhered intermittently to his antiretroviral regimen and previously developed other opportunistic infections, including thrush and bacterial pneumonia.
Three days after Mr. G is admitted, ID clinicians become concerned that he appears severely depressed and request a psychiatric evaluation.
Psychiatric evaluation and diagnosis in patients with HIV can be a challenge because of:
- the myriad ways HIV can impact the CNS
- the proliferation of antiretroviral medications
- patients’ increasing lifespan as a result of highly active antiretroviral therapy (HAART)1
- the psychological repercussions of living with HIV infection.
In this case-based review, we outline a rational, 5-step approach to evaluating and diagnosing psychiatric symptoms in patients with HIV.
A wide differential diagnosis
Patients who are HIV-positive have disproportionately high rates of psychiatric disorders. One study of approximately 2,800 adults receiving care for HIV found that nearly one-half screened positive for major depression, dysthymia, generalized anxiety disorders, or panic attacks.2 Some psychiatric morbidity may be related to:
- the stress of having HIV
- stressors related to risk factors for acquiring HIV, including low socioeconomic status, homelessness, and discrimination and social stigma based on race and sexual orientation
- substance abuse, which is common among patients with HIV.2
Because of the range and variety of psychopathology encountered in HIV disease, keep a wide differential diagnosis in mind when evaluating patients with HIV.
A 5-step process can help you determine if symptoms in any patient—regardless of HIV status—are caused by a primary psychiatric disorder or CNS impairment (Box).
Table 1
HIV-associated CNS infections
| More common |
| Cryptococcus neoformans meningitis |
| Progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy (polyomavirus JC) |
| Toxoplasma gondii |
| Less common |
| Aspergillosis |
| Coccidioidomycosis |
| Cytomegalovirus |
| Herpes simplex or varicella-zoster encephalitis |
| Histoplasmosis |
| Leptomeningeal tuberculosis |
| Source: References 5-8 |
Neuropsychiatric side effects of antiretroviral medications
| Medication | Potential side effect(s) |
|---|---|
| Abacavir | Depression, anxiety, psychosis |
| Amprenavir | Mood changes |
| Didanosine | Lethargy, nervousness, anxiety, confusion, sleep disturbances, mood disorders, psychosis |
| Efavirenz | Agitation, depersonalization, hallucinations, disturbed dreams, mood disorders, depression, suicidality, antisocial behavior, psychosis, catatonia, delirium |
| Enfuvirtide | Anxiety, depression |
| Indinavir | Mood changes |
| Lamivudine | Insomnia, mood disorders |
| Lopinavir+Ritonavir | Mood changes, agitation, anxiety |
| Nevirapine | Depression, cognitive impairment, psychosis |
| Ritonavir | Anxiety |
| Saquinavir | Depression, anxiety, sleep disturbances |
| Stavudine | Sleep disorders, mood disorders, delirium |
| Zalcitabine | Somnolence, impaired concentration, mood disorders, delirium |
| Zidovudine | Sleep disturbance, vivid dreams, agitation, mania, depression, psychotic symptoms, delirium |
| Source: References 9,10 | |
STEP 1 Perform initial exams
A careful diagnostic exam that includes a mental status examination with gross cognitive functioning testing is necessary to differentiate primary psychiatric disorders from HIV-related CNS pathology, including:
- HIV-associated dementia
- HIV-associated minor cognitive motor disorder (a less severe form of HIV-related cognitive and psychomotor impairment)
- opportunistic infections.
CASE CONTINUED
Mr. G sits in a chair alone in his room, looking out the window. He responds minimally to your initial greetings and has a staring expression and flat affect. Mr. G is calm and cooperative with the exam but has almost no spontaneous speech, answering questions with slow, imprecise 3- or 4-word responses. He is relaxed and does not seem guarded or paranoid.
Mr. G denies depressed mood or suicidal thinking and appears surprised to be asked about these symptoms. He also denies a history of manic or psychotic symptoms or problems with sleep, appetite, or energy. Bedside cognitive exam—focusing on alertness, orientation, attention, and memory—does not demonstrate any gross deficits.
Cognitive workup. Be vigilant for deficits in attention and orientation that might indicate an acute brain syndrome. In addition, look for discrepant patterns of symptoms or other features that may suggest CNS pathology. For example, Mr. G’s impoverished speech and lack of motivation—combined with a clear sensorium and lack of obvious patterns of mood, anxiety, or psychotic symptoms—suggest that a primary psychiatric disorder might not explain his presentation.
Although commonly used, the bedside Mini-Mental State Examination may be insensitive to cognitive deficits in HIV-associated dementia. The HIV-Dementia Scale is more sensitive to HIV’s typical subcortical features.
Physical workup. When evaluating symptoms in an immunocompromised patient at risk for opportunistic infections, it is important to conduct a comprehensive physical exam. Pay attention to evidence of secondary infection and to neurologic signs. Fever may suggest an opportunistic infection that could contribute to psychiatric symptoms. Immunocompromise in HIV may be associated with a variety of infectious meningitis forms, such as:
- cryptococcus
- aseptic meningitis (which may be caused by HIV)
- histoplasmosis
- coccidioidomycosis.
CASE CONTINUED
Physical exam reveals that Mr. G has a low-grade fever (100.2° F) and penile erosion consistent with herpes simplex infection. He has no meningeal signs and an otherwise normal neurologic examination.
STEP 2 Evaluate lab results
Use laboratory testing to search for potential medical causes of the patient’s presentation. Include a complete blood cell count, electrolytes, blood urea nitrogen and creatinine, and liver function tests to look for underlying metabolic problems.
CASE CONTINUED
Complete blood count, electrolytes, kidney function, and liver function tests are all within normal limits, and rapid plasma reagin (RPR) for syphilis is negative. Cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) analysis demonstrates normal opening pressures, protein, and glucose. India ink stain is negative for Cryptococcus neoformans, but 1 week later CSF cultures are positive for Cryptococcus. The patient has a CD4 count of 15 and a viral load of approximately 44,000.
The stepwise approach this article describes to evaluate and diagnose psychiatric symptoms in HIV-positive patients can be used in any patient to determine if psychiatric symptoms are the result of a primary psychiatric disorder or CNS impairment. This approach may be particularly helpful when evaluating patients with new-onset or unusual symptoms, as described in the following case.
Ms. K, 34, has a diagnosis of ophthalmic herpes and is hospitalized to control severe pain in her left eye. On the second day, she appears moderately anxious and somewhat restless. Although it is possible to recognize some words and connections between a few ideas, her speech is otherwise incomprehensible. The ophthalmologist requests a psychiatric consultation, concerned that the change in mental status represents emerging psychosis.
Because Ms. K is unable to provide information coherently, the psychiatrist carefully reviews her medical, social, and psychiatric histories and medications. Ms. K’s history includes tonsillectomy at age 2, arthroscopic knee surgery after a skiing accident in college, and the use of oral contraception.
STEP 1 During Ms. K’s mental status exam, she appears alert, attentive, and cooperative, although moderately anxious. Rather than tangentiality or loosening of associations, her speech is notable for pervasive word substitutions and paraphasic errors, such as saying “chair” when asked to identify the nightstand in her room.
Aside from her ocular lesion, Ms. K’s physical exam is normal.
STEP 2 Laboratory testing reveals normal electrolytes, renal functioning, liver function tests, thyroid functioning, and B12 and folate levels. Rapid plasma reagin for syphilis is negative.
STEP 3 The psychiatrist feels that her exam demonstrates aphasic features rather than psychotic thought process abnormalities and orders neuroimaging. Brain CT with contrast reveals that Ms. K has a ring-enhancing lesion in the left temporal-parietal area, consistent with toxoplasmosis or a glioblastoma. Biopsy confirms toxoplasmosis.
STEPS 4/5 Neuropsychological testing was not performed in this case. It would have revealed the aphasia. Putting all of the data together resulted in clarifying that the patient was not psychotic.
Because toxoplasmosis often develops in patients with severely compromised immune systems, the healthcare team advises Ms. K to undergo HIV testing. Her enzyme-linked immunoadsorbent assay is positive for HIV antibodies, and her HIV infection is confirmed with a Western blot test.
Treatment with pyrimethamine and sulfadiazine rapidly resolves her neurologic symptoms. When she is no longer aphasic, Ms. K gives a history of several sexual relationships in the last 4 years. She typically used condoms during sexual activity but recalled instances when the condom had ruptured during intercourse. She denies any other risk factors for contracting HIV. Ms. K fully recovers from toxoplasmosis with no signs of cognitive impairment. She is started on antiretroviral therapy and followed as an outpatient.
- HIV and syphilis share sexual risk factors
- having syphilis increases the likelihood of comorbid HIV infection 7- to 9-fold11
- syphilis may worsen the course of HIV infection12
- syphilis can mimic psychiatric symptoms.13,14
STEP 3 Order neuroimaging
Neuroimaging is an essential part of the workup of a patient for whom your clinical examination raises suspicion for CNS impairment. In patients with longstanding HIV infection, brain imaging may reveal cerebral atrophy, which may accompany the cognitive changes found in HIV-associated dementia. In addition, immunocompromised patients, particularly those with a CD4 count 15
CASE CONTINUED
Brain MRI shows moderate cerebral and cerebellar atrophy, which ID clinicians attribute to the long-term effects of HIV infection. No evidence of focal or mass lesions is seen.
By further investigating Mr. G’s medical records, you find a brain MRI performed when Mr. G initially presented with toxoplasmosis in 2001. This scan reveals a large ring-enhancing mass in the right frontal lobe. Although the patient had refused a brain biopsy, the radiologist determined the lesion was most consistent in appearance with intracranial toxoplasmosis.
STEP 4 Perform neuropsychological testing
When physical exam, mental status exam, or neuroimaging suggests a possible CNS cause for a patient’s psychiatric presentation, neuropsychological testing can help characterize which of the patient’s brain functions are compromised and determine their anatomic source. This testing allows for a more complete and precise assessment of brain function than can be achieved by a bedside cognitive exam. It typically includes the Trail Making Test Parts A and B and the Grooved Pegboard Test to evaluate executive and psychomotor functioning, as well as the Controlled Oral Word Association Test to evaluate cognitive speed.
CASE CONTINUED
A search of medical records reveals that Mr. G had recently undergone a brief neuropsychological assessment at the hospital’s outpatient HIV mental health clinic. The psychologist found evidence of frontal lobe dysfunction, including problems with shifting sets, verbal fluency, and naming the months of the year backwards. Mr. G’s performance demonstrated a subcortical dementia pattern that included prominent fine motor impairment.
STEP 5 Synthesize all data to make a diagnosis
Psychiatric illness in HIV-positive patients may involve factors at multiple biopsychosocial levels, including problems with social support, psychological stress, primary psychiatric illness, immunocompromise, and CNS disease. Consider data from all of these levels to arrive at a diagnosis.
CASE CONTINUED
After carefully considering Mr. G’s history, physical and mental status examinations, laboratory data, current and past neuroimaging, and neuropsychological testing, you and ID clinicians conclude that Mr. G’s neuropsychiatric presentation primarily represents the residual deficits from his large frontal lobe toxoplasmosis lesion diagnosed in 2001, with possible contribution from an underlying HIV-associated dementia. You feel that a depressive disorder can be ruled out with a high degree of certainty because the patient denied abnormalities of mood or hedonic tone, did not demonstrate deficits in neurovegetative functioning such as appetite, energy, and sleep, and did not show evidence of suicidality. You attribute the flat affect and amotivation that had prompted the psychiatric consult to his secondary neuropsychiatric deficits.
Table 3
Staging system for HIV-associated dementia
| Stage | Degree of severity | Clinical characteristics |
|---|---|---|
| 0 | Normal | Normal mental and motor function |
| 0.5 | Equivocal | Minimal or equivocal symptoms characteristic of cognitive or motor dysfunction, or mild signs (snout response or slowed extremity movements); no impairment of work or ADLs; gait and strength normal |
| 1 | Mild | Unequivocal evidence of functional, intellectual, or motor impairment (including symptoms, signs, or neuropsychological testing); can walk without assistance and perform all except more demanding aspects of work or ADLs |
| 2 | Moderate | Able to perform basic activities of self care but unable to work or maintain the more demanding ADLs; ambulatory but may require a single prop |
| 3 | Severe | Major intellectual incapacity (cannot follow news or personal events, cannot sustain complex conversation, considerable slowing of all outputs) or motor disability (unable to walk unassisted, requires walker or personal support, usually slowed and accompanied by clumsiness of arms) |
| 4 | End stage | A nearly vegetative state; intellectual and social comprehension and output are rudimentary; patient is nearly or absolutely mute and paraparetic or paraplegic, with urinary and fecal incontinence |
| ADLs: activities of daily living | ||
| Source: References 9,16 | ||
CASE CONTINUED
Because Mr. G had no evidence of a mood syndrome, you do not recommend antidepressants. You note that although a stimulant might improve the patient’s cognitive function and apathy, Mr. G’s history of heavy cocaine use is considered a contraindication.
Related Resources
- Aidsmap information on AIDS and HIV. www.aidsmap.com.
- America Psychiatric Association AIDS Resource Center. www.psych.org/AIDS.
- Abacavir • Ziagen
- Amprenavir • Agenerase
- Didanosine • Videx
- Efavirenz • Sustiva
- Enfuvirtide • Fuzeon
- Indinavir • Crixivan
- Lamivudine • Epivir
- Lopinavir/Ritonavir • Kaletra
- Nevirapine • Viramune
- Pyrimethamine • Daraprim
- Ritonavir • Norvir
- Saquinavir • Invirase
- Stavudine • Zerit
- Sulfadiazine • Microsulfon
- Zalcitabine • Hivid
- Zidovudine • Retrovir
The authors report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.
1. Palella FJ, Jr, Delaney KM, Moorman AC, et al. Declining morbidity and mortality among patients with advanced human immunodeficiency virus infection. HIV Outpatient Study Investigators. N Engl J Med 1998;338(13):853-60.
2. Bing EG, Burnam MA, Longshore D, et al. Psychiatric disorders and drug use among human immunodeficiency virus-infected adults in the United States. Arch Gen Psychiatry 2001;58(8):721-8.
3. Krikorian R, Wrobel AJ, Meinecke C, et al. Cognitive deficits associated with human immunodeficiency virus encephalopathy. J Neuropsychiatry Clin Neurosci 1990;2(3):256-60.
4. Clifford DB. Human immunodeficiency virus-associated dementia. Arch Neurol 2000;57(3):321-4.
5. Collazos J. Opportunistic infections of the CNS in patients with AIDS: diagnosis and management. CNS Drugs 2003;17(12):869-87.
6. Mischel PS, Vinters HV. Coccidioidomycosis of the CNS: neuropathological and vasculopathic manifestations and clinical correlates. Clin Infect Dis 1995;20(2):400-5.
7. Offiah CE, Turnbull IW. The imaging appearances of intracranial CNS infections in adult HIV and AIDS patients. Clin Radiol 2006;61(5):393-401.
8. Black KE, Baden LR. Fungal infections of the CNS: treatment strategies for the immunocompromised patient. CNS Drugs 2007;21(4):293-318.
9. Cespedes MS, Aberg JA. Neuropsychiatric complications of antiretroviral therapy. Drug Saf 2006;29(10):865-74.
10. Turjanski N, Lloyd GG. Psychiatric side-effects of medications: recent developments. Adv Psychiatr Treat 2005;11(1):58-70.
11. Quinn TC, Cannon RO, Glasser D, et al. The association of syphilis with risk of human immunodeficiency virus infection in patients attending sexually transmitted disease clinics. Arch Intern Med 1990;150(6):1297-1302.
12. Zetola NM, Klausner JD. Syphilis and HIV infection: an update. Clin Infect Dis 2007;44(9):1222-8.
13. Sobhan T, Rowe HM, Ryan WG, Munoz C. Unusual case report: three cases of psychiatric manifestations of neurosyphilis. Psychiatr Serv 2004;55(7):830-2.
14. Timmermans M, Carr J. Neurosyphilis in the modern era. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 2004;75(12):1727-30.
15. Camacho DLA, Smith JK, Castillo M. Differentiation of toxoplasmosis and lymphoma in AIDS patients by using apparent diffusion coefficients. AJNR Am J Neuroradiol 2003;24(4):633-7.
16. Price RW, Brew BJ. The AIDS dementia complex. J Infect Dis 1988;158:1079-83.
Mr. G, a 28-year-old heterosexual Puerto Rican man, is admitted to the hospital’s infectious diseases (ID) unit after 3 weeks of worsening bifrontal headaches. He has been treated as an outpatient for several years since becoming HIV-positive and was diagnosed with AIDS after an intracranial toxoplasmosis infection. Although he has not taken antiretrovirals for several months, Mr. G has adhered intermittently to his antiretroviral regimen and previously developed other opportunistic infections, including thrush and bacterial pneumonia.
Three days after Mr. G is admitted, ID clinicians become concerned that he appears severely depressed and request a psychiatric evaluation.
Psychiatric evaluation and diagnosis in patients with HIV can be a challenge because of:
- the myriad ways HIV can impact the CNS
- the proliferation of antiretroviral medications
- patients’ increasing lifespan as a result of highly active antiretroviral therapy (HAART)1
- the psychological repercussions of living with HIV infection.
In this case-based review, we outline a rational, 5-step approach to evaluating and diagnosing psychiatric symptoms in patients with HIV.
A wide differential diagnosis
Patients who are HIV-positive have disproportionately high rates of psychiatric disorders. One study of approximately 2,800 adults receiving care for HIV found that nearly one-half screened positive for major depression, dysthymia, generalized anxiety disorders, or panic attacks.2 Some psychiatric morbidity may be related to:
- the stress of having HIV
- stressors related to risk factors for acquiring HIV, including low socioeconomic status, homelessness, and discrimination and social stigma based on race and sexual orientation
- substance abuse, which is common among patients with HIV.2
Because of the range and variety of psychopathology encountered in HIV disease, keep a wide differential diagnosis in mind when evaluating patients with HIV.
A 5-step process can help you determine if symptoms in any patient—regardless of HIV status—are caused by a primary psychiatric disorder or CNS impairment (Box).
Table 1
HIV-associated CNS infections
| More common |
| Cryptococcus neoformans meningitis |
| Progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy (polyomavirus JC) |
| Toxoplasma gondii |
| Less common |
| Aspergillosis |
| Coccidioidomycosis |
| Cytomegalovirus |
| Herpes simplex or varicella-zoster encephalitis |
| Histoplasmosis |
| Leptomeningeal tuberculosis |
| Source: References 5-8 |
Neuropsychiatric side effects of antiretroviral medications
| Medication | Potential side effect(s) |
|---|---|
| Abacavir | Depression, anxiety, psychosis |
| Amprenavir | Mood changes |
| Didanosine | Lethargy, nervousness, anxiety, confusion, sleep disturbances, mood disorders, psychosis |
| Efavirenz | Agitation, depersonalization, hallucinations, disturbed dreams, mood disorders, depression, suicidality, antisocial behavior, psychosis, catatonia, delirium |
| Enfuvirtide | Anxiety, depression |
| Indinavir | Mood changes |
| Lamivudine | Insomnia, mood disorders |
| Lopinavir+Ritonavir | Mood changes, agitation, anxiety |
| Nevirapine | Depression, cognitive impairment, psychosis |
| Ritonavir | Anxiety |
| Saquinavir | Depression, anxiety, sleep disturbances |
| Stavudine | Sleep disorders, mood disorders, delirium |
| Zalcitabine | Somnolence, impaired concentration, mood disorders, delirium |
| Zidovudine | Sleep disturbance, vivid dreams, agitation, mania, depression, psychotic symptoms, delirium |
| Source: References 9,10 | |
STEP 1 Perform initial exams
A careful diagnostic exam that includes a mental status examination with gross cognitive functioning testing is necessary to differentiate primary psychiatric disorders from HIV-related CNS pathology, including:
- HIV-associated dementia
- HIV-associated minor cognitive motor disorder (a less severe form of HIV-related cognitive and psychomotor impairment)
- opportunistic infections.
CASE CONTINUED
Mr. G sits in a chair alone in his room, looking out the window. He responds minimally to your initial greetings and has a staring expression and flat affect. Mr. G is calm and cooperative with the exam but has almost no spontaneous speech, answering questions with slow, imprecise 3- or 4-word responses. He is relaxed and does not seem guarded or paranoid.
Mr. G denies depressed mood or suicidal thinking and appears surprised to be asked about these symptoms. He also denies a history of manic or psychotic symptoms or problems with sleep, appetite, or energy. Bedside cognitive exam—focusing on alertness, orientation, attention, and memory—does not demonstrate any gross deficits.
Cognitive workup. Be vigilant for deficits in attention and orientation that might indicate an acute brain syndrome. In addition, look for discrepant patterns of symptoms or other features that may suggest CNS pathology. For example, Mr. G’s impoverished speech and lack of motivation—combined with a clear sensorium and lack of obvious patterns of mood, anxiety, or psychotic symptoms—suggest that a primary psychiatric disorder might not explain his presentation.
Although commonly used, the bedside Mini-Mental State Examination may be insensitive to cognitive deficits in HIV-associated dementia. The HIV-Dementia Scale is more sensitive to HIV’s typical subcortical features.
Physical workup. When evaluating symptoms in an immunocompromised patient at risk for opportunistic infections, it is important to conduct a comprehensive physical exam. Pay attention to evidence of secondary infection and to neurologic signs. Fever may suggest an opportunistic infection that could contribute to psychiatric symptoms. Immunocompromise in HIV may be associated with a variety of infectious meningitis forms, such as:
- cryptococcus
- aseptic meningitis (which may be caused by HIV)
- histoplasmosis
- coccidioidomycosis.
CASE CONTINUED
Physical exam reveals that Mr. G has a low-grade fever (100.2° F) and penile erosion consistent with herpes simplex infection. He has no meningeal signs and an otherwise normal neurologic examination.
STEP 2 Evaluate lab results
Use laboratory testing to search for potential medical causes of the patient’s presentation. Include a complete blood cell count, electrolytes, blood urea nitrogen and creatinine, and liver function tests to look for underlying metabolic problems.
CASE CONTINUED
Complete blood count, electrolytes, kidney function, and liver function tests are all within normal limits, and rapid plasma reagin (RPR) for syphilis is negative. Cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) analysis demonstrates normal opening pressures, protein, and glucose. India ink stain is negative for Cryptococcus neoformans, but 1 week later CSF cultures are positive for Cryptococcus. The patient has a CD4 count of 15 and a viral load of approximately 44,000.
The stepwise approach this article describes to evaluate and diagnose psychiatric symptoms in HIV-positive patients can be used in any patient to determine if psychiatric symptoms are the result of a primary psychiatric disorder or CNS impairment. This approach may be particularly helpful when evaluating patients with new-onset or unusual symptoms, as described in the following case.
Ms. K, 34, has a diagnosis of ophthalmic herpes and is hospitalized to control severe pain in her left eye. On the second day, she appears moderately anxious and somewhat restless. Although it is possible to recognize some words and connections between a few ideas, her speech is otherwise incomprehensible. The ophthalmologist requests a psychiatric consultation, concerned that the change in mental status represents emerging psychosis.
Because Ms. K is unable to provide information coherently, the psychiatrist carefully reviews her medical, social, and psychiatric histories and medications. Ms. K’s history includes tonsillectomy at age 2, arthroscopic knee surgery after a skiing accident in college, and the use of oral contraception.
STEP 1 During Ms. K’s mental status exam, she appears alert, attentive, and cooperative, although moderately anxious. Rather than tangentiality or loosening of associations, her speech is notable for pervasive word substitutions and paraphasic errors, such as saying “chair” when asked to identify the nightstand in her room.
Aside from her ocular lesion, Ms. K’s physical exam is normal.
STEP 2 Laboratory testing reveals normal electrolytes, renal functioning, liver function tests, thyroid functioning, and B12 and folate levels. Rapid plasma reagin for syphilis is negative.
STEP 3 The psychiatrist feels that her exam demonstrates aphasic features rather than psychotic thought process abnormalities and orders neuroimaging. Brain CT with contrast reveals that Ms. K has a ring-enhancing lesion in the left temporal-parietal area, consistent with toxoplasmosis or a glioblastoma. Biopsy confirms toxoplasmosis.
STEPS 4/5 Neuropsychological testing was not performed in this case. It would have revealed the aphasia. Putting all of the data together resulted in clarifying that the patient was not psychotic.
Because toxoplasmosis often develops in patients with severely compromised immune systems, the healthcare team advises Ms. K to undergo HIV testing. Her enzyme-linked immunoadsorbent assay is positive for HIV antibodies, and her HIV infection is confirmed with a Western blot test.
Treatment with pyrimethamine and sulfadiazine rapidly resolves her neurologic symptoms. When she is no longer aphasic, Ms. K gives a history of several sexual relationships in the last 4 years. She typically used condoms during sexual activity but recalled instances when the condom had ruptured during intercourse. She denies any other risk factors for contracting HIV. Ms. K fully recovers from toxoplasmosis with no signs of cognitive impairment. She is started on antiretroviral therapy and followed as an outpatient.
- HIV and syphilis share sexual risk factors
- having syphilis increases the likelihood of comorbid HIV infection 7- to 9-fold11
- syphilis may worsen the course of HIV infection12
- syphilis can mimic psychiatric symptoms.13,14
STEP 3 Order neuroimaging
Neuroimaging is an essential part of the workup of a patient for whom your clinical examination raises suspicion for CNS impairment. In patients with longstanding HIV infection, brain imaging may reveal cerebral atrophy, which may accompany the cognitive changes found in HIV-associated dementia. In addition, immunocompromised patients, particularly those with a CD4 count 15
CASE CONTINUED
Brain MRI shows moderate cerebral and cerebellar atrophy, which ID clinicians attribute to the long-term effects of HIV infection. No evidence of focal or mass lesions is seen.
By further investigating Mr. G’s medical records, you find a brain MRI performed when Mr. G initially presented with toxoplasmosis in 2001. This scan reveals a large ring-enhancing mass in the right frontal lobe. Although the patient had refused a brain biopsy, the radiologist determined the lesion was most consistent in appearance with intracranial toxoplasmosis.
STEP 4 Perform neuropsychological testing
When physical exam, mental status exam, or neuroimaging suggests a possible CNS cause for a patient’s psychiatric presentation, neuropsychological testing can help characterize which of the patient’s brain functions are compromised and determine their anatomic source. This testing allows for a more complete and precise assessment of brain function than can be achieved by a bedside cognitive exam. It typically includes the Trail Making Test Parts A and B and the Grooved Pegboard Test to evaluate executive and psychomotor functioning, as well as the Controlled Oral Word Association Test to evaluate cognitive speed.
CASE CONTINUED
A search of medical records reveals that Mr. G had recently undergone a brief neuropsychological assessment at the hospital’s outpatient HIV mental health clinic. The psychologist found evidence of frontal lobe dysfunction, including problems with shifting sets, verbal fluency, and naming the months of the year backwards. Mr. G’s performance demonstrated a subcortical dementia pattern that included prominent fine motor impairment.
STEP 5 Synthesize all data to make a diagnosis
Psychiatric illness in HIV-positive patients may involve factors at multiple biopsychosocial levels, including problems with social support, psychological stress, primary psychiatric illness, immunocompromise, and CNS disease. Consider data from all of these levels to arrive at a diagnosis.
CASE CONTINUED
After carefully considering Mr. G’s history, physical and mental status examinations, laboratory data, current and past neuroimaging, and neuropsychological testing, you and ID clinicians conclude that Mr. G’s neuropsychiatric presentation primarily represents the residual deficits from his large frontal lobe toxoplasmosis lesion diagnosed in 2001, with possible contribution from an underlying HIV-associated dementia. You feel that a depressive disorder can be ruled out with a high degree of certainty because the patient denied abnormalities of mood or hedonic tone, did not demonstrate deficits in neurovegetative functioning such as appetite, energy, and sleep, and did not show evidence of suicidality. You attribute the flat affect and amotivation that had prompted the psychiatric consult to his secondary neuropsychiatric deficits.
Table 3
Staging system for HIV-associated dementia
| Stage | Degree of severity | Clinical characteristics |
|---|---|---|
| 0 | Normal | Normal mental and motor function |
| 0.5 | Equivocal | Minimal or equivocal symptoms characteristic of cognitive or motor dysfunction, or mild signs (snout response or slowed extremity movements); no impairment of work or ADLs; gait and strength normal |
| 1 | Mild | Unequivocal evidence of functional, intellectual, or motor impairment (including symptoms, signs, or neuropsychological testing); can walk without assistance and perform all except more demanding aspects of work or ADLs |
| 2 | Moderate | Able to perform basic activities of self care but unable to work or maintain the more demanding ADLs; ambulatory but may require a single prop |
| 3 | Severe | Major intellectual incapacity (cannot follow news or personal events, cannot sustain complex conversation, considerable slowing of all outputs) or motor disability (unable to walk unassisted, requires walker or personal support, usually slowed and accompanied by clumsiness of arms) |
| 4 | End stage | A nearly vegetative state; intellectual and social comprehension and output are rudimentary; patient is nearly or absolutely mute and paraparetic or paraplegic, with urinary and fecal incontinence |
| ADLs: activities of daily living | ||
| Source: References 9,16 | ||
CASE CONTINUED
Because Mr. G had no evidence of a mood syndrome, you do not recommend antidepressants. You note that although a stimulant might improve the patient’s cognitive function and apathy, Mr. G’s history of heavy cocaine use is considered a contraindication.
Related Resources
- Aidsmap information on AIDS and HIV. www.aidsmap.com.
- America Psychiatric Association AIDS Resource Center. www.psych.org/AIDS.
- Abacavir • Ziagen
- Amprenavir • Agenerase
- Didanosine • Videx
- Efavirenz • Sustiva
- Enfuvirtide • Fuzeon
- Indinavir • Crixivan
- Lamivudine • Epivir
- Lopinavir/Ritonavir • Kaletra
- Nevirapine • Viramune
- Pyrimethamine • Daraprim
- Ritonavir • Norvir
- Saquinavir • Invirase
- Stavudine • Zerit
- Sulfadiazine • Microsulfon
- Zalcitabine • Hivid
- Zidovudine • Retrovir
The authors report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.
Mr. G, a 28-year-old heterosexual Puerto Rican man, is admitted to the hospital’s infectious diseases (ID) unit after 3 weeks of worsening bifrontal headaches. He has been treated as an outpatient for several years since becoming HIV-positive and was diagnosed with AIDS after an intracranial toxoplasmosis infection. Although he has not taken antiretrovirals for several months, Mr. G has adhered intermittently to his antiretroviral regimen and previously developed other opportunistic infections, including thrush and bacterial pneumonia.
Three days after Mr. G is admitted, ID clinicians become concerned that he appears severely depressed and request a psychiatric evaluation.
Psychiatric evaluation and diagnosis in patients with HIV can be a challenge because of:
- the myriad ways HIV can impact the CNS
- the proliferation of antiretroviral medications
- patients’ increasing lifespan as a result of highly active antiretroviral therapy (HAART)1
- the psychological repercussions of living with HIV infection.
In this case-based review, we outline a rational, 5-step approach to evaluating and diagnosing psychiatric symptoms in patients with HIV.
A wide differential diagnosis
Patients who are HIV-positive have disproportionately high rates of psychiatric disorders. One study of approximately 2,800 adults receiving care for HIV found that nearly one-half screened positive for major depression, dysthymia, generalized anxiety disorders, or panic attacks.2 Some psychiatric morbidity may be related to:
- the stress of having HIV
- stressors related to risk factors for acquiring HIV, including low socioeconomic status, homelessness, and discrimination and social stigma based on race and sexual orientation
- substance abuse, which is common among patients with HIV.2
Because of the range and variety of psychopathology encountered in HIV disease, keep a wide differential diagnosis in mind when evaluating patients with HIV.
A 5-step process can help you determine if symptoms in any patient—regardless of HIV status—are caused by a primary psychiatric disorder or CNS impairment (Box).
Table 1
HIV-associated CNS infections
| More common |
| Cryptococcus neoformans meningitis |
| Progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy (polyomavirus JC) |
| Toxoplasma gondii |
| Less common |
| Aspergillosis |
| Coccidioidomycosis |
| Cytomegalovirus |
| Herpes simplex or varicella-zoster encephalitis |
| Histoplasmosis |
| Leptomeningeal tuberculosis |
| Source: References 5-8 |
Neuropsychiatric side effects of antiretroviral medications
| Medication | Potential side effect(s) |
|---|---|
| Abacavir | Depression, anxiety, psychosis |
| Amprenavir | Mood changes |
| Didanosine | Lethargy, nervousness, anxiety, confusion, sleep disturbances, mood disorders, psychosis |
| Efavirenz | Agitation, depersonalization, hallucinations, disturbed dreams, mood disorders, depression, suicidality, antisocial behavior, psychosis, catatonia, delirium |
| Enfuvirtide | Anxiety, depression |
| Indinavir | Mood changes |
| Lamivudine | Insomnia, mood disorders |
| Lopinavir+Ritonavir | Mood changes, agitation, anxiety |
| Nevirapine | Depression, cognitive impairment, psychosis |
| Ritonavir | Anxiety |
| Saquinavir | Depression, anxiety, sleep disturbances |
| Stavudine | Sleep disorders, mood disorders, delirium |
| Zalcitabine | Somnolence, impaired concentration, mood disorders, delirium |
| Zidovudine | Sleep disturbance, vivid dreams, agitation, mania, depression, psychotic symptoms, delirium |
| Source: References 9,10 | |
STEP 1 Perform initial exams
A careful diagnostic exam that includes a mental status examination with gross cognitive functioning testing is necessary to differentiate primary psychiatric disorders from HIV-related CNS pathology, including:
- HIV-associated dementia
- HIV-associated minor cognitive motor disorder (a less severe form of HIV-related cognitive and psychomotor impairment)
- opportunistic infections.
CASE CONTINUED
Mr. G sits in a chair alone in his room, looking out the window. He responds minimally to your initial greetings and has a staring expression and flat affect. Mr. G is calm and cooperative with the exam but has almost no spontaneous speech, answering questions with slow, imprecise 3- or 4-word responses. He is relaxed and does not seem guarded or paranoid.
Mr. G denies depressed mood or suicidal thinking and appears surprised to be asked about these symptoms. He also denies a history of manic or psychotic symptoms or problems with sleep, appetite, or energy. Bedside cognitive exam—focusing on alertness, orientation, attention, and memory—does not demonstrate any gross deficits.
Cognitive workup. Be vigilant for deficits in attention and orientation that might indicate an acute brain syndrome. In addition, look for discrepant patterns of symptoms or other features that may suggest CNS pathology. For example, Mr. G’s impoverished speech and lack of motivation—combined with a clear sensorium and lack of obvious patterns of mood, anxiety, or psychotic symptoms—suggest that a primary psychiatric disorder might not explain his presentation.
Although commonly used, the bedside Mini-Mental State Examination may be insensitive to cognitive deficits in HIV-associated dementia. The HIV-Dementia Scale is more sensitive to HIV’s typical subcortical features.
Physical workup. When evaluating symptoms in an immunocompromised patient at risk for opportunistic infections, it is important to conduct a comprehensive physical exam. Pay attention to evidence of secondary infection and to neurologic signs. Fever may suggest an opportunistic infection that could contribute to psychiatric symptoms. Immunocompromise in HIV may be associated with a variety of infectious meningitis forms, such as:
- cryptococcus
- aseptic meningitis (which may be caused by HIV)
- histoplasmosis
- coccidioidomycosis.
CASE CONTINUED
Physical exam reveals that Mr. G has a low-grade fever (100.2° F) and penile erosion consistent with herpes simplex infection. He has no meningeal signs and an otherwise normal neurologic examination.
STEP 2 Evaluate lab results
Use laboratory testing to search for potential medical causes of the patient’s presentation. Include a complete blood cell count, electrolytes, blood urea nitrogen and creatinine, and liver function tests to look for underlying metabolic problems.
CASE CONTINUED
Complete blood count, electrolytes, kidney function, and liver function tests are all within normal limits, and rapid plasma reagin (RPR) for syphilis is negative. Cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) analysis demonstrates normal opening pressures, protein, and glucose. India ink stain is negative for Cryptococcus neoformans, but 1 week later CSF cultures are positive for Cryptococcus. The patient has a CD4 count of 15 and a viral load of approximately 44,000.
The stepwise approach this article describes to evaluate and diagnose psychiatric symptoms in HIV-positive patients can be used in any patient to determine if psychiatric symptoms are the result of a primary psychiatric disorder or CNS impairment. This approach may be particularly helpful when evaluating patients with new-onset or unusual symptoms, as described in the following case.
Ms. K, 34, has a diagnosis of ophthalmic herpes and is hospitalized to control severe pain in her left eye. On the second day, she appears moderately anxious and somewhat restless. Although it is possible to recognize some words and connections between a few ideas, her speech is otherwise incomprehensible. The ophthalmologist requests a psychiatric consultation, concerned that the change in mental status represents emerging psychosis.
Because Ms. K is unable to provide information coherently, the psychiatrist carefully reviews her medical, social, and psychiatric histories and medications. Ms. K’s history includes tonsillectomy at age 2, arthroscopic knee surgery after a skiing accident in college, and the use of oral contraception.
STEP 1 During Ms. K’s mental status exam, she appears alert, attentive, and cooperative, although moderately anxious. Rather than tangentiality or loosening of associations, her speech is notable for pervasive word substitutions and paraphasic errors, such as saying “chair” when asked to identify the nightstand in her room.
Aside from her ocular lesion, Ms. K’s physical exam is normal.
STEP 2 Laboratory testing reveals normal electrolytes, renal functioning, liver function tests, thyroid functioning, and B12 and folate levels. Rapid plasma reagin for syphilis is negative.
STEP 3 The psychiatrist feels that her exam demonstrates aphasic features rather than psychotic thought process abnormalities and orders neuroimaging. Brain CT with contrast reveals that Ms. K has a ring-enhancing lesion in the left temporal-parietal area, consistent with toxoplasmosis or a glioblastoma. Biopsy confirms toxoplasmosis.
STEPS 4/5 Neuropsychological testing was not performed in this case. It would have revealed the aphasia. Putting all of the data together resulted in clarifying that the patient was not psychotic.
Because toxoplasmosis often develops in patients with severely compromised immune systems, the healthcare team advises Ms. K to undergo HIV testing. Her enzyme-linked immunoadsorbent assay is positive for HIV antibodies, and her HIV infection is confirmed with a Western blot test.
Treatment with pyrimethamine and sulfadiazine rapidly resolves her neurologic symptoms. When she is no longer aphasic, Ms. K gives a history of several sexual relationships in the last 4 years. She typically used condoms during sexual activity but recalled instances when the condom had ruptured during intercourse. She denies any other risk factors for contracting HIV. Ms. K fully recovers from toxoplasmosis with no signs of cognitive impairment. She is started on antiretroviral therapy and followed as an outpatient.
- HIV and syphilis share sexual risk factors
- having syphilis increases the likelihood of comorbid HIV infection 7- to 9-fold11
- syphilis may worsen the course of HIV infection12
- syphilis can mimic psychiatric symptoms.13,14
STEP 3 Order neuroimaging
Neuroimaging is an essential part of the workup of a patient for whom your clinical examination raises suspicion for CNS impairment. In patients with longstanding HIV infection, brain imaging may reveal cerebral atrophy, which may accompany the cognitive changes found in HIV-associated dementia. In addition, immunocompromised patients, particularly those with a CD4 count 15
CASE CONTINUED
Brain MRI shows moderate cerebral and cerebellar atrophy, which ID clinicians attribute to the long-term effects of HIV infection. No evidence of focal or mass lesions is seen.
By further investigating Mr. G’s medical records, you find a brain MRI performed when Mr. G initially presented with toxoplasmosis in 2001. This scan reveals a large ring-enhancing mass in the right frontal lobe. Although the patient had refused a brain biopsy, the radiologist determined the lesion was most consistent in appearance with intracranial toxoplasmosis.
STEP 4 Perform neuropsychological testing
When physical exam, mental status exam, or neuroimaging suggests a possible CNS cause for a patient’s psychiatric presentation, neuropsychological testing can help characterize which of the patient’s brain functions are compromised and determine their anatomic source. This testing allows for a more complete and precise assessment of brain function than can be achieved by a bedside cognitive exam. It typically includes the Trail Making Test Parts A and B and the Grooved Pegboard Test to evaluate executive and psychomotor functioning, as well as the Controlled Oral Word Association Test to evaluate cognitive speed.
CASE CONTINUED
A search of medical records reveals that Mr. G had recently undergone a brief neuropsychological assessment at the hospital’s outpatient HIV mental health clinic. The psychologist found evidence of frontal lobe dysfunction, including problems with shifting sets, verbal fluency, and naming the months of the year backwards. Mr. G’s performance demonstrated a subcortical dementia pattern that included prominent fine motor impairment.
STEP 5 Synthesize all data to make a diagnosis
Psychiatric illness in HIV-positive patients may involve factors at multiple biopsychosocial levels, including problems with social support, psychological stress, primary psychiatric illness, immunocompromise, and CNS disease. Consider data from all of these levels to arrive at a diagnosis.
CASE CONTINUED
After carefully considering Mr. G’s history, physical and mental status examinations, laboratory data, current and past neuroimaging, and neuropsychological testing, you and ID clinicians conclude that Mr. G’s neuropsychiatric presentation primarily represents the residual deficits from his large frontal lobe toxoplasmosis lesion diagnosed in 2001, with possible contribution from an underlying HIV-associated dementia. You feel that a depressive disorder can be ruled out with a high degree of certainty because the patient denied abnormalities of mood or hedonic tone, did not demonstrate deficits in neurovegetative functioning such as appetite, energy, and sleep, and did not show evidence of suicidality. You attribute the flat affect and amotivation that had prompted the psychiatric consult to his secondary neuropsychiatric deficits.
Table 3
Staging system for HIV-associated dementia
| Stage | Degree of severity | Clinical characteristics |
|---|---|---|
| 0 | Normal | Normal mental and motor function |
| 0.5 | Equivocal | Minimal or equivocal symptoms characteristic of cognitive or motor dysfunction, or mild signs (snout response or slowed extremity movements); no impairment of work or ADLs; gait and strength normal |
| 1 | Mild | Unequivocal evidence of functional, intellectual, or motor impairment (including symptoms, signs, or neuropsychological testing); can walk without assistance and perform all except more demanding aspects of work or ADLs |
| 2 | Moderate | Able to perform basic activities of self care but unable to work or maintain the more demanding ADLs; ambulatory but may require a single prop |
| 3 | Severe | Major intellectual incapacity (cannot follow news or personal events, cannot sustain complex conversation, considerable slowing of all outputs) or motor disability (unable to walk unassisted, requires walker or personal support, usually slowed and accompanied by clumsiness of arms) |
| 4 | End stage | A nearly vegetative state; intellectual and social comprehension and output are rudimentary; patient is nearly or absolutely mute and paraparetic or paraplegic, with urinary and fecal incontinence |
| ADLs: activities of daily living | ||
| Source: References 9,16 | ||
CASE CONTINUED
Because Mr. G had no evidence of a mood syndrome, you do not recommend antidepressants. You note that although a stimulant might improve the patient’s cognitive function and apathy, Mr. G’s history of heavy cocaine use is considered a contraindication.
Related Resources
- Aidsmap information on AIDS and HIV. www.aidsmap.com.
- America Psychiatric Association AIDS Resource Center. www.psych.org/AIDS.
- Abacavir • Ziagen
- Amprenavir • Agenerase
- Didanosine • Videx
- Efavirenz • Sustiva
- Enfuvirtide • Fuzeon
- Indinavir • Crixivan
- Lamivudine • Epivir
- Lopinavir/Ritonavir • Kaletra
- Nevirapine • Viramune
- Pyrimethamine • Daraprim
- Ritonavir • Norvir
- Saquinavir • Invirase
- Stavudine • Zerit
- Sulfadiazine • Microsulfon
- Zalcitabine • Hivid
- Zidovudine • Retrovir
The authors report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.
1. Palella FJ, Jr, Delaney KM, Moorman AC, et al. Declining morbidity and mortality among patients with advanced human immunodeficiency virus infection. HIV Outpatient Study Investigators. N Engl J Med 1998;338(13):853-60.
2. Bing EG, Burnam MA, Longshore D, et al. Psychiatric disorders and drug use among human immunodeficiency virus-infected adults in the United States. Arch Gen Psychiatry 2001;58(8):721-8.
3. Krikorian R, Wrobel AJ, Meinecke C, et al. Cognitive deficits associated with human immunodeficiency virus encephalopathy. J Neuropsychiatry Clin Neurosci 1990;2(3):256-60.
4. Clifford DB. Human immunodeficiency virus-associated dementia. Arch Neurol 2000;57(3):321-4.
5. Collazos J. Opportunistic infections of the CNS in patients with AIDS: diagnosis and management. CNS Drugs 2003;17(12):869-87.
6. Mischel PS, Vinters HV. Coccidioidomycosis of the CNS: neuropathological and vasculopathic manifestations and clinical correlates. Clin Infect Dis 1995;20(2):400-5.
7. Offiah CE, Turnbull IW. The imaging appearances of intracranial CNS infections in adult HIV and AIDS patients. Clin Radiol 2006;61(5):393-401.
8. Black KE, Baden LR. Fungal infections of the CNS: treatment strategies for the immunocompromised patient. CNS Drugs 2007;21(4):293-318.
9. Cespedes MS, Aberg JA. Neuropsychiatric complications of antiretroviral therapy. Drug Saf 2006;29(10):865-74.
10. Turjanski N, Lloyd GG. Psychiatric side-effects of medications: recent developments. Adv Psychiatr Treat 2005;11(1):58-70.
11. Quinn TC, Cannon RO, Glasser D, et al. The association of syphilis with risk of human immunodeficiency virus infection in patients attending sexually transmitted disease clinics. Arch Intern Med 1990;150(6):1297-1302.
12. Zetola NM, Klausner JD. Syphilis and HIV infection: an update. Clin Infect Dis 2007;44(9):1222-8.
13. Sobhan T, Rowe HM, Ryan WG, Munoz C. Unusual case report: three cases of psychiatric manifestations of neurosyphilis. Psychiatr Serv 2004;55(7):830-2.
14. Timmermans M, Carr J. Neurosyphilis in the modern era. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 2004;75(12):1727-30.
15. Camacho DLA, Smith JK, Castillo M. Differentiation of toxoplasmosis and lymphoma in AIDS patients by using apparent diffusion coefficients. AJNR Am J Neuroradiol 2003;24(4):633-7.
16. Price RW, Brew BJ. The AIDS dementia complex. J Infect Dis 1988;158:1079-83.
1. Palella FJ, Jr, Delaney KM, Moorman AC, et al. Declining morbidity and mortality among patients with advanced human immunodeficiency virus infection. HIV Outpatient Study Investigators. N Engl J Med 1998;338(13):853-60.
2. Bing EG, Burnam MA, Longshore D, et al. Psychiatric disorders and drug use among human immunodeficiency virus-infected adults in the United States. Arch Gen Psychiatry 2001;58(8):721-8.
3. Krikorian R, Wrobel AJ, Meinecke C, et al. Cognitive deficits associated with human immunodeficiency virus encephalopathy. J Neuropsychiatry Clin Neurosci 1990;2(3):256-60.
4. Clifford DB. Human immunodeficiency virus-associated dementia. Arch Neurol 2000;57(3):321-4.
5. Collazos J. Opportunistic infections of the CNS in patients with AIDS: diagnosis and management. CNS Drugs 2003;17(12):869-87.
6. Mischel PS, Vinters HV. Coccidioidomycosis of the CNS: neuropathological and vasculopathic manifestations and clinical correlates. Clin Infect Dis 1995;20(2):400-5.
7. Offiah CE, Turnbull IW. The imaging appearances of intracranial CNS infections in adult HIV and AIDS patients. Clin Radiol 2006;61(5):393-401.
8. Black KE, Baden LR. Fungal infections of the CNS: treatment strategies for the immunocompromised patient. CNS Drugs 2007;21(4):293-318.
9. Cespedes MS, Aberg JA. Neuropsychiatric complications of antiretroviral therapy. Drug Saf 2006;29(10):865-74.
10. Turjanski N, Lloyd GG. Psychiatric side-effects of medications: recent developments. Adv Psychiatr Treat 2005;11(1):58-70.
11. Quinn TC, Cannon RO, Glasser D, et al. The association of syphilis with risk of human immunodeficiency virus infection in patients attending sexually transmitted disease clinics. Arch Intern Med 1990;150(6):1297-1302.
12. Zetola NM, Klausner JD. Syphilis and HIV infection: an update. Clin Infect Dis 2007;44(9):1222-8.
13. Sobhan T, Rowe HM, Ryan WG, Munoz C. Unusual case report: three cases of psychiatric manifestations of neurosyphilis. Psychiatr Serv 2004;55(7):830-2.
14. Timmermans M, Carr J. Neurosyphilis in the modern era. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 2004;75(12):1727-30.
15. Camacho DLA, Smith JK, Castillo M. Differentiation of toxoplasmosis and lymphoma in AIDS patients by using apparent diffusion coefficients. AJNR Am J Neuroradiol 2003;24(4):633-7.
16. Price RW, Brew BJ. The AIDS dementia complex. J Infect Dis 1988;158:1079-83.
Treatment-resistant insomnia? Ask yourself 8 questions
Although many patients with insomnia respond to standard treatments, some continue to experience insufficient sleep. When your patient appears “treatment-resistant,” you may be tempted to add another therapy or try an unorthodox medication. But choosing an appropriate next treatment is impossible without first looking back for a rationale:
- Have you overlooked one of insomnia’s many causes?
- Have you customized treatment for this patient?
- Is he or she unaware of behaviors that may be undermining attempts to sleep?
Refreshing sleep may elude some thoroughly evaluated and optimally treated patients, but they comprise a small minority. You can help most chronic insomnia sufferers by re-evaluating their behaviors, comorbidities, sleep-wake cycles, and medications (Table 1).
Table 1
Recommended approach to treatment-resistant insomnia
| Evaluation |
| Review your patient’s 24-hour sleep cycle, sleepiness, and sleeplessness, and note persistent patterns (a sleep log or diary may help) |
| Re-evaluate stimulating or sedating effects of prescribed and over-the-counter medications, caffeine, and alcohol |
Consider:
|
| Monitor insomnia-related daytime symptoms as key outcome measure |
| Treatment |
| Re-address sleep hygiene (Table 2) |
| Consider cognitive behavioral therapy for insomnia |
| Consider an FDA-approved medication for insomnia (Table 3), customized to your patient’s symptoms |
‘3 Ps’ and 8 questions
Thirty percent of adults experience insomnia at least occasionally, and 10% have persistent insomnia. Women, older persons, and patients with chronic medical conditions such as diabetes mellitus and lung disease have higher insomnia rates than the general population.1
An enormous variety of psychological and physiologic processes may influence sleep (Box 1). Multiple factors may contribute to an individual’s inability to achieve sufficient sleep, and the relative significance of these influences can shift over time. Factors that might trigger an insomnia episode are not necessarily those that maintain sleeplessness.
1 Does the patient have realistic goals for falling asleep and remaining asleep?
Patients view insomnia as being unable to sleep when they believe they should be sleeping. To be diagnosed as a disorder, insomnia must have daytime consequences associated with:
- difficulty falling asleep
- difficulty maintaining sleep
- awakening excessively early
- or experiencing nonrestorative sleep.
Recommendation. Determine how the patient defines “having insomnia” (there are no absolute thresholds). Ask how he or she is functioning during the day. Those who complain of imperfect nighttime sleep may admit that treatment has helped with the daytime symptoms that prompted them to seek treatment.
If daytime symptoms have diminished, reassure the patient that treatment apparently is helping. Patients are less likely to focus on perceived nighttime impairment when their distress about daytime functioning has eased.
Also determine if the patient has followed recommended treatment. Cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) may increase adherence to behavioral changes, sleep hygiene, and medication schedules.
2 Have I identified and optimally managed comorbidities?
Identifying comorbidities that may contribute to chronic insomnia is particularly important because managing these conditions may alleviate the sleep disturbance. Pain or discomfort caused by a medical condition may undermine sleep quality. Certain cardiovascular, pulmonary, endocrine, neurologic, rheumatologic, and orthopedic disorders are associated with insomnia.
Most patients experiencing exacerbations of mood and anxiety disorders suffer insomnia, and many other psychiatric disorders are associated with sleep disruption.
Diagnostic subtypes recognized by the American Academy of Sleep Medicine may suggest why recommended treatments have not relieved a patient’s symptoms. Insomnia may be:
- due to a mental disorder, medical condition, drug or substance
- adjustment-related (acute insomnia), psychophysiologic, paradoxical, or idiopathic
- related to inadequate sleep hygiene
- a behavioral characteristic of childhood
- organic (due to an unspecified physiologic condition)
- nonorganic, NOS (not due to a substance or known physiologic condition).
NOS: not otherwise specified
Insomnia often accompanies substance abuse and may continue after the patient stops abusing drugs or alcohol. Abused stimulants and sedatives can worsen sleep quality, and discontinuation can cause acute and chronic sleep disruption.
Recommendation. Treat mood and anxiety disorders independently of insomnia. Minimize pain and discomfort from medical conditions. Address substance abuse, and dispel patients’ notion that alcohol is a sleep aid.
Order sleep laboratory testing for patients at risk for sleep apnea, based on their history, physical exam—including obesity, upper airway anatomy, and neck circumference (collar size ≥17 inches)—and informant reports of snoring and breathing patterns.
3 Is the patient taking medications with stimulating effects?
Because insomnia is highly comorbid with mood and anxiety disorders, patients with insomnia often are prescribed antidepressants. Although some are sedating, antidepressants such as selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors are likely to be stimulating.
Recommendation. When insomnia persists, assess the potential effects of prescribed and over-the-counter (OTC) medications. Consider possible pharmacologic effects of aging that can make patients more sensitive to medications.
Also educate patients about the long-acting effects of caffeine and its varied sources, such as energy drinks and OTC products. Some patients will benefit from completely avoiding caffeine, whereas others may do fine restricting coffee to 1 or 2 cups in the morning. A good general practice is to avoid all caffeine after lunchtime.
Predisposing factors. Some personalities may be predisposed to insomnia. Persons who tend to be anxious, depressive, or emotionally reactive may be at increased risk for developing insomnia.
Precipitating factors may include situational crises, schedule changes, substance or medication use, and psychiatric, medical, and sleep disorders. A careful history allows you to consider precipitating events.
Perpetuating factors that may reinforce and maintain chronic insomnia include:
- maladaptive behaviors, such as napping or using alcohol as a sleep aid
- conditioned hyperarousal, whereby insomnia sufferers experience anxiety and tension associated with preparing for and getting into bed. Sleepless time in bed may reinforce the conditioning, contribute to anxiety and tension, and undermine sleep on future nights.
Source: Reference 2
4 Does the patient’s insomnia have a homeostatic component?
Circadian rhythms and a homeostatic sleep drive are temporally linked in regulating the normal routine of nighttime sleep alternating with day and evening wakefulness.5,6 The sleep drive promotes a sleep-to-waking ratio of approximately 1:2 (an average of 8 hours sleep per 24 hours). Adequate sleep, from the homeostatic perspective, could be achieved during any hours of the day or night.
Acute sleep deprivation may result from extended wakefulness—such as staying up all night to study for an exam. Chronic sleep deprivation may occur during successive 24-hour periods with insufficient sleep. Both patterns are associated with increasing subjective sleepiness and ultimately with cognitive impairment.
- is low throughout the daytime
- rises during the evening as bedtime approaches
- plateaus during nighttime sleep hours
- decreases as the normal morning wake time approaches.
Typically, people are more alert in the evening than at any other time in the 24-hour cycle. As bedtime approaches, rising melatonin interacts with SCN melatonin receptors and decreases circadian arousal. Normal sleep onset then can occur rapidly at bedtime, when the homeostatic sleep drive is unopposed.
Nighttime sleep initially is promoted by the homeostatic sleep drive. However, the homeostatic sleep pressure is reversed by sleep and thus decreases as sleep continues during the night. The circadian system promotes minimum stimulation during the latter sleep hours, sustaining total sleep for approximately 8 hours.
Consequences. Individual circadian timing tendencies may affect when people experience alertness and sleepiness and may be associated with persistent complaints of sleep onset difficulty or early morning awakening.7 Napping may reduce the homeostatic sleepiness available to aid bedtime sleep onset. Mismatched homeostatic and circadian processes often prevent shift workers from achieving satisfactory sleep.
Recommendation. Have the patient keep a sleep log to identify the time and duration of sleep episodes throughout the 24-hour cycle. Actigraphy may provide useful information about sleep-wake patterns.
5 Are circadian rhythm patterns contributing to insomnia?
Overlooking circadian rhythms’ effects on insomnia can lead to apparent treatment failure.8 Although the circadian system typically promotes sleep from about 10 pm to midnight until about 6 to 8 am, some individuals have long-standing predispositions for earlier or later sleep episodes.
An advanced circadian phase leads to sleepiness and the ability to fall asleep early in the evening, followed by a tendency to awaken spontaneously relatively early in the morning. In extreme cases, patients with these “lark” tendencies may be diagnosed with advanced sleep phase disorder. Persistent early morning awakening insomnia and sleep maintenance complaints are common.
A delayed circadian phase is associated with inability to fall asleep at a typical late evening bedtime and difficulty awakening at a desired time the following morning. In extreme cases, individuals may sleep from very late at night until the following afternoon. These markedly delayed schedules may be obvious, but the circadian contribution may not be recognized in less severe cases.
People with this predisposition may achieve optimum sleep by following their delayed circadian tendency, but school and work demands often conflict with this approach. They may develop chronic sleep deprivation from late sleep onset coupled with forced morning awakenings. Complaints of chronic difficulty with sleep onset are common.
Recommendation. Have the patient keep a sleep log to demonstrate advanced or delayed circadian phase tendencies. Determine if the patient is a shift worker who is attempting to sleep in the daytime. Consider prescribing ramelteon—a melatonin agonist—and providing strategic bright light exposure:
- in the evening for advanced circadian phase patients
- in the morning for delayed circadian phase patients.8
6 Is the patient following appropriate sleep hygiene?
Sleep hygiene will not necessarily cure chronic insomnia, but inattention to basic guidelines (Table 2) can undermine other treatments. When re-evaluating patients with chronic insomnia, give special attention to their alcohol and caffeine intake, regularity of bedtime and wake-up times, meal times, and the bedroom environment. Advise patients to remove televisions from the bedroom, for example.
CBT that is effective for chronic insomnia typically blends sleep hygiene with education, cognitive psychotherapy, and specific instructions regarding bedtime schedules.9,10 Relaxation techniques also may be beneficial.
Consider consulting with a sleep specialist if the patient has not been evaluated at a sleep center. Some sleep centers offer CBT.
Table 2
Patient education: Sleep hygiene guidelines
| Try to maintain a regular sleep–wake schedule |
| Avoid afternoon or evening napping |
| Allow yourself enough time in bed for adequate sleep duration (such as 11 PM to 7 AM) |
| Develop a relaxing evening routine for the hours before bedtime |
| Spend some idle time reflecting on the day’s events before going to bed; make a list of concerns and how some might be resolved |
| Reserve the bed for sleep and sex; do not do homework, pay bills, watch TV, or engage in serious domestic discussions in bed |
| Avoid alcohol in the evening |
| Avoid caffeine in the afternoon and evening |
| Minimize annoying noise, light, or temperature extremes |
| Consider a light snack before bedtime |
| Exercise regularly, but not late in the evening |
| Do not try harder and harder to fall asleep; if you can’t sleep, get out of bed and do something else, in another room if possible |
| Avoid smoking |
7 Does the patient regularly experience anxiety and tension as bedtime approaches or spend excessive wakeful time in bed?
Patients who tend to be anxious, depressive, or emotionally reactive are at increased risk for developing an insomnia episode. They then may develop conditioned hyperarousal associated with preparing for and getting into bed, which perpetuates insomnia.
Some patients spend long periods in bed, hoping to achieve any possible sleep that night. Extended time in bed can perpetuate insomnia by increasing frustrating time awake, thereby reinforcing the association between the bed and wakefulness.
Recommendation. CBT often helps ease these conditioned responses.
Stimulus control can help anxious individuals reassociate the bed, bedroom, and bedtime routines with sleep onset, rather than sleep-destructive tension. Advise patients to go to bed in the evening when they feel they can fall asleep. If they do not fall asleep within 10 to 15 minutes or experience their usual worry and frustration about not sleeping, instruct them to leave the bed and try again later. Also tell them to avoid daytime napping.
Sleep restriction therapy may help patients with excessive wakefulness in bed by limiting sleep opportunity to defined hours of the night. For example, a patient who reports getting 5 hours of sleep would be scheduled for 5 hours in bed. If his typical arising time is 7 am, he would not go to bed until 2 am. When his sleep log shows he has slept 90% of the time in bed for 5 consecutive nights, he can go to bed 15 to 30 minutes earlier. Over time, as this process is repeated, patients spend greater amounts of time sleeping while in bed.
Sleep restriction creates a degree of sleep deprivation that may enhance sleep onset and maintenance. Caution patients not to drive or perform hazardous activities while sleep-deprived.
8 Has the patient been prescribed appropriate doses of medications with appropriate indications?
Chronic insomnia sufferers often try to get more sleep by using alcohol, food supplement remedies, and OTC antihistamine sleep aids—none of which has demonstrated efficacy for treating insomnia. Although sedating prescription medications may be recommended for comorbid conditions, many also are prescribed off-label to promote sleep.
Examples include sedating antidepressants, antipsychotics, antihistamines, anticonvulsants, and benzodiazepines that are not indicated for insomnia. Little or no evidence supports these medications as safe and efficacious for treating insomnia, and important safety concerns are associated with their use.
The BZRA category includes 5 benzodiazepines and 4 nonbenzodiazepine formulations. Half-lives vary from approximately 1 hour to several days. Compared with benzodiazepines, nonbenzodiazepines have greater selectivity for GABAA receptor complexes incorporating the alpha-1 sub-unit subtype, which may confer some safety and tolerability advantages. One extended-release formulation is available. All may be beneficial for sleep onset, and some have indications for sleep maintenance difficulty.
Ramelteon is a nonsedating selective melatonin receptor agonist approved for treating insomnia characterized by sleep onset difficulty. This agent—which attenuates evening circadian arousal—may help promote sleep onset and enhance sleep during the early part of the night.
Administration. Inadequate dosing of insomnia medications may cause treatment to fail, but prescribing beyond approved ranges is rarely necessary. High sedative doses increase the risk of adverse effects, and patients may sleep no better. Adverse effects may include somnolence, headache, dizziness, nausea, diarrhea, and anterograde amnesia. Rarely patients may exhibit sleep walking or confused behaviors within a few hours after taking a hypnotic dose.
Recommendation. Customize your selection of FDA-approved insomnia medications. Consider whether your patient needs medication for sleep onset or sleep maintenance. In most cases, prescribe within dosing ranges listed in Table 3
Table 3
Insomnia treatment: FDA-approved medications
| Medication | Recommended dosage (mg) | Elimination half-life (hr) |
|---|---|---|
| Benzodiazepine receptor agonists | ||
| Immediate-release benzodiazepines | ||
| Estazolam | 1 to 2 | 8 to 24 |
| Flurazepam | 15 to 30 | 48 to 120 |
| Quazepam | 7.5 to 15 | 48 to 120 |
| Temazepam | 7.5 to 30 | 8 to 20 |
| Triazolam | 0.125 to 0.25 | 2 to 4 |
| Immediate-release nonbenzodiazepines | ||
| Eszopiclone | 1 to 3 | 5 to 7 |
| Zaleplon | 5 to 20 | 1 |
| Zolpidem | 5 to 10 | 1.5 to 2.4 |
| Extended-release nonbenzodiazepine | ||
| Zolpidem ER | 6.25 to 12.5 | 2.8 to 2.9 |
| Selective melatonin receptor agonist | ||
| Ramelteon | 8 | 1 to 2.6 |
Related Resources
- American Academy of Sleep Medicine. www.aasmnet.org.
- National Sleep Foundation. www.sleepfoundation.org.
- NIH National Center for Sleep Disorders Research. www.nhlbi.nih.gov/about/ncsdr.
Drug brand names
- Estazolam • ProSom
- Eszopiclone • Lunesta
- Flurazepam • Dalmane
- Quazepam • Doral
- Ramelteon • Rozerem
- Temazepam • Restoril
- Triazolam • Halcion
- Zaleplon • Sonata
- Zolpidem • Ambien
- Zolpidem ER • Ambien CR
Disclosure
Dr. Neubauer is a consultant to Neurocrine Biosciences, sanofi-aventis, and Takeda Pharmaceuticals North America and a speaker for sanofi-aventis and Takeda Pharmaceuticals North America.
1. National Institutes of Health. State of the Science Conference statement on manifestations and management of chronic insomnia in adults, June 13-15, 2005. Sleep 2005;28:1049-57.
2. Spielman AJ, Caruso LS, Glovinsky PB. A behavioral perspective on insomnia treatment. Psychiatr Clin North Am 1987;10:541-53.
3. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 4th ed., text rev. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2000.
4. International Classification of Sleep Disorders: Diagnostic & Coding Manual, ICSD-2, 2nd ed. Westchester, IL: American Academy of Sleep Medicine; 2005.
5. Borbely AA, Achermann P. Sleep homeostasis and models of sleep regulation. J Biol Rhythms 1999;14:557-68.
6. Richardson GS. The human circadian system in normal and disordered sleep. J Clin Psychiatry 2005;66:3-9.
7. Manthena P, Zee PC. Neurobiology of circadian rhythm sleep disorders. Curr Neurol Neurosci Rep 2006;6:163-8.
8. Zee PC, Manthena P. The brain’s master circadian clock: implications and opportunities for therapy of sleep disorders. Sleep Med Rev 2007;11(1):59-70.
9. Morin CM, Culbert JP, Schwartz SM. Nonpharmacological interventions for insomnia: a meta-analysis of treatment efficacy. Am J Psychiatry 1994;151:1172-80.
10. Morin CM, Bootzin RR, Buysse DJ, et al. Psychological and behavioral treatment of insomnia: update of the recent evidence (1998-2004). Sleep 2006;29:1398-414.
Although many patients with insomnia respond to standard treatments, some continue to experience insufficient sleep. When your patient appears “treatment-resistant,” you may be tempted to add another therapy or try an unorthodox medication. But choosing an appropriate next treatment is impossible without first looking back for a rationale:
- Have you overlooked one of insomnia’s many causes?
- Have you customized treatment for this patient?
- Is he or she unaware of behaviors that may be undermining attempts to sleep?
Refreshing sleep may elude some thoroughly evaluated and optimally treated patients, but they comprise a small minority. You can help most chronic insomnia sufferers by re-evaluating their behaviors, comorbidities, sleep-wake cycles, and medications (Table 1).
Table 1
Recommended approach to treatment-resistant insomnia
| Evaluation |
| Review your patient’s 24-hour sleep cycle, sleepiness, and sleeplessness, and note persistent patterns (a sleep log or diary may help) |
| Re-evaluate stimulating or sedating effects of prescribed and over-the-counter medications, caffeine, and alcohol |
Consider:
|
| Monitor insomnia-related daytime symptoms as key outcome measure |
| Treatment |
| Re-address sleep hygiene (Table 2) |
| Consider cognitive behavioral therapy for insomnia |
| Consider an FDA-approved medication for insomnia (Table 3), customized to your patient’s symptoms |
‘3 Ps’ and 8 questions
Thirty percent of adults experience insomnia at least occasionally, and 10% have persistent insomnia. Women, older persons, and patients with chronic medical conditions such as diabetes mellitus and lung disease have higher insomnia rates than the general population.1
An enormous variety of psychological and physiologic processes may influence sleep (Box 1). Multiple factors may contribute to an individual’s inability to achieve sufficient sleep, and the relative significance of these influences can shift over time. Factors that might trigger an insomnia episode are not necessarily those that maintain sleeplessness.
1 Does the patient have realistic goals for falling asleep and remaining asleep?
Patients view insomnia as being unable to sleep when they believe they should be sleeping. To be diagnosed as a disorder, insomnia must have daytime consequences associated with:
- difficulty falling asleep
- difficulty maintaining sleep
- awakening excessively early
- or experiencing nonrestorative sleep.
Recommendation. Determine how the patient defines “having insomnia” (there are no absolute thresholds). Ask how he or she is functioning during the day. Those who complain of imperfect nighttime sleep may admit that treatment has helped with the daytime symptoms that prompted them to seek treatment.
If daytime symptoms have diminished, reassure the patient that treatment apparently is helping. Patients are less likely to focus on perceived nighttime impairment when their distress about daytime functioning has eased.
Also determine if the patient has followed recommended treatment. Cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) may increase adherence to behavioral changes, sleep hygiene, and medication schedules.
2 Have I identified and optimally managed comorbidities?
Identifying comorbidities that may contribute to chronic insomnia is particularly important because managing these conditions may alleviate the sleep disturbance. Pain or discomfort caused by a medical condition may undermine sleep quality. Certain cardiovascular, pulmonary, endocrine, neurologic, rheumatologic, and orthopedic disorders are associated with insomnia.
Most patients experiencing exacerbations of mood and anxiety disorders suffer insomnia, and many other psychiatric disorders are associated with sleep disruption.
Diagnostic subtypes recognized by the American Academy of Sleep Medicine may suggest why recommended treatments have not relieved a patient’s symptoms. Insomnia may be:
- due to a mental disorder, medical condition, drug or substance
- adjustment-related (acute insomnia), psychophysiologic, paradoxical, or idiopathic
- related to inadequate sleep hygiene
- a behavioral characteristic of childhood
- organic (due to an unspecified physiologic condition)
- nonorganic, NOS (not due to a substance or known physiologic condition).
NOS: not otherwise specified
Insomnia often accompanies substance abuse and may continue after the patient stops abusing drugs or alcohol. Abused stimulants and sedatives can worsen sleep quality, and discontinuation can cause acute and chronic sleep disruption.
Recommendation. Treat mood and anxiety disorders independently of insomnia. Minimize pain and discomfort from medical conditions. Address substance abuse, and dispel patients’ notion that alcohol is a sleep aid.
Order sleep laboratory testing for patients at risk for sleep apnea, based on their history, physical exam—including obesity, upper airway anatomy, and neck circumference (collar size ≥17 inches)—and informant reports of snoring and breathing patterns.
3 Is the patient taking medications with stimulating effects?
Because insomnia is highly comorbid with mood and anxiety disorders, patients with insomnia often are prescribed antidepressants. Although some are sedating, antidepressants such as selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors are likely to be stimulating.
Recommendation. When insomnia persists, assess the potential effects of prescribed and over-the-counter (OTC) medications. Consider possible pharmacologic effects of aging that can make patients more sensitive to medications.
Also educate patients about the long-acting effects of caffeine and its varied sources, such as energy drinks and OTC products. Some patients will benefit from completely avoiding caffeine, whereas others may do fine restricting coffee to 1 or 2 cups in the morning. A good general practice is to avoid all caffeine after lunchtime.
Predisposing factors. Some personalities may be predisposed to insomnia. Persons who tend to be anxious, depressive, or emotionally reactive may be at increased risk for developing insomnia.
Precipitating factors may include situational crises, schedule changes, substance or medication use, and psychiatric, medical, and sleep disorders. A careful history allows you to consider precipitating events.
Perpetuating factors that may reinforce and maintain chronic insomnia include:
- maladaptive behaviors, such as napping or using alcohol as a sleep aid
- conditioned hyperarousal, whereby insomnia sufferers experience anxiety and tension associated with preparing for and getting into bed. Sleepless time in bed may reinforce the conditioning, contribute to anxiety and tension, and undermine sleep on future nights.
Source: Reference 2
4 Does the patient’s insomnia have a homeostatic component?
Circadian rhythms and a homeostatic sleep drive are temporally linked in regulating the normal routine of nighttime sleep alternating with day and evening wakefulness.5,6 The sleep drive promotes a sleep-to-waking ratio of approximately 1:2 (an average of 8 hours sleep per 24 hours). Adequate sleep, from the homeostatic perspective, could be achieved during any hours of the day or night.
Acute sleep deprivation may result from extended wakefulness—such as staying up all night to study for an exam. Chronic sleep deprivation may occur during successive 24-hour periods with insufficient sleep. Both patterns are associated with increasing subjective sleepiness and ultimately with cognitive impairment.
- is low throughout the daytime
- rises during the evening as bedtime approaches
- plateaus during nighttime sleep hours
- decreases as the normal morning wake time approaches.
Typically, people are more alert in the evening than at any other time in the 24-hour cycle. As bedtime approaches, rising melatonin interacts with SCN melatonin receptors and decreases circadian arousal. Normal sleep onset then can occur rapidly at bedtime, when the homeostatic sleep drive is unopposed.
Nighttime sleep initially is promoted by the homeostatic sleep drive. However, the homeostatic sleep pressure is reversed by sleep and thus decreases as sleep continues during the night. The circadian system promotes minimum stimulation during the latter sleep hours, sustaining total sleep for approximately 8 hours.
Consequences. Individual circadian timing tendencies may affect when people experience alertness and sleepiness and may be associated with persistent complaints of sleep onset difficulty or early morning awakening.7 Napping may reduce the homeostatic sleepiness available to aid bedtime sleep onset. Mismatched homeostatic and circadian processes often prevent shift workers from achieving satisfactory sleep.
Recommendation. Have the patient keep a sleep log to identify the time and duration of sleep episodes throughout the 24-hour cycle. Actigraphy may provide useful information about sleep-wake patterns.
5 Are circadian rhythm patterns contributing to insomnia?
Overlooking circadian rhythms’ effects on insomnia can lead to apparent treatment failure.8 Although the circadian system typically promotes sleep from about 10 pm to midnight until about 6 to 8 am, some individuals have long-standing predispositions for earlier or later sleep episodes.
An advanced circadian phase leads to sleepiness and the ability to fall asleep early in the evening, followed by a tendency to awaken spontaneously relatively early in the morning. In extreme cases, patients with these “lark” tendencies may be diagnosed with advanced sleep phase disorder. Persistent early morning awakening insomnia and sleep maintenance complaints are common.
A delayed circadian phase is associated with inability to fall asleep at a typical late evening bedtime and difficulty awakening at a desired time the following morning. In extreme cases, individuals may sleep from very late at night until the following afternoon. These markedly delayed schedules may be obvious, but the circadian contribution may not be recognized in less severe cases.
People with this predisposition may achieve optimum sleep by following their delayed circadian tendency, but school and work demands often conflict with this approach. They may develop chronic sleep deprivation from late sleep onset coupled with forced morning awakenings. Complaints of chronic difficulty with sleep onset are common.
Recommendation. Have the patient keep a sleep log to demonstrate advanced or delayed circadian phase tendencies. Determine if the patient is a shift worker who is attempting to sleep in the daytime. Consider prescribing ramelteon—a melatonin agonist—and providing strategic bright light exposure:
- in the evening for advanced circadian phase patients
- in the morning for delayed circadian phase patients.8
6 Is the patient following appropriate sleep hygiene?
Sleep hygiene will not necessarily cure chronic insomnia, but inattention to basic guidelines (Table 2) can undermine other treatments. When re-evaluating patients with chronic insomnia, give special attention to their alcohol and caffeine intake, regularity of bedtime and wake-up times, meal times, and the bedroom environment. Advise patients to remove televisions from the bedroom, for example.
CBT that is effective for chronic insomnia typically blends sleep hygiene with education, cognitive psychotherapy, and specific instructions regarding bedtime schedules.9,10 Relaxation techniques also may be beneficial.
Consider consulting with a sleep specialist if the patient has not been evaluated at a sleep center. Some sleep centers offer CBT.
Table 2
Patient education: Sleep hygiene guidelines
| Try to maintain a regular sleep–wake schedule |
| Avoid afternoon or evening napping |
| Allow yourself enough time in bed for adequate sleep duration (such as 11 PM to 7 AM) |
| Develop a relaxing evening routine for the hours before bedtime |
| Spend some idle time reflecting on the day’s events before going to bed; make a list of concerns and how some might be resolved |
| Reserve the bed for sleep and sex; do not do homework, pay bills, watch TV, or engage in serious domestic discussions in bed |
| Avoid alcohol in the evening |
| Avoid caffeine in the afternoon and evening |
| Minimize annoying noise, light, or temperature extremes |
| Consider a light snack before bedtime |
| Exercise regularly, but not late in the evening |
| Do not try harder and harder to fall asleep; if you can’t sleep, get out of bed and do something else, in another room if possible |
| Avoid smoking |
7 Does the patient regularly experience anxiety and tension as bedtime approaches or spend excessive wakeful time in bed?
Patients who tend to be anxious, depressive, or emotionally reactive are at increased risk for developing an insomnia episode. They then may develop conditioned hyperarousal associated with preparing for and getting into bed, which perpetuates insomnia.
Some patients spend long periods in bed, hoping to achieve any possible sleep that night. Extended time in bed can perpetuate insomnia by increasing frustrating time awake, thereby reinforcing the association between the bed and wakefulness.
Recommendation. CBT often helps ease these conditioned responses.
Stimulus control can help anxious individuals reassociate the bed, bedroom, and bedtime routines with sleep onset, rather than sleep-destructive tension. Advise patients to go to bed in the evening when they feel they can fall asleep. If they do not fall asleep within 10 to 15 minutes or experience their usual worry and frustration about not sleeping, instruct them to leave the bed and try again later. Also tell them to avoid daytime napping.
Sleep restriction therapy may help patients with excessive wakefulness in bed by limiting sleep opportunity to defined hours of the night. For example, a patient who reports getting 5 hours of sleep would be scheduled for 5 hours in bed. If his typical arising time is 7 am, he would not go to bed until 2 am. When his sleep log shows he has slept 90% of the time in bed for 5 consecutive nights, he can go to bed 15 to 30 minutes earlier. Over time, as this process is repeated, patients spend greater amounts of time sleeping while in bed.
Sleep restriction creates a degree of sleep deprivation that may enhance sleep onset and maintenance. Caution patients not to drive or perform hazardous activities while sleep-deprived.
8 Has the patient been prescribed appropriate doses of medications with appropriate indications?
Chronic insomnia sufferers often try to get more sleep by using alcohol, food supplement remedies, and OTC antihistamine sleep aids—none of which has demonstrated efficacy for treating insomnia. Although sedating prescription medications may be recommended for comorbid conditions, many also are prescribed off-label to promote sleep.
Examples include sedating antidepressants, antipsychotics, antihistamines, anticonvulsants, and benzodiazepines that are not indicated for insomnia. Little or no evidence supports these medications as safe and efficacious for treating insomnia, and important safety concerns are associated with their use.
The BZRA category includes 5 benzodiazepines and 4 nonbenzodiazepine formulations. Half-lives vary from approximately 1 hour to several days. Compared with benzodiazepines, nonbenzodiazepines have greater selectivity for GABAA receptor complexes incorporating the alpha-1 sub-unit subtype, which may confer some safety and tolerability advantages. One extended-release formulation is available. All may be beneficial for sleep onset, and some have indications for sleep maintenance difficulty.
Ramelteon is a nonsedating selective melatonin receptor agonist approved for treating insomnia characterized by sleep onset difficulty. This agent—which attenuates evening circadian arousal—may help promote sleep onset and enhance sleep during the early part of the night.
Administration. Inadequate dosing of insomnia medications may cause treatment to fail, but prescribing beyond approved ranges is rarely necessary. High sedative doses increase the risk of adverse effects, and patients may sleep no better. Adverse effects may include somnolence, headache, dizziness, nausea, diarrhea, and anterograde amnesia. Rarely patients may exhibit sleep walking or confused behaviors within a few hours after taking a hypnotic dose.
Recommendation. Customize your selection of FDA-approved insomnia medications. Consider whether your patient needs medication for sleep onset or sleep maintenance. In most cases, prescribe within dosing ranges listed in Table 3
Table 3
Insomnia treatment: FDA-approved medications
| Medication | Recommended dosage (mg) | Elimination half-life (hr) |
|---|---|---|
| Benzodiazepine receptor agonists | ||
| Immediate-release benzodiazepines | ||
| Estazolam | 1 to 2 | 8 to 24 |
| Flurazepam | 15 to 30 | 48 to 120 |
| Quazepam | 7.5 to 15 | 48 to 120 |
| Temazepam | 7.5 to 30 | 8 to 20 |
| Triazolam | 0.125 to 0.25 | 2 to 4 |
| Immediate-release nonbenzodiazepines | ||
| Eszopiclone | 1 to 3 | 5 to 7 |
| Zaleplon | 5 to 20 | 1 |
| Zolpidem | 5 to 10 | 1.5 to 2.4 |
| Extended-release nonbenzodiazepine | ||
| Zolpidem ER | 6.25 to 12.5 | 2.8 to 2.9 |
| Selective melatonin receptor agonist | ||
| Ramelteon | 8 | 1 to 2.6 |
Related Resources
- American Academy of Sleep Medicine. www.aasmnet.org.
- National Sleep Foundation. www.sleepfoundation.org.
- NIH National Center for Sleep Disorders Research. www.nhlbi.nih.gov/about/ncsdr.
Drug brand names
- Estazolam • ProSom
- Eszopiclone • Lunesta
- Flurazepam • Dalmane
- Quazepam • Doral
- Ramelteon • Rozerem
- Temazepam • Restoril
- Triazolam • Halcion
- Zaleplon • Sonata
- Zolpidem • Ambien
- Zolpidem ER • Ambien CR
Disclosure
Dr. Neubauer is a consultant to Neurocrine Biosciences, sanofi-aventis, and Takeda Pharmaceuticals North America and a speaker for sanofi-aventis and Takeda Pharmaceuticals North America.
Although many patients with insomnia respond to standard treatments, some continue to experience insufficient sleep. When your patient appears “treatment-resistant,” you may be tempted to add another therapy or try an unorthodox medication. But choosing an appropriate next treatment is impossible without first looking back for a rationale:
- Have you overlooked one of insomnia’s many causes?
- Have you customized treatment for this patient?
- Is he or she unaware of behaviors that may be undermining attempts to sleep?
Refreshing sleep may elude some thoroughly evaluated and optimally treated patients, but they comprise a small minority. You can help most chronic insomnia sufferers by re-evaluating their behaviors, comorbidities, sleep-wake cycles, and medications (Table 1).
Table 1
Recommended approach to treatment-resistant insomnia
| Evaluation |
| Review your patient’s 24-hour sleep cycle, sleepiness, and sleeplessness, and note persistent patterns (a sleep log or diary may help) |
| Re-evaluate stimulating or sedating effects of prescribed and over-the-counter medications, caffeine, and alcohol |
Consider:
|
| Monitor insomnia-related daytime symptoms as key outcome measure |
| Treatment |
| Re-address sleep hygiene (Table 2) |
| Consider cognitive behavioral therapy for insomnia |
| Consider an FDA-approved medication for insomnia (Table 3), customized to your patient’s symptoms |
‘3 Ps’ and 8 questions
Thirty percent of adults experience insomnia at least occasionally, and 10% have persistent insomnia. Women, older persons, and patients with chronic medical conditions such as diabetes mellitus and lung disease have higher insomnia rates than the general population.1
An enormous variety of psychological and physiologic processes may influence sleep (Box 1). Multiple factors may contribute to an individual’s inability to achieve sufficient sleep, and the relative significance of these influences can shift over time. Factors that might trigger an insomnia episode are not necessarily those that maintain sleeplessness.
1 Does the patient have realistic goals for falling asleep and remaining asleep?
Patients view insomnia as being unable to sleep when they believe they should be sleeping. To be diagnosed as a disorder, insomnia must have daytime consequences associated with:
- difficulty falling asleep
- difficulty maintaining sleep
- awakening excessively early
- or experiencing nonrestorative sleep.
Recommendation. Determine how the patient defines “having insomnia” (there are no absolute thresholds). Ask how he or she is functioning during the day. Those who complain of imperfect nighttime sleep may admit that treatment has helped with the daytime symptoms that prompted them to seek treatment.
If daytime symptoms have diminished, reassure the patient that treatment apparently is helping. Patients are less likely to focus on perceived nighttime impairment when their distress about daytime functioning has eased.
Also determine if the patient has followed recommended treatment. Cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) may increase adherence to behavioral changes, sleep hygiene, and medication schedules.
2 Have I identified and optimally managed comorbidities?
Identifying comorbidities that may contribute to chronic insomnia is particularly important because managing these conditions may alleviate the sleep disturbance. Pain or discomfort caused by a medical condition may undermine sleep quality. Certain cardiovascular, pulmonary, endocrine, neurologic, rheumatologic, and orthopedic disorders are associated with insomnia.
Most patients experiencing exacerbations of mood and anxiety disorders suffer insomnia, and many other psychiatric disorders are associated with sleep disruption.
Diagnostic subtypes recognized by the American Academy of Sleep Medicine may suggest why recommended treatments have not relieved a patient’s symptoms. Insomnia may be:
- due to a mental disorder, medical condition, drug or substance
- adjustment-related (acute insomnia), psychophysiologic, paradoxical, or idiopathic
- related to inadequate sleep hygiene
- a behavioral characteristic of childhood
- organic (due to an unspecified physiologic condition)
- nonorganic, NOS (not due to a substance or known physiologic condition).
NOS: not otherwise specified
Insomnia often accompanies substance abuse and may continue after the patient stops abusing drugs or alcohol. Abused stimulants and sedatives can worsen sleep quality, and discontinuation can cause acute and chronic sleep disruption.
Recommendation. Treat mood and anxiety disorders independently of insomnia. Minimize pain and discomfort from medical conditions. Address substance abuse, and dispel patients’ notion that alcohol is a sleep aid.
Order sleep laboratory testing for patients at risk for sleep apnea, based on their history, physical exam—including obesity, upper airway anatomy, and neck circumference (collar size ≥17 inches)—and informant reports of snoring and breathing patterns.
3 Is the patient taking medications with stimulating effects?
Because insomnia is highly comorbid with mood and anxiety disorders, patients with insomnia often are prescribed antidepressants. Although some are sedating, antidepressants such as selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors are likely to be stimulating.
Recommendation. When insomnia persists, assess the potential effects of prescribed and over-the-counter (OTC) medications. Consider possible pharmacologic effects of aging that can make patients more sensitive to medications.
Also educate patients about the long-acting effects of caffeine and its varied sources, such as energy drinks and OTC products. Some patients will benefit from completely avoiding caffeine, whereas others may do fine restricting coffee to 1 or 2 cups in the morning. A good general practice is to avoid all caffeine after lunchtime.
Predisposing factors. Some personalities may be predisposed to insomnia. Persons who tend to be anxious, depressive, or emotionally reactive may be at increased risk for developing insomnia.
Precipitating factors may include situational crises, schedule changes, substance or medication use, and psychiatric, medical, and sleep disorders. A careful history allows you to consider precipitating events.
Perpetuating factors that may reinforce and maintain chronic insomnia include:
- maladaptive behaviors, such as napping or using alcohol as a sleep aid
- conditioned hyperarousal, whereby insomnia sufferers experience anxiety and tension associated with preparing for and getting into bed. Sleepless time in bed may reinforce the conditioning, contribute to anxiety and tension, and undermine sleep on future nights.
Source: Reference 2
4 Does the patient’s insomnia have a homeostatic component?
Circadian rhythms and a homeostatic sleep drive are temporally linked in regulating the normal routine of nighttime sleep alternating with day and evening wakefulness.5,6 The sleep drive promotes a sleep-to-waking ratio of approximately 1:2 (an average of 8 hours sleep per 24 hours). Adequate sleep, from the homeostatic perspective, could be achieved during any hours of the day or night.
Acute sleep deprivation may result from extended wakefulness—such as staying up all night to study for an exam. Chronic sleep deprivation may occur during successive 24-hour periods with insufficient sleep. Both patterns are associated with increasing subjective sleepiness and ultimately with cognitive impairment.
- is low throughout the daytime
- rises during the evening as bedtime approaches
- plateaus during nighttime sleep hours
- decreases as the normal morning wake time approaches.
Typically, people are more alert in the evening than at any other time in the 24-hour cycle. As bedtime approaches, rising melatonin interacts with SCN melatonin receptors and decreases circadian arousal. Normal sleep onset then can occur rapidly at bedtime, when the homeostatic sleep drive is unopposed.
Nighttime sleep initially is promoted by the homeostatic sleep drive. However, the homeostatic sleep pressure is reversed by sleep and thus decreases as sleep continues during the night. The circadian system promotes minimum stimulation during the latter sleep hours, sustaining total sleep for approximately 8 hours.
Consequences. Individual circadian timing tendencies may affect when people experience alertness and sleepiness and may be associated with persistent complaints of sleep onset difficulty or early morning awakening.7 Napping may reduce the homeostatic sleepiness available to aid bedtime sleep onset. Mismatched homeostatic and circadian processes often prevent shift workers from achieving satisfactory sleep.
Recommendation. Have the patient keep a sleep log to identify the time and duration of sleep episodes throughout the 24-hour cycle. Actigraphy may provide useful information about sleep-wake patterns.
5 Are circadian rhythm patterns contributing to insomnia?
Overlooking circadian rhythms’ effects on insomnia can lead to apparent treatment failure.8 Although the circadian system typically promotes sleep from about 10 pm to midnight until about 6 to 8 am, some individuals have long-standing predispositions for earlier or later sleep episodes.
An advanced circadian phase leads to sleepiness and the ability to fall asleep early in the evening, followed by a tendency to awaken spontaneously relatively early in the morning. In extreme cases, patients with these “lark” tendencies may be diagnosed with advanced sleep phase disorder. Persistent early morning awakening insomnia and sleep maintenance complaints are common.
A delayed circadian phase is associated with inability to fall asleep at a typical late evening bedtime and difficulty awakening at a desired time the following morning. In extreme cases, individuals may sleep from very late at night until the following afternoon. These markedly delayed schedules may be obvious, but the circadian contribution may not be recognized in less severe cases.
People with this predisposition may achieve optimum sleep by following their delayed circadian tendency, but school and work demands often conflict with this approach. They may develop chronic sleep deprivation from late sleep onset coupled with forced morning awakenings. Complaints of chronic difficulty with sleep onset are common.
Recommendation. Have the patient keep a sleep log to demonstrate advanced or delayed circadian phase tendencies. Determine if the patient is a shift worker who is attempting to sleep in the daytime. Consider prescribing ramelteon—a melatonin agonist—and providing strategic bright light exposure:
- in the evening for advanced circadian phase patients
- in the morning for delayed circadian phase patients.8
6 Is the patient following appropriate sleep hygiene?
Sleep hygiene will not necessarily cure chronic insomnia, but inattention to basic guidelines (Table 2) can undermine other treatments. When re-evaluating patients with chronic insomnia, give special attention to their alcohol and caffeine intake, regularity of bedtime and wake-up times, meal times, and the bedroom environment. Advise patients to remove televisions from the bedroom, for example.
CBT that is effective for chronic insomnia typically blends sleep hygiene with education, cognitive psychotherapy, and specific instructions regarding bedtime schedules.9,10 Relaxation techniques also may be beneficial.
Consider consulting with a sleep specialist if the patient has not been evaluated at a sleep center. Some sleep centers offer CBT.
Table 2
Patient education: Sleep hygiene guidelines
| Try to maintain a regular sleep–wake schedule |
| Avoid afternoon or evening napping |
| Allow yourself enough time in bed for adequate sleep duration (such as 11 PM to 7 AM) |
| Develop a relaxing evening routine for the hours before bedtime |
| Spend some idle time reflecting on the day’s events before going to bed; make a list of concerns and how some might be resolved |
| Reserve the bed for sleep and sex; do not do homework, pay bills, watch TV, or engage in serious domestic discussions in bed |
| Avoid alcohol in the evening |
| Avoid caffeine in the afternoon and evening |
| Minimize annoying noise, light, or temperature extremes |
| Consider a light snack before bedtime |
| Exercise regularly, but not late in the evening |
| Do not try harder and harder to fall asleep; if you can’t sleep, get out of bed and do something else, in another room if possible |
| Avoid smoking |
7 Does the patient regularly experience anxiety and tension as bedtime approaches or spend excessive wakeful time in bed?
Patients who tend to be anxious, depressive, or emotionally reactive are at increased risk for developing an insomnia episode. They then may develop conditioned hyperarousal associated with preparing for and getting into bed, which perpetuates insomnia.
Some patients spend long periods in bed, hoping to achieve any possible sleep that night. Extended time in bed can perpetuate insomnia by increasing frustrating time awake, thereby reinforcing the association between the bed and wakefulness.
Recommendation. CBT often helps ease these conditioned responses.
Stimulus control can help anxious individuals reassociate the bed, bedroom, and bedtime routines with sleep onset, rather than sleep-destructive tension. Advise patients to go to bed in the evening when they feel they can fall asleep. If they do not fall asleep within 10 to 15 minutes or experience their usual worry and frustration about not sleeping, instruct them to leave the bed and try again later. Also tell them to avoid daytime napping.
Sleep restriction therapy may help patients with excessive wakefulness in bed by limiting sleep opportunity to defined hours of the night. For example, a patient who reports getting 5 hours of sleep would be scheduled for 5 hours in bed. If his typical arising time is 7 am, he would not go to bed until 2 am. When his sleep log shows he has slept 90% of the time in bed for 5 consecutive nights, he can go to bed 15 to 30 minutes earlier. Over time, as this process is repeated, patients spend greater amounts of time sleeping while in bed.
Sleep restriction creates a degree of sleep deprivation that may enhance sleep onset and maintenance. Caution patients not to drive or perform hazardous activities while sleep-deprived.
8 Has the patient been prescribed appropriate doses of medications with appropriate indications?
Chronic insomnia sufferers often try to get more sleep by using alcohol, food supplement remedies, and OTC antihistamine sleep aids—none of which has demonstrated efficacy for treating insomnia. Although sedating prescription medications may be recommended for comorbid conditions, many also are prescribed off-label to promote sleep.
Examples include sedating antidepressants, antipsychotics, antihistamines, anticonvulsants, and benzodiazepines that are not indicated for insomnia. Little or no evidence supports these medications as safe and efficacious for treating insomnia, and important safety concerns are associated with their use.
The BZRA category includes 5 benzodiazepines and 4 nonbenzodiazepine formulations. Half-lives vary from approximately 1 hour to several days. Compared with benzodiazepines, nonbenzodiazepines have greater selectivity for GABAA receptor complexes incorporating the alpha-1 sub-unit subtype, which may confer some safety and tolerability advantages. One extended-release formulation is available. All may be beneficial for sleep onset, and some have indications for sleep maintenance difficulty.
Ramelteon is a nonsedating selective melatonin receptor agonist approved for treating insomnia characterized by sleep onset difficulty. This agent—which attenuates evening circadian arousal—may help promote sleep onset and enhance sleep during the early part of the night.
Administration. Inadequate dosing of insomnia medications may cause treatment to fail, but prescribing beyond approved ranges is rarely necessary. High sedative doses increase the risk of adverse effects, and patients may sleep no better. Adverse effects may include somnolence, headache, dizziness, nausea, diarrhea, and anterograde amnesia. Rarely patients may exhibit sleep walking or confused behaviors within a few hours after taking a hypnotic dose.
Recommendation. Customize your selection of FDA-approved insomnia medications. Consider whether your patient needs medication for sleep onset or sleep maintenance. In most cases, prescribe within dosing ranges listed in Table 3
Table 3
Insomnia treatment: FDA-approved medications
| Medication | Recommended dosage (mg) | Elimination half-life (hr) |
|---|---|---|
| Benzodiazepine receptor agonists | ||
| Immediate-release benzodiazepines | ||
| Estazolam | 1 to 2 | 8 to 24 |
| Flurazepam | 15 to 30 | 48 to 120 |
| Quazepam | 7.5 to 15 | 48 to 120 |
| Temazepam | 7.5 to 30 | 8 to 20 |
| Triazolam | 0.125 to 0.25 | 2 to 4 |
| Immediate-release nonbenzodiazepines | ||
| Eszopiclone | 1 to 3 | 5 to 7 |
| Zaleplon | 5 to 20 | 1 |
| Zolpidem | 5 to 10 | 1.5 to 2.4 |
| Extended-release nonbenzodiazepine | ||
| Zolpidem ER | 6.25 to 12.5 | 2.8 to 2.9 |
| Selective melatonin receptor agonist | ||
| Ramelteon | 8 | 1 to 2.6 |
Related Resources
- American Academy of Sleep Medicine. www.aasmnet.org.
- National Sleep Foundation. www.sleepfoundation.org.
- NIH National Center for Sleep Disorders Research. www.nhlbi.nih.gov/about/ncsdr.
Drug brand names
- Estazolam • ProSom
- Eszopiclone • Lunesta
- Flurazepam • Dalmane
- Quazepam • Doral
- Ramelteon • Rozerem
- Temazepam • Restoril
- Triazolam • Halcion
- Zaleplon • Sonata
- Zolpidem • Ambien
- Zolpidem ER • Ambien CR
Disclosure
Dr. Neubauer is a consultant to Neurocrine Biosciences, sanofi-aventis, and Takeda Pharmaceuticals North America and a speaker for sanofi-aventis and Takeda Pharmaceuticals North America.
1. National Institutes of Health. State of the Science Conference statement on manifestations and management of chronic insomnia in adults, June 13-15, 2005. Sleep 2005;28:1049-57.
2. Spielman AJ, Caruso LS, Glovinsky PB. A behavioral perspective on insomnia treatment. Psychiatr Clin North Am 1987;10:541-53.
3. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 4th ed., text rev. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2000.
4. International Classification of Sleep Disorders: Diagnostic & Coding Manual, ICSD-2, 2nd ed. Westchester, IL: American Academy of Sleep Medicine; 2005.
5. Borbely AA, Achermann P. Sleep homeostasis and models of sleep regulation. J Biol Rhythms 1999;14:557-68.
6. Richardson GS. The human circadian system in normal and disordered sleep. J Clin Psychiatry 2005;66:3-9.
7. Manthena P, Zee PC. Neurobiology of circadian rhythm sleep disorders. Curr Neurol Neurosci Rep 2006;6:163-8.
8. Zee PC, Manthena P. The brain’s master circadian clock: implications and opportunities for therapy of sleep disorders. Sleep Med Rev 2007;11(1):59-70.
9. Morin CM, Culbert JP, Schwartz SM. Nonpharmacological interventions for insomnia: a meta-analysis of treatment efficacy. Am J Psychiatry 1994;151:1172-80.
10. Morin CM, Bootzin RR, Buysse DJ, et al. Psychological and behavioral treatment of insomnia: update of the recent evidence (1998-2004). Sleep 2006;29:1398-414.
1. National Institutes of Health. State of the Science Conference statement on manifestations and management of chronic insomnia in adults, June 13-15, 2005. Sleep 2005;28:1049-57.
2. Spielman AJ, Caruso LS, Glovinsky PB. A behavioral perspective on insomnia treatment. Psychiatr Clin North Am 1987;10:541-53.
3. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 4th ed., text rev. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2000.
4. International Classification of Sleep Disorders: Diagnostic & Coding Manual, ICSD-2, 2nd ed. Westchester, IL: American Academy of Sleep Medicine; 2005.
5. Borbely AA, Achermann P. Sleep homeostasis and models of sleep regulation. J Biol Rhythms 1999;14:557-68.
6. Richardson GS. The human circadian system in normal and disordered sleep. J Clin Psychiatry 2005;66:3-9.
7. Manthena P, Zee PC. Neurobiology of circadian rhythm sleep disorders. Curr Neurol Neurosci Rep 2006;6:163-8.
8. Zee PC, Manthena P. The brain’s master circadian clock: implications and opportunities for therapy of sleep disorders. Sleep Med Rev 2007;11(1):59-70.
9. Morin CM, Culbert JP, Schwartz SM. Nonpharmacological interventions for insomnia: a meta-analysis of treatment efficacy. Am J Psychiatry 1994;151:1172-80.
10. Morin CM, Bootzin RR, Buysse DJ, et al. Psychological and behavioral treatment of insomnia: update of the recent evidence (1998-2004). Sleep 2006;29:1398-414.
Video games: When does play become pathology?
Nick, age 13, enjoys playing video games, but his parents think he may be “addicted.” His primary care doctor has referred Nick to you for evaluation.
Nick has played video games since age 7 and likes to share ideas with friends about to “beat” difficult games. Lately, though, he plays an online role-playing game, mostly alone, on the computer in his bedroom. Nick hasn’t seen his friends outside of school for 6 weeks.
Nick’s parents say he is growing short-tempered, and his grades have fallen for several months. He seems to worry a lot but becomes angry and storms out of the room when they try to talk with him about it.
Like Nick, 70% to 90% of American youths play video games, according to the American Medical Association (AMA).1 Most boys and girls find the games fun, entertaining, or relaxing (Table 1) and do not encounter difficulties as a result of their play.2 In some cases, however, they may:
- spend excessive time playing video games
- model inappropriate behavior from games
- over-invest in online relationships.
This article describes developmentally appropriate characteristics of play in general—and aspects of video game play in particular—to help you educate families about normative and excessive video game play.
Table 1
Top 10 reasons why children say they play video games
| Boys |
|
| Girls |
|
| * Response likely reflects the number of survey respondents living in a suburban/rural environment in which hunting is a popular leisure activity. |
| Source: Reference 1 |
An addiction?
Originally researchers believed video game play was not addictive and viewed excessive play as high engagement. More recently, efforts are being made to understand:
- how to classify excessive video game play that impairs psychosocial adjustment
- whether substance abuse models are appropriate for describing and treating pathologic video game play.
What is normative play?
Play is a motivating way for children to make sense of the world. By re-creating themes, relationships, places, or events in play children can control things that outside of play might be intimidating or overwhelming. Through play, children can explore situations in a setting that feels safe.4,5 Video games offer children play opportunities to explore roles and worlds that otherwise are unavailable to them.6
Video game play is one of the most popular leisure-time activities for middle-school students. Our group7 recently surveyed >1,200 students age 12 to 15 about their video game play and found:
- One-third of boys and two-thirds of girls played video games for ≤2 hours/week.
- One-third of boys and 11% of girls played video games 6 or 7 days each week.
- Boys played more than girls, with 45% of boys playing for ≥6 hours/week.
- 12.6% of boys played ≥15 hours/week.
- One-half listed ≥1 games rated M for mature (Table 2)7 among 5 games they played most frequently in the preceding 6 months.2
Pathologic behavior. Excessive video game playing can be viewed as pathologic if it involves an overwhelming need to play video games, with negative feelings and behaviors related to this need that lead to distress or functional impairment.9,10 Charlton et al
11 define pathologic video game play as incorporating high engagement plus core addiction characteristics such as interference with work or social life, failure to sleep, etc. In video game play, peripheral DSM addiction characteristics—such as high cognitive salience—may indicate high engagement. Characteristics of pathologic video game play, as identified by this group, are listed in Table 3.11
Table 2
ESRB video game ratings system and content descriptions*
| Rating | Content may be suitable for: | Examples |
|---|---|---|
| Early childhood | Age 3 and older; no material that parents would find inappropriate | Atari/others’ Dora the Explorer (series), Knowledge Adventure/Vivendi Universal’s Jump start (series) |
| Everyone | Age 6 and older; minimal cartoon, fantasy, or mild violence and/or infrequent use of mild language | Disney Interactive Studios/Buena Vista Games’ Hannah Montana (series), Taito Corporation’s Bubble Bobble |
| Everyone 10+ | Age 10 and older; more cartoon, fantasy, or mild violence, mild language and/or minimal suggestive themes | Electronic Arts’ Need for Speed: ProStreet, Ubisoft’s Rayman Raving Rabbids 2 |
| Teen | Age 13 and older; may contain violence, suggestive themes, crude humor, minimal blood, simulated gambling, and/or infrequent use of strong language | Midway Amusement Games’ Lord of the Rings Online: Shadows of Angmar (MMO), Sony Online Entertainment’s EverQuest (series; MMO) |
| Mature | Age 17 and older; may contain intense violence, blood and gore, sexual content, and/or strong language | Microsoft Corporation’s Halo (series), Rockstar Games’ Grand Theft Auto (most games in the series) |
| Adults only | Age 18 and older; may include prolonged scenes of intense violence and/or graphic sexual content and nudity | Vivendi Universal’s Leisure Suit Larry: Magna Cum Laude Uncut and Uncensored, Rockstar Games’ Grand Theft Auto: San Andreas |
| * On video game boxes, look for rating symbols on the front and content descriptions on the back. | ||
| ESRB: Entertainment Software Rating Board | ||
| MMO: massively-multiplayer online role-playing game | ||
| Source: Reference 7 | ||
Characteristics of ‘pathologic’ video game play
| Feeling agitated when not playing |
| Feeling “addicted” to play |
| Not being able to decrease time spent playing |
| Not sleeping because of video game play |
| Missing meals because of video game play |
| Being late because of video game play |
| Having arguments at home because of video game play |
| Letting video game play interfere with social relationships |
| Letting video game play interfere with schoolwork |
| Spending excessive amounts of money on video game play |
| Source: Reference 11 |
CASE CONTINUED: Going with the ‘flow’
Nick says he enjoys playing with people he’s met through a massively-multiplayer online role-playing game (MMORG, or also called MMO or MMP). The “guild” he has joined is a small community that collaborates to complete quests in the game. Nick describes his character—a healer—as a key figure who supports fellow players by replenishing their in-game health. Everyone in the guild thinks he’s important, and he likes to feel respected. Nick says this is quite different from how people treat him in “real” life. He says he often feels worthless and scared that his friends and family don’t think he’s good enough.
Video game play facilitates the experience of “flow”—a mental state of positive energy and effortless focus experienced while immersed in an activity over which one feels a sense of control. Video game play incorporates components of a flow experience (Table 4), including clear, focused goals that are attainable yet challenging and require a high level of concentration. Individuals who engage in artistic, athletic, or meditative activities often report experiencing flow.12
Flow can distort one’s sense of time, setting the stage for frustration on both sides when parents want their video game-playing child to engage in other activities. Their efforts to redirect their child’s attention—whether effective or not—disrupt the pleasurable feeling of flow.
Table 4
Characteristics of flow experiences related to video games
| Characteristic | Effect associated with video game play |
|---|---|
| Clear goals | Discernible objectives are appropriate to player’s abilities |
| Highly focused concentration | Allows player to become absorbed within a limited field of attention |
| Lack of self-consciousness | Player’s actions seem effortless |
| Distorted sense of time | Player lacks accurate sense of how long he/she has been playing |
| Direct and immediate feedback | Success and failure are quickly evident, allowing player to change strategies |
| Appropriate level of challenge | Difficulty is balanced with player’s ability |
| Control | Player has sense of control and self-efficacy |
| Source: Reference 7 | |
Types of games and devices
Role-playing games (such as Square Enix’s Final Fantasy series) involve players’ assuming identities and managing role-specific tasks and resources to progress through the game (for instance, a ranger befriending animals and tracking enemies in the wilderness).
Turn-based and real-time strategy games (such as Take 2’s Civilization series) and some simulation games (such as Atari’s Roller-Coaster Tycoon series) require players to manage resources to achieve larger goals—such as building an empire and negotiating with world leaders or constructing and maintaining a successful amusement park.
Video game play can be a social experience, involving friends or family in the same room or long-distance players online. Game consoles—such as Xbox 360, Play-Station 3, or Nintendo Wii—facilitate playing together in the same room, although they also support online play.
Games played on computers tend to be more solitary, although some games—particularly MMORPGs—also support online play. MMORPGs can connect hundreds or thousands of individuals around the world playing online. Examples include Blizzard Entertainment’s World of Warcraft or Midway Amusement Games’ Lord of the Rings Online: Shadows of Angmar. Most MMOs are intended for older audiences, but some (such as Walt Disney Internet Group’s Toontown) are designed for children.13
Maladaptive play
Children’s video game play becomes maladaptive or dysfunctional if it prevents them from engaging in developmentally appropriate activities and relationships—either because of excessive time spent playing or the possible influences of developmentally inappropriate content.14
Associated factors. Boys may be at particular risk of video game overuse. Compared with girls, boys spend more time playing—even normatively—and are more likely to play M-rated games.2 Sensation-seeking, boredom, animosity, poor academic achievement, and high family conflict also have been linked to excessive video game play.15,16 The 20% of middle school students who have a computer, game console, or television in their bedrooms are twice as likely as others to play video games ≥15 hours/week and to play M-rated games.2
Children who have experienced negative life events—trauma, family conflict, or social rejection by peers—also may spend excessive time playing video games. Gaming can interfere with more adaptive ways of coping with adversity, such as seeking support from friends and family.17,18 The draw of online relationships can be strong, especially for children who have grown up with video games and the Internet. Girls may be at particular risk for maladaptive online relationship patterns.19
Research has yet to show whether excessive video game play causes or results from these associated phenomena. Because any relationship that exists is probably transactional, pay attention to ways in which video game play may cause or result from distress or functional impairment when evaluating a patient for excessive video game play.
Violence and sexual content
Evidence is inconclusive but suggests that video games with violent content may influence children’s perceptions of aggression and violence, which may increase their likelihood of behaving aggressively or violently.20-22 Middle-school students who frequently play ≥1 M-rated games are somewhat more likely to:
- engage in physical fights
- beat someone up
- vandalize property for fun
- receive poor grades
- be threatened or injured with a weapon.23
- Does playing video games with violent content cause aggressive and violent behavior?
- Or does a tendency toward aggressive or violent behavior lead to the playing of video games with violent content?
Video game play with violent content may be analogous to rough-and-tumble play in early adolescence. In this way, it may serve boys’ developmentally appropriate needs for establishing social hierarchy—especially because video games with violent content often involve competition.13 Predispositions toward aggressive or violent behavior—such as neurologic impairments that result in poor impulse control or conduct disorders—may be exacerbated by playing violent video games.24
- talk with children to learn how these stereotypes may be influencing concerns about body image
- compare the positive and negative aspects of how men and women are portrayed in video games with adults the children know who model desired attitudes and behavior
- encourage children to internalize healthy perceptions of their physical appearance through healthy eating and physical activity.
Recommended approach
Explore whether a child’s behavior could be characterized as normative or excessive, in terms of how much time he or she spends playing video games. This can help put parents’ concerns in context. Regardless of how much time the patient spends playing video games, pay attention to whether his or her thoughts, emotions, and behaviors seem pathologic.
Try to determine if the child is experiencing distress or functional impairment because of video game play or if excessive time spent playing video games is exacerbating symptoms of a comorbid mood, anxiety, or disruptive behavior disorder. Assess overall functioning, participation in activities, engagement in relationships, and how the child perceives his or her play. Investigate the family environment, peer relationships, and history of trauma.
If these interventions fail to address excessive or pathologic video game play, or if comorbid disorders and functional impairment are severe, medication or residential treatment may be needed to effectively control video game exposure.
Table 5
Advice to parents for monitoring children’s video game use
| Keep computer and game consoles in a community area in the home |
| Check age-based ratings and content descriptors of games before renting or buying |
| Talk to your kids’ friends’ parents about the video games they play in their households |
| Talk with your kids about Internet safety, particularly if they play MMOs |
| Play games with your kids—have them teach you how to play and show you what they like about particular games |
| Engage in frequent casual conversations with your kids about the games they play and what the experience is like for them |
| Consult a mental health professional if you’re concerned about changes in your child’s mood, school performance, social relationships, or eating or sleeping habits |
| MMOs: massively-multiplayer online games |
- Entertainment Software Rating Board. Search for video game titles or publishers by rating, platform, and content descriptor. www.esrb.org.
- Jones G. Killing monsters: why children need fantasy, super heroes, and make-believe violence. New York: Basic Books; 2003.
The author reports no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.
1. AMA takes action on video games (news release). Chicago, IL: American Medical Association; June 27, 2007. Available at: http://www.ama-assn.org/ama/pub/category/17770.html. Accessed October 30, 2007.
2. Olson CK, Kutner LA, Warner DE, et al. Factors correlated with violent video game use by adolescent boys and girls. J Adolesc Health 2007;41(1):77-83.
3. Statement of the American Psychiatric Association on “video game addiction” (news release). Arlington, VA: American Psychiatric Association; June 21, 2007. Available at: http://psych.org/news_room/press_releases/07-47videogameaddiction_2_.pdf. Accessed October 30, 2007.
4. Ritvo S. Play and illusion. In: Solnit A, Cohen D, Neubauer P, eds. Many meanings of play: a psychoanalytic perspective. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press; 1993:234-51.
5. Scarlett WG, Naudeau S, Salonius-Pasternak DE, Ponte I. Children’s play. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications; 2004.
6. Gelfond HS, Salonius-Pasternak DE. The play’s the thing: a clinical-developmental perspective on video games. Child Adolesc Psychiatr Clin N Am 2005;14:491-508.
7. Entertainment Software Rating Board. About the ESRB. Available at: http://www.esrb.org/ratings/faq.jsp. Accessed October 30, 2007.
8. Roberts DF, Foehr UG, Rideout V. Generation M: Media in the lives of 8-18 year-olds. Menlo Park, CA: Kaiser Family Foundation; 2005.
9. Fisher S. Identifying video game addiction in children and adolescents. Addictive Behaviors 1994;19(5):545-53.
10. Salguero RA, Moran RM. Measuring problem video game playing in adolescents. Addiction 2002;97(12):1601-6.
11. Charlton JP, Danforth IDW. Distinguishing addiction and high engagement in the context of online game playing. Comput Human Behav 2007;23:1531-48.
12. Csikszentmihalyi M. Beyond boredom and anxiety. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass; 1975.
13. Warner DE, Raiter M. Social context in massively-multiplayer online games (MMOGs): ethical questions in shared space. International Review of Information Ethics 2006;4:46-51.
14. Stern SE. Addiction to technologies: a social psychological perspective of Internet addiction. Cyberpsychol Behav 1999;2(5):419-24.
15. Chui S, Lee J, Huang D. Video game addiction in children and teenagers in Taiwan. Cyberpsychol Behav 2004;7(5):571-81.
16. Feng Y, Yan X, Guo X, et al. Behavior problem and family environment of children with video game dependence. Chinese Mental Health Journal 2003;17(6):367-8.
17. Yang Z. Research on the correlation between life events and video game addiction in junior middle school students. Chinese Journal of Clinical Psychology 2005;13(2):192-3.
18. Keepers GA. Pathological preoccupation with video games. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry 1990;29(1):49-50.
19. Leung L. Net-generation attributes and seductive properties of the Internet as predictors of online activities and Internet addiction. Cyberpsychol Behav 2004;7(3):343-8.
20. Funk JB, Baldacci HB, Pasold T, Baumgardner J. Violence exposure in real-life, video games, television, movies, and the Internet: is there desensitization? J Adolesc 2004;27:23-39.
21. Anderson CA, Bushman BJ. Effects of violent video games on aggressive behavior, aggressive cognition, aggressive affect, physiological arousal, and prosocial behavior: a meta-analytic review of the scientific literature. Psychol Sci 2001;12(5):353-9.
22. Gentile DA, Lynch PJ, Linder JR, et al. The effects of violent video game habits on adolescent hostility, aggressive behaviors, and school performance. J Adolesc 2004;27:5-22.
23. Olson CK, Kutner LA, Baer L, et al. M-rated video games and aggression. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry. In press.
24. Salonius-Pasternak DE, Gelfond HS. The next level of research on electronic play: potential benefits and contextual influences for children and adolescents. Human Technology: An Interdisciplinary Journal on Humans in ICT Environments 2005;1(1):5-22.
25. Cassell J, Jenkins H. From Barbie to Mortal Kombat: gender and computer games. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press; 1998.
Nick, age 13, enjoys playing video games, but his parents think he may be “addicted.” His primary care doctor has referred Nick to you for evaluation.
Nick has played video games since age 7 and likes to share ideas with friends about to “beat” difficult games. Lately, though, he plays an online role-playing game, mostly alone, on the computer in his bedroom. Nick hasn’t seen his friends outside of school for 6 weeks.
Nick’s parents say he is growing short-tempered, and his grades have fallen for several months. He seems to worry a lot but becomes angry and storms out of the room when they try to talk with him about it.
Like Nick, 70% to 90% of American youths play video games, according to the American Medical Association (AMA).1 Most boys and girls find the games fun, entertaining, or relaxing (Table 1) and do not encounter difficulties as a result of their play.2 In some cases, however, they may:
- spend excessive time playing video games
- model inappropriate behavior from games
- over-invest in online relationships.
This article describes developmentally appropriate characteristics of play in general—and aspects of video game play in particular—to help you educate families about normative and excessive video game play.
Table 1
Top 10 reasons why children say they play video games
| Boys |
|
| Girls |
|
| * Response likely reflects the number of survey respondents living in a suburban/rural environment in which hunting is a popular leisure activity. |
| Source: Reference 1 |
An addiction?
Originally researchers believed video game play was not addictive and viewed excessive play as high engagement. More recently, efforts are being made to understand:
- how to classify excessive video game play that impairs psychosocial adjustment
- whether substance abuse models are appropriate for describing and treating pathologic video game play.
What is normative play?
Play is a motivating way for children to make sense of the world. By re-creating themes, relationships, places, or events in play children can control things that outside of play might be intimidating or overwhelming. Through play, children can explore situations in a setting that feels safe.4,5 Video games offer children play opportunities to explore roles and worlds that otherwise are unavailable to them.6
Video game play is one of the most popular leisure-time activities for middle-school students. Our group7 recently surveyed >1,200 students age 12 to 15 about their video game play and found:
- One-third of boys and two-thirds of girls played video games for ≤2 hours/week.
- One-third of boys and 11% of girls played video games 6 or 7 days each week.
- Boys played more than girls, with 45% of boys playing for ≥6 hours/week.
- 12.6% of boys played ≥15 hours/week.
- One-half listed ≥1 games rated M for mature (Table 2)7 among 5 games they played most frequently in the preceding 6 months.2
Pathologic behavior. Excessive video game playing can be viewed as pathologic if it involves an overwhelming need to play video games, with negative feelings and behaviors related to this need that lead to distress or functional impairment.9,10 Charlton et al
11 define pathologic video game play as incorporating high engagement plus core addiction characteristics such as interference with work or social life, failure to sleep, etc. In video game play, peripheral DSM addiction characteristics—such as high cognitive salience—may indicate high engagement. Characteristics of pathologic video game play, as identified by this group, are listed in Table 3.11
Table 2
ESRB video game ratings system and content descriptions*
| Rating | Content may be suitable for: | Examples |
|---|---|---|
| Early childhood | Age 3 and older; no material that parents would find inappropriate | Atari/others’ Dora the Explorer (series), Knowledge Adventure/Vivendi Universal’s Jump start (series) |
| Everyone | Age 6 and older; minimal cartoon, fantasy, or mild violence and/or infrequent use of mild language | Disney Interactive Studios/Buena Vista Games’ Hannah Montana (series), Taito Corporation’s Bubble Bobble |
| Everyone 10+ | Age 10 and older; more cartoon, fantasy, or mild violence, mild language and/or minimal suggestive themes | Electronic Arts’ Need for Speed: ProStreet, Ubisoft’s Rayman Raving Rabbids 2 |
| Teen | Age 13 and older; may contain violence, suggestive themes, crude humor, minimal blood, simulated gambling, and/or infrequent use of strong language | Midway Amusement Games’ Lord of the Rings Online: Shadows of Angmar (MMO), Sony Online Entertainment’s EverQuest (series; MMO) |
| Mature | Age 17 and older; may contain intense violence, blood and gore, sexual content, and/or strong language | Microsoft Corporation’s Halo (series), Rockstar Games’ Grand Theft Auto (most games in the series) |
| Adults only | Age 18 and older; may include prolonged scenes of intense violence and/or graphic sexual content and nudity | Vivendi Universal’s Leisure Suit Larry: Magna Cum Laude Uncut and Uncensored, Rockstar Games’ Grand Theft Auto: San Andreas |
| * On video game boxes, look for rating symbols on the front and content descriptions on the back. | ||
| ESRB: Entertainment Software Rating Board | ||
| MMO: massively-multiplayer online role-playing game | ||
| Source: Reference 7 | ||
Characteristics of ‘pathologic’ video game play
| Feeling agitated when not playing |
| Feeling “addicted” to play |
| Not being able to decrease time spent playing |
| Not sleeping because of video game play |
| Missing meals because of video game play |
| Being late because of video game play |
| Having arguments at home because of video game play |
| Letting video game play interfere with social relationships |
| Letting video game play interfere with schoolwork |
| Spending excessive amounts of money on video game play |
| Source: Reference 11 |
CASE CONTINUED: Going with the ‘flow’
Nick says he enjoys playing with people he’s met through a massively-multiplayer online role-playing game (MMORG, or also called MMO or MMP). The “guild” he has joined is a small community that collaborates to complete quests in the game. Nick describes his character—a healer—as a key figure who supports fellow players by replenishing their in-game health. Everyone in the guild thinks he’s important, and he likes to feel respected. Nick says this is quite different from how people treat him in “real” life. He says he often feels worthless and scared that his friends and family don’t think he’s good enough.
Video game play facilitates the experience of “flow”—a mental state of positive energy and effortless focus experienced while immersed in an activity over which one feels a sense of control. Video game play incorporates components of a flow experience (Table 4), including clear, focused goals that are attainable yet challenging and require a high level of concentration. Individuals who engage in artistic, athletic, or meditative activities often report experiencing flow.12
Flow can distort one’s sense of time, setting the stage for frustration on both sides when parents want their video game-playing child to engage in other activities. Their efforts to redirect their child’s attention—whether effective or not—disrupt the pleasurable feeling of flow.
Table 4
Characteristics of flow experiences related to video games
| Characteristic | Effect associated with video game play |
|---|---|
| Clear goals | Discernible objectives are appropriate to player’s abilities |
| Highly focused concentration | Allows player to become absorbed within a limited field of attention |
| Lack of self-consciousness | Player’s actions seem effortless |
| Distorted sense of time | Player lacks accurate sense of how long he/she has been playing |
| Direct and immediate feedback | Success and failure are quickly evident, allowing player to change strategies |
| Appropriate level of challenge | Difficulty is balanced with player’s ability |
| Control | Player has sense of control and self-efficacy |
| Source: Reference 7 | |
Types of games and devices
Role-playing games (such as Square Enix’s Final Fantasy series) involve players’ assuming identities and managing role-specific tasks and resources to progress through the game (for instance, a ranger befriending animals and tracking enemies in the wilderness).
Turn-based and real-time strategy games (such as Take 2’s Civilization series) and some simulation games (such as Atari’s Roller-Coaster Tycoon series) require players to manage resources to achieve larger goals—such as building an empire and negotiating with world leaders or constructing and maintaining a successful amusement park.
Video game play can be a social experience, involving friends or family in the same room or long-distance players online. Game consoles—such as Xbox 360, Play-Station 3, or Nintendo Wii—facilitate playing together in the same room, although they also support online play.
Games played on computers tend to be more solitary, although some games—particularly MMORPGs—also support online play. MMORPGs can connect hundreds or thousands of individuals around the world playing online. Examples include Blizzard Entertainment’s World of Warcraft or Midway Amusement Games’ Lord of the Rings Online: Shadows of Angmar. Most MMOs are intended for older audiences, but some (such as Walt Disney Internet Group’s Toontown) are designed for children.13
Maladaptive play
Children’s video game play becomes maladaptive or dysfunctional if it prevents them from engaging in developmentally appropriate activities and relationships—either because of excessive time spent playing or the possible influences of developmentally inappropriate content.14
Associated factors. Boys may be at particular risk of video game overuse. Compared with girls, boys spend more time playing—even normatively—and are more likely to play M-rated games.2 Sensation-seeking, boredom, animosity, poor academic achievement, and high family conflict also have been linked to excessive video game play.15,16 The 20% of middle school students who have a computer, game console, or television in their bedrooms are twice as likely as others to play video games ≥15 hours/week and to play M-rated games.2
Children who have experienced negative life events—trauma, family conflict, or social rejection by peers—also may spend excessive time playing video games. Gaming can interfere with more adaptive ways of coping with adversity, such as seeking support from friends and family.17,18 The draw of online relationships can be strong, especially for children who have grown up with video games and the Internet. Girls may be at particular risk for maladaptive online relationship patterns.19
Research has yet to show whether excessive video game play causes or results from these associated phenomena. Because any relationship that exists is probably transactional, pay attention to ways in which video game play may cause or result from distress or functional impairment when evaluating a patient for excessive video game play.
Violence and sexual content
Evidence is inconclusive but suggests that video games with violent content may influence children’s perceptions of aggression and violence, which may increase their likelihood of behaving aggressively or violently.20-22 Middle-school students who frequently play ≥1 M-rated games are somewhat more likely to:
- engage in physical fights
- beat someone up
- vandalize property for fun
- receive poor grades
- be threatened or injured with a weapon.23
- Does playing video games with violent content cause aggressive and violent behavior?
- Or does a tendency toward aggressive or violent behavior lead to the playing of video games with violent content?
Video game play with violent content may be analogous to rough-and-tumble play in early adolescence. In this way, it may serve boys’ developmentally appropriate needs for establishing social hierarchy—especially because video games with violent content often involve competition.13 Predispositions toward aggressive or violent behavior—such as neurologic impairments that result in poor impulse control or conduct disorders—may be exacerbated by playing violent video games.24
- talk with children to learn how these stereotypes may be influencing concerns about body image
- compare the positive and negative aspects of how men and women are portrayed in video games with adults the children know who model desired attitudes and behavior
- encourage children to internalize healthy perceptions of their physical appearance through healthy eating and physical activity.
Recommended approach
Explore whether a child’s behavior could be characterized as normative or excessive, in terms of how much time he or she spends playing video games. This can help put parents’ concerns in context. Regardless of how much time the patient spends playing video games, pay attention to whether his or her thoughts, emotions, and behaviors seem pathologic.
Try to determine if the child is experiencing distress or functional impairment because of video game play or if excessive time spent playing video games is exacerbating symptoms of a comorbid mood, anxiety, or disruptive behavior disorder. Assess overall functioning, participation in activities, engagement in relationships, and how the child perceives his or her play. Investigate the family environment, peer relationships, and history of trauma.
If these interventions fail to address excessive or pathologic video game play, or if comorbid disorders and functional impairment are severe, medication or residential treatment may be needed to effectively control video game exposure.
Table 5
Advice to parents for monitoring children’s video game use
| Keep computer and game consoles in a community area in the home |
| Check age-based ratings and content descriptors of games before renting or buying |
| Talk to your kids’ friends’ parents about the video games they play in their households |
| Talk with your kids about Internet safety, particularly if they play MMOs |
| Play games with your kids—have them teach you how to play and show you what they like about particular games |
| Engage in frequent casual conversations with your kids about the games they play and what the experience is like for them |
| Consult a mental health professional if you’re concerned about changes in your child’s mood, school performance, social relationships, or eating or sleeping habits |
| MMOs: massively-multiplayer online games |
- Entertainment Software Rating Board. Search for video game titles or publishers by rating, platform, and content descriptor. www.esrb.org.
- Jones G. Killing monsters: why children need fantasy, super heroes, and make-believe violence. New York: Basic Books; 2003.
The author reports no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.
Nick, age 13, enjoys playing video games, but his parents think he may be “addicted.” His primary care doctor has referred Nick to you for evaluation.
Nick has played video games since age 7 and likes to share ideas with friends about to “beat” difficult games. Lately, though, he plays an online role-playing game, mostly alone, on the computer in his bedroom. Nick hasn’t seen his friends outside of school for 6 weeks.
Nick’s parents say he is growing short-tempered, and his grades have fallen for several months. He seems to worry a lot but becomes angry and storms out of the room when they try to talk with him about it.
Like Nick, 70% to 90% of American youths play video games, according to the American Medical Association (AMA).1 Most boys and girls find the games fun, entertaining, or relaxing (Table 1) and do not encounter difficulties as a result of their play.2 In some cases, however, they may:
- spend excessive time playing video games
- model inappropriate behavior from games
- over-invest in online relationships.
This article describes developmentally appropriate characteristics of play in general—and aspects of video game play in particular—to help you educate families about normative and excessive video game play.
Table 1
Top 10 reasons why children say they play video games
| Boys |
|
| Girls |
|
| * Response likely reflects the number of survey respondents living in a suburban/rural environment in which hunting is a popular leisure activity. |
| Source: Reference 1 |
An addiction?
Originally researchers believed video game play was not addictive and viewed excessive play as high engagement. More recently, efforts are being made to understand:
- how to classify excessive video game play that impairs psychosocial adjustment
- whether substance abuse models are appropriate for describing and treating pathologic video game play.
What is normative play?
Play is a motivating way for children to make sense of the world. By re-creating themes, relationships, places, or events in play children can control things that outside of play might be intimidating or overwhelming. Through play, children can explore situations in a setting that feels safe.4,5 Video games offer children play opportunities to explore roles and worlds that otherwise are unavailable to them.6
Video game play is one of the most popular leisure-time activities for middle-school students. Our group7 recently surveyed >1,200 students age 12 to 15 about their video game play and found:
- One-third of boys and two-thirds of girls played video games for ≤2 hours/week.
- One-third of boys and 11% of girls played video games 6 or 7 days each week.
- Boys played more than girls, with 45% of boys playing for ≥6 hours/week.
- 12.6% of boys played ≥15 hours/week.
- One-half listed ≥1 games rated M for mature (Table 2)7 among 5 games they played most frequently in the preceding 6 months.2
Pathologic behavior. Excessive video game playing can be viewed as pathologic if it involves an overwhelming need to play video games, with negative feelings and behaviors related to this need that lead to distress or functional impairment.9,10 Charlton et al
11 define pathologic video game play as incorporating high engagement plus core addiction characteristics such as interference with work or social life, failure to sleep, etc. In video game play, peripheral DSM addiction characteristics—such as high cognitive salience—may indicate high engagement. Characteristics of pathologic video game play, as identified by this group, are listed in Table 3.11
Table 2
ESRB video game ratings system and content descriptions*
| Rating | Content may be suitable for: | Examples |
|---|---|---|
| Early childhood | Age 3 and older; no material that parents would find inappropriate | Atari/others’ Dora the Explorer (series), Knowledge Adventure/Vivendi Universal’s Jump start (series) |
| Everyone | Age 6 and older; minimal cartoon, fantasy, or mild violence and/or infrequent use of mild language | Disney Interactive Studios/Buena Vista Games’ Hannah Montana (series), Taito Corporation’s Bubble Bobble |
| Everyone 10+ | Age 10 and older; more cartoon, fantasy, or mild violence, mild language and/or minimal suggestive themes | Electronic Arts’ Need for Speed: ProStreet, Ubisoft’s Rayman Raving Rabbids 2 |
| Teen | Age 13 and older; may contain violence, suggestive themes, crude humor, minimal blood, simulated gambling, and/or infrequent use of strong language | Midway Amusement Games’ Lord of the Rings Online: Shadows of Angmar (MMO), Sony Online Entertainment’s EverQuest (series; MMO) |
| Mature | Age 17 and older; may contain intense violence, blood and gore, sexual content, and/or strong language | Microsoft Corporation’s Halo (series), Rockstar Games’ Grand Theft Auto (most games in the series) |
| Adults only | Age 18 and older; may include prolonged scenes of intense violence and/or graphic sexual content and nudity | Vivendi Universal’s Leisure Suit Larry: Magna Cum Laude Uncut and Uncensored, Rockstar Games’ Grand Theft Auto: San Andreas |
| * On video game boxes, look for rating symbols on the front and content descriptions on the back. | ||
| ESRB: Entertainment Software Rating Board | ||
| MMO: massively-multiplayer online role-playing game | ||
| Source: Reference 7 | ||
Characteristics of ‘pathologic’ video game play
| Feeling agitated when not playing |
| Feeling “addicted” to play |
| Not being able to decrease time spent playing |
| Not sleeping because of video game play |
| Missing meals because of video game play |
| Being late because of video game play |
| Having arguments at home because of video game play |
| Letting video game play interfere with social relationships |
| Letting video game play interfere with schoolwork |
| Spending excessive amounts of money on video game play |
| Source: Reference 11 |
CASE CONTINUED: Going with the ‘flow’
Nick says he enjoys playing with people he’s met through a massively-multiplayer online role-playing game (MMORG, or also called MMO or MMP). The “guild” he has joined is a small community that collaborates to complete quests in the game. Nick describes his character—a healer—as a key figure who supports fellow players by replenishing their in-game health. Everyone in the guild thinks he’s important, and he likes to feel respected. Nick says this is quite different from how people treat him in “real” life. He says he often feels worthless and scared that his friends and family don’t think he’s good enough.
Video game play facilitates the experience of “flow”—a mental state of positive energy and effortless focus experienced while immersed in an activity over which one feels a sense of control. Video game play incorporates components of a flow experience (Table 4), including clear, focused goals that are attainable yet challenging and require a high level of concentration. Individuals who engage in artistic, athletic, or meditative activities often report experiencing flow.12
Flow can distort one’s sense of time, setting the stage for frustration on both sides when parents want their video game-playing child to engage in other activities. Their efforts to redirect their child’s attention—whether effective or not—disrupt the pleasurable feeling of flow.
Table 4
Characteristics of flow experiences related to video games
| Characteristic | Effect associated with video game play |
|---|---|
| Clear goals | Discernible objectives are appropriate to player’s abilities |
| Highly focused concentration | Allows player to become absorbed within a limited field of attention |
| Lack of self-consciousness | Player’s actions seem effortless |
| Distorted sense of time | Player lacks accurate sense of how long he/she has been playing |
| Direct and immediate feedback | Success and failure are quickly evident, allowing player to change strategies |
| Appropriate level of challenge | Difficulty is balanced with player’s ability |
| Control | Player has sense of control and self-efficacy |
| Source: Reference 7 | |
Types of games and devices
Role-playing games (such as Square Enix’s Final Fantasy series) involve players’ assuming identities and managing role-specific tasks and resources to progress through the game (for instance, a ranger befriending animals and tracking enemies in the wilderness).
Turn-based and real-time strategy games (such as Take 2’s Civilization series) and some simulation games (such as Atari’s Roller-Coaster Tycoon series) require players to manage resources to achieve larger goals—such as building an empire and negotiating with world leaders or constructing and maintaining a successful amusement park.
Video game play can be a social experience, involving friends or family in the same room or long-distance players online. Game consoles—such as Xbox 360, Play-Station 3, or Nintendo Wii—facilitate playing together in the same room, although they also support online play.
Games played on computers tend to be more solitary, although some games—particularly MMORPGs—also support online play. MMORPGs can connect hundreds or thousands of individuals around the world playing online. Examples include Blizzard Entertainment’s World of Warcraft or Midway Amusement Games’ Lord of the Rings Online: Shadows of Angmar. Most MMOs are intended for older audiences, but some (such as Walt Disney Internet Group’s Toontown) are designed for children.13
Maladaptive play
Children’s video game play becomes maladaptive or dysfunctional if it prevents them from engaging in developmentally appropriate activities and relationships—either because of excessive time spent playing or the possible influences of developmentally inappropriate content.14
Associated factors. Boys may be at particular risk of video game overuse. Compared with girls, boys spend more time playing—even normatively—and are more likely to play M-rated games.2 Sensation-seeking, boredom, animosity, poor academic achievement, and high family conflict also have been linked to excessive video game play.15,16 The 20% of middle school students who have a computer, game console, or television in their bedrooms are twice as likely as others to play video games ≥15 hours/week and to play M-rated games.2
Children who have experienced negative life events—trauma, family conflict, or social rejection by peers—also may spend excessive time playing video games. Gaming can interfere with more adaptive ways of coping with adversity, such as seeking support from friends and family.17,18 The draw of online relationships can be strong, especially for children who have grown up with video games and the Internet. Girls may be at particular risk for maladaptive online relationship patterns.19
Research has yet to show whether excessive video game play causes or results from these associated phenomena. Because any relationship that exists is probably transactional, pay attention to ways in which video game play may cause or result from distress or functional impairment when evaluating a patient for excessive video game play.
Violence and sexual content
Evidence is inconclusive but suggests that video games with violent content may influence children’s perceptions of aggression and violence, which may increase their likelihood of behaving aggressively or violently.20-22 Middle-school students who frequently play ≥1 M-rated games are somewhat more likely to:
- engage in physical fights
- beat someone up
- vandalize property for fun
- receive poor grades
- be threatened or injured with a weapon.23
- Does playing video games with violent content cause aggressive and violent behavior?
- Or does a tendency toward aggressive or violent behavior lead to the playing of video games with violent content?
Video game play with violent content may be analogous to rough-and-tumble play in early adolescence. In this way, it may serve boys’ developmentally appropriate needs for establishing social hierarchy—especially because video games with violent content often involve competition.13 Predispositions toward aggressive or violent behavior—such as neurologic impairments that result in poor impulse control or conduct disorders—may be exacerbated by playing violent video games.24
- talk with children to learn how these stereotypes may be influencing concerns about body image
- compare the positive and negative aspects of how men and women are portrayed in video games with adults the children know who model desired attitudes and behavior
- encourage children to internalize healthy perceptions of their physical appearance through healthy eating and physical activity.
Recommended approach
Explore whether a child’s behavior could be characterized as normative or excessive, in terms of how much time he or she spends playing video games. This can help put parents’ concerns in context. Regardless of how much time the patient spends playing video games, pay attention to whether his or her thoughts, emotions, and behaviors seem pathologic.
Try to determine if the child is experiencing distress or functional impairment because of video game play or if excessive time spent playing video games is exacerbating symptoms of a comorbid mood, anxiety, or disruptive behavior disorder. Assess overall functioning, participation in activities, engagement in relationships, and how the child perceives his or her play. Investigate the family environment, peer relationships, and history of trauma.
If these interventions fail to address excessive or pathologic video game play, or if comorbid disorders and functional impairment are severe, medication or residential treatment may be needed to effectively control video game exposure.
Table 5
Advice to parents for monitoring children’s video game use
| Keep computer and game consoles in a community area in the home |
| Check age-based ratings and content descriptors of games before renting or buying |
| Talk to your kids’ friends’ parents about the video games they play in their households |
| Talk with your kids about Internet safety, particularly if they play MMOs |
| Play games with your kids—have them teach you how to play and show you what they like about particular games |
| Engage in frequent casual conversations with your kids about the games they play and what the experience is like for them |
| Consult a mental health professional if you’re concerned about changes in your child’s mood, school performance, social relationships, or eating or sleeping habits |
| MMOs: massively-multiplayer online games |
- Entertainment Software Rating Board. Search for video game titles or publishers by rating, platform, and content descriptor. www.esrb.org.
- Jones G. Killing monsters: why children need fantasy, super heroes, and make-believe violence. New York: Basic Books; 2003.
The author reports no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.
1. AMA takes action on video games (news release). Chicago, IL: American Medical Association; June 27, 2007. Available at: http://www.ama-assn.org/ama/pub/category/17770.html. Accessed October 30, 2007.
2. Olson CK, Kutner LA, Warner DE, et al. Factors correlated with violent video game use by adolescent boys and girls. J Adolesc Health 2007;41(1):77-83.
3. Statement of the American Psychiatric Association on “video game addiction” (news release). Arlington, VA: American Psychiatric Association; June 21, 2007. Available at: http://psych.org/news_room/press_releases/07-47videogameaddiction_2_.pdf. Accessed October 30, 2007.
4. Ritvo S. Play and illusion. In: Solnit A, Cohen D, Neubauer P, eds. Many meanings of play: a psychoanalytic perspective. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press; 1993:234-51.
5. Scarlett WG, Naudeau S, Salonius-Pasternak DE, Ponte I. Children’s play. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications; 2004.
6. Gelfond HS, Salonius-Pasternak DE. The play’s the thing: a clinical-developmental perspective on video games. Child Adolesc Psychiatr Clin N Am 2005;14:491-508.
7. Entertainment Software Rating Board. About the ESRB. Available at: http://www.esrb.org/ratings/faq.jsp. Accessed October 30, 2007.
8. Roberts DF, Foehr UG, Rideout V. Generation M: Media in the lives of 8-18 year-olds. Menlo Park, CA: Kaiser Family Foundation; 2005.
9. Fisher S. Identifying video game addiction in children and adolescents. Addictive Behaviors 1994;19(5):545-53.
10. Salguero RA, Moran RM. Measuring problem video game playing in adolescents. Addiction 2002;97(12):1601-6.
11. Charlton JP, Danforth IDW. Distinguishing addiction and high engagement in the context of online game playing. Comput Human Behav 2007;23:1531-48.
12. Csikszentmihalyi M. Beyond boredom and anxiety. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass; 1975.
13. Warner DE, Raiter M. Social context in massively-multiplayer online games (MMOGs): ethical questions in shared space. International Review of Information Ethics 2006;4:46-51.
14. Stern SE. Addiction to technologies: a social psychological perspective of Internet addiction. Cyberpsychol Behav 1999;2(5):419-24.
15. Chui S, Lee J, Huang D. Video game addiction in children and teenagers in Taiwan. Cyberpsychol Behav 2004;7(5):571-81.
16. Feng Y, Yan X, Guo X, et al. Behavior problem and family environment of children with video game dependence. Chinese Mental Health Journal 2003;17(6):367-8.
17. Yang Z. Research on the correlation between life events and video game addiction in junior middle school students. Chinese Journal of Clinical Psychology 2005;13(2):192-3.
18. Keepers GA. Pathological preoccupation with video games. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry 1990;29(1):49-50.
19. Leung L. Net-generation attributes and seductive properties of the Internet as predictors of online activities and Internet addiction. Cyberpsychol Behav 2004;7(3):343-8.
20. Funk JB, Baldacci HB, Pasold T, Baumgardner J. Violence exposure in real-life, video games, television, movies, and the Internet: is there desensitization? J Adolesc 2004;27:23-39.
21. Anderson CA, Bushman BJ. Effects of violent video games on aggressive behavior, aggressive cognition, aggressive affect, physiological arousal, and prosocial behavior: a meta-analytic review of the scientific literature. Psychol Sci 2001;12(5):353-9.
22. Gentile DA, Lynch PJ, Linder JR, et al. The effects of violent video game habits on adolescent hostility, aggressive behaviors, and school performance. J Adolesc 2004;27:5-22.
23. Olson CK, Kutner LA, Baer L, et al. M-rated video games and aggression. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry. In press.
24. Salonius-Pasternak DE, Gelfond HS. The next level of research on electronic play: potential benefits and contextual influences for children and adolescents. Human Technology: An Interdisciplinary Journal on Humans in ICT Environments 2005;1(1):5-22.
25. Cassell J, Jenkins H. From Barbie to Mortal Kombat: gender and computer games. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press; 1998.
1. AMA takes action on video games (news release). Chicago, IL: American Medical Association; June 27, 2007. Available at: http://www.ama-assn.org/ama/pub/category/17770.html. Accessed October 30, 2007.
2. Olson CK, Kutner LA, Warner DE, et al. Factors correlated with violent video game use by adolescent boys and girls. J Adolesc Health 2007;41(1):77-83.
3. Statement of the American Psychiatric Association on “video game addiction” (news release). Arlington, VA: American Psychiatric Association; June 21, 2007. Available at: http://psych.org/news_room/press_releases/07-47videogameaddiction_2_.pdf. Accessed October 30, 2007.
4. Ritvo S. Play and illusion. In: Solnit A, Cohen D, Neubauer P, eds. Many meanings of play: a psychoanalytic perspective. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press; 1993:234-51.
5. Scarlett WG, Naudeau S, Salonius-Pasternak DE, Ponte I. Children’s play. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications; 2004.
6. Gelfond HS, Salonius-Pasternak DE. The play’s the thing: a clinical-developmental perspective on video games. Child Adolesc Psychiatr Clin N Am 2005;14:491-508.
7. Entertainment Software Rating Board. About the ESRB. Available at: http://www.esrb.org/ratings/faq.jsp. Accessed October 30, 2007.
8. Roberts DF, Foehr UG, Rideout V. Generation M: Media in the lives of 8-18 year-olds. Menlo Park, CA: Kaiser Family Foundation; 2005.
9. Fisher S. Identifying video game addiction in children and adolescents. Addictive Behaviors 1994;19(5):545-53.
10. Salguero RA, Moran RM. Measuring problem video game playing in adolescents. Addiction 2002;97(12):1601-6.
11. Charlton JP, Danforth IDW. Distinguishing addiction and high engagement in the context of online game playing. Comput Human Behav 2007;23:1531-48.
12. Csikszentmihalyi M. Beyond boredom and anxiety. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass; 1975.
13. Warner DE, Raiter M. Social context in massively-multiplayer online games (MMOGs): ethical questions in shared space. International Review of Information Ethics 2006;4:46-51.
14. Stern SE. Addiction to technologies: a social psychological perspective of Internet addiction. Cyberpsychol Behav 1999;2(5):419-24.
15. Chui S, Lee J, Huang D. Video game addiction in children and teenagers in Taiwan. Cyberpsychol Behav 2004;7(5):571-81.
16. Feng Y, Yan X, Guo X, et al. Behavior problem and family environment of children with video game dependence. Chinese Mental Health Journal 2003;17(6):367-8.
17. Yang Z. Research on the correlation between life events and video game addiction in junior middle school students. Chinese Journal of Clinical Psychology 2005;13(2):192-3.
18. Keepers GA. Pathological preoccupation with video games. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry 1990;29(1):49-50.
19. Leung L. Net-generation attributes and seductive properties of the Internet as predictors of online activities and Internet addiction. Cyberpsychol Behav 2004;7(3):343-8.
20. Funk JB, Baldacci HB, Pasold T, Baumgardner J. Violence exposure in real-life, video games, television, movies, and the Internet: is there desensitization? J Adolesc 2004;27:23-39.
21. Anderson CA, Bushman BJ. Effects of violent video games on aggressive behavior, aggressive cognition, aggressive affect, physiological arousal, and prosocial behavior: a meta-analytic review of the scientific literature. Psychol Sci 2001;12(5):353-9.
22. Gentile DA, Lynch PJ, Linder JR, et al. The effects of violent video game habits on adolescent hostility, aggressive behaviors, and school performance. J Adolesc 2004;27:5-22.
23. Olson CK, Kutner LA, Baer L, et al. M-rated video games and aggression. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry. In press.
24. Salonius-Pasternak DE, Gelfond HS. The next level of research on electronic play: potential benefits and contextual influences for children and adolescents. Human Technology: An Interdisciplinary Journal on Humans in ICT Environments 2005;1(1):5-22.
25. Cassell J, Jenkins H. From Barbie to Mortal Kombat: gender and computer games. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press; 1998.